Document aVx1dz1gz8JN1kQmNy2dpJqe

Guidance Manual ________ Asbestos Operations & Maintenance Work Practices September 1992 WV-02932 Hk National Institute of Building Sciences (NIBS) is a non-governmental, non-profit organization, authorized by Congress to encourage a more rational building regulatory environment and to accelerate the introduction of existing and new technology into the building process. This document was prepared with the support of U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Cooperative Agreement No. CX-817924-01-0 and U.S. General Services Administration No. GSi!P91EGD0U3. Individual copies or bulk rate orders of this report are available from the Natrona] Institute of Building Sciences. For pricing information contact: Tbe National institute of Building Sciences Publications Department 1201 L Street, N.W., Suite 400 Washington, D.C. 20005-4014 202/289-7800 FAX 202-289-1092 Ibis report can also be ordered using VISA or Master Card by calling NIBS with the following information: the card account number, the expiration date, tbe name as it appears on the card. Copyright tJ1. T992 by the National Insttartrof Building -Sciences AH rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or utilized in any form or by any means, by any mechanical, photographic, or electronic process, or in the form of a phonographic or tape recording nor may it be stored in a retrieval system, transmitted, or otherwise copied for public os private use. without written permission from the National Institute of Building Sciences. However, copying relevant portions of this document solely for the purpose of developing and implementing specific operations and maintenance programs, procedures, or work practices fee a specific building is permitted. Copying all or portions of this document for resale or redistribution is strictly prohibited NIBS Document Number 5076-7 DISCLAIMER The Guidance Manual: Asbestos Operation* & Maintenance Work Practices was developed is response to a pressing national need for guidance oa managing midace asbestos. The Guidance Manual was drafted by a qualified independent contractor, and went through several iterations of review, modification, and refinement by a National Institute of Building Sciences (NIBS), project committee composed of representatives from a broad cross section of knowledgeable professionals from the building and environmental communities. During the renew process tod the subsequent balk* approval process the project committee followed consensus roles set forth in the Rules and Procedures of da MBS Consultative Council. The National Institute of Building Sciences, the members of the NIBS Project Committee, the project contractor, the funding agencies, and their employees or representatives make no warranty, guarantee, or representation, expressed, or implied, with respect to the accuracy, effectiveness, or usefulness of any iofarmatioa, method, or material in (his document Nor do titty assume any liability for the use of any * information, methods at materials contained herein, or for damages arising from such use; nor assura any responsibility for any injury to individuals or property, or for any financial loss, sustained as a result of the use os application of the Guidance Manual It should be noted that: - Operations and maintenance activities involving asbestos-caotainiog materials may involve health risks to those performing them or in proximity to the location of the west. - Experts from the building, scientific, and environmental communities have differing views as to many aspects of proper management of in-place asbestoscontaining materials. The purpose of this document is to bring together, from many sources, information and viewpoints reflecting current knowledge and technology. The Guidance Manual must be considered solely as a resource document representing a consensus of expert opinion. The Manual dees not purport to represent the views, policies, or position of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the VS. General Services Administration, or any other agency of the federal government, os any participant in titt-developmentaf4he document. It is intended that the document sene as a guide for building owners, employers, managers, or others in developing asbestos O&M programs and for workers who implement such programs. It is not the purpose or burden of this document to provide all-embracing answers to every problem of managing in-place asbestos. Users bear all risks associated with reliance on these work practices and shall have the sole responsibility to evaluate the information contained herein, to form their own independent judgments on the use of the Guidance Manual and to modify or adapt it as may be appropriate to specific circumstances. These asbestos operations it maintenance work practices are edsher taws nor rsguh^ons. Wtih &kf dociaseat nicss Id sane casts to certain federal and stae laws std regulations, it is not intended to supersede eg supplement any law or regulation or to identify all laws and regulations applicate to management of asbestos in buBdiags. NIBS does not assume respoostbtiity for the currency of referenced documents, requirements, tx other provisions included ot identified in {be Guidance Manual PREFACE The National Institute of Building Sciences (NIBS) is pleased to publish this document Guidance Manual4 Asbestos Operations & Maintenance Work Practices foe use by those engaged in building operations and maintenance activities involving asbestos. The Institute would like to acknowledge the financial support provided by tile U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ami the U.S. General Services Administration for the development of tills document and to express its appreciation for the continued assistance of these agencies. The NIBS Board of Directors appreciates the outstanding leadership of Mr. William H. Hoffman of Questco, Inc., who served as chairman of the NIBS project committee, Richard Peduto of The Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, who served as vice-chairman, and Roger G. Morse, AJA of ENTER Environmental & Technical Services, Inc., who served as secretary. The Institute wishes to thank Mr. Peduto, Mr. Morse and Dr. Warren Friedman, CXH of the U.S. General Services Administration who saved as chairs of the three project subcommittees. Also, the Institute wishes to acknowledge the excellent professional services provided by the Institute's contractors, Steve M. Hays, PJE., Cm. and Preston H. Quirk, A1A, of GobbeH Hays Partners, Inc. Most importantly, the Institute wishes to acknowledge and thank the members of the project committee for their exceptional and untiring efforts that woe necessary to cany out this assignment. NIBS' manual was envisioned from the outset as a companion to the EPA document Managing Asbestos In Place, also known as foe "Green Book," which describes the structure of an asbestos O&M program. This manual offers specific, detailed technical guidance to building owners, asbestos program managers, and bulling workers for activities that involve working near or on asbestos-containing materials. It does not quantify or explain the health risks associated with asbestos but is structured in response to the potential for exposure which might be encountered. Such a*guidance manual would not have been contemplated if health risksdid exist It incorporates, not only the collective knowledge and experience of a broad crosssection of expats, but also the value of their unique perspectives in the building and operation management process. The procedures set forth in the manual represent a current characterization of continually evolving practices and technology. Standards and regulations for asbestos activities also continue to evolve and change. The project committee considered a broad range of issues including, compliance with federal, state, and local regulations, varied and evolving standards of care within foe industry, and a variety of concerns of building owners and managers relating to economic objectives, company-specific environmental policies, and liability issues. i Preface 1992 NIBS It is neither intended nor appropriate for this guidance manual to be used for regulatory purposes. U was purposely structured so that responsibilities for decisions relating to levels of precaution and stringency within each specific building O&M program remain with foe responsible building owner or employer. It is expected that foe wort practices is this manual will be refined and continually improved as they are used In a wide array of O&M programs in numerous and varied buH&ng durations. Ihe institute encourages feedback from users of the manual as to the effectiveness of these work practices In order to improve Us response to foe flkdy need for revisions. The manual is a consensus document Nearly two hundred professionals and specialists horn across the spectrum of foe building and environmental communities helped to produce foe guidance it offers. It is intended that building owners* manages, designers, environmental consultants, and maintenance and custodial workers and their employers, avail themselves of this reference tool to help them effectively manage foe asbestos-containing materials in foeir bindings while protecting workers and occupants. The Institute's Board of Directors recognizes aid appreciates foe extensive and highly professional effort and expertise that went into this document and U especially grateful to foe members offoe project steering committee who worked diligently to coordinate foe development of the manual. A valuable public service has been performed by the Institute's Asbestos O&M Project Committee and others who contributed to this superior effort Robert C. Gibson. P.E. Chairman of foe Board President i a Preface a 1992 NIBS Table of Contents I. Manual Organization lotro&ictkm................................ 3 O&M Work Practices .......................................................................................... 6 Design and Validation of an O&M Program.................................................... 10 Use of O&M Work Practices ............................................................................. 13 Ik Asbestos Program Manager Genera! Procedures APMCtackfist ......................................................................................................... 20 APM1 Selection of Personal Protective Equipment & Decontaminadop Procedures.......... ......................... ............................... ............................ 22 APM2 WodcSdKdufttg.................................................................................. * 23 APM3 Federal, State and Local Notification.................................................... 23 APM4 Notification ofPersonnel........................ 24 API8 Assigning Workers........................... .24 APMS Developing the Air Monitoring Program and Assigning Air Monitoring Personnel................... 25 APM7 Recordkeeping............................................................................................. 27 APH8 Confined Spaces ...................................................... 2$ APM9 Selection of Materials................................................... 29 APMtO Emergency Work and Dry Removal......................................................29 IU. Worker General Procedures level 1 Checklist .....................................................................................................32 level 2 Checklist .....................................................................................................34 level's Checklist .....................................................................................................35 W! Tools, Equipment and Materials............... ................................................35 W2 Preparing Amended Water or Removal Encapsulses ............... .. 35 W3 Shut-off and Lockout of HVAC and Electrical Systems......................... 37 W4 Securing Wort: Area ...................................................................................... 37 W5 Putting on Respirators and Performing Hr Checks....................................37 W6 Putting on Protective Clothing ........................... -.....................................38 197 Beginning and Conducting Air Monitoring................................................. 39 W8 Precleaning Worfc Areas and Wet Wiping ................................................40 W9 Spring up Work Areas................................................................................... 41 W10 Packaging and Labeling Waste ........................... 44 Wit Applying Lockdown Encapsulate............................................................... 45 * W12 Cleaning Tools, Equipment and Work Area .......................................... 46 W13 Decontaminating Waste .............................................................................. 46 W14 Worker Decontamination and Removal of Protective Clothing and Respirators ..............................................................................................46 W15 Visual Inspection and Completing Air Monitoring..................................47 Wi$ Waste mnspoftation. Storage an* Disposal ............................................ 48 W17 Glovebag Removal.........................................................................................48 W18 Disposal of Contaminated Water........................ 51 iu Table of Contents 1992 NIBS JV; SffectosWattdtftWa*ftacacs...... Surfacing Materials Location IBostration .......................................................54 Code Levels Description SI 123 Moving one noa-asbestos-comaining ceiling panel below a plenum space that has exposed surfacing ACM . 5? $2 23 Attach component to an ACM finished surface that is above a oOT-a$i*s?o$-cciUain^ ctiJing.............. 61 S3 123 Work in celling piemen space where exposed surfacing ACM is present ..................................................................... 6$ $4 123 listaB wiring is plenum space where exposed surfacing ACM is present ................................................. ................... 69 S$ 23 Attach item to ceiling finished with ACM........................... 73 $$ 23 Repair or replace hem is surface finished with ACM ... 76 S7 23 $8 1 Cut or drill bole in surfacing ACM................ .......................SO Replace bulbs in light fixture attached to or in surface m$bts6 with ACM............................................ ................... 85 S3 1 Clean room with exposed surfaces finished with ACM .. 87 819 123 Repair damaged surfacing ACM.................... 89 $11 123 Accessing through aa ACM finished surface.............. ..93 S12 123 Painting surfacing ACM .................. 97 813 23 Accessing a contaminated light fixture ............................... 101 V. Thermal Systems Insulation {ISO Work Practices Thermal Systems Insulation Location Illustration.............................................106 Code Levels Description T1 23 Remove asbestos-containing insulation on exposed pipe for maintenance work.................................................... 109 T2 23 Remove asbestos-containing insulation on pipe above celling for maintenance work..........................U2 T3 23 Remove asbestos-containing insulation on exposed pipe in elevated locadon for maintenance wort:.............115 T4 3 Remove asbestos-containing insulation on pipe in occupied area for maintenance work................................... 118 T5 23 Repair damaged asbestos-containing insulation on a pipe ....................................... ."720 T$ 23 Repair damaged asbestos-containing insulation on a boiler, duct or flue............... .................................................124 T7 23 Install device In or access surface of asbestps-comaiaing insolation os a pipe, boiler, duct or flue......................... 128 T$ 23 Remove asbestos-containing duct insulation above ceiling for maintenance work................................... 132 T9 23 Remove asbcstos-comalning insulation inside HVAC unit for maintenance work.................................................... 135 T10 23 Clean up asbestos-containing debris in crawtspace or tunnel ............................. 138 hf Table < Contents a 1932 NIBS VL Code HI U2 M3 M4 Lereb 123 123 123 1 US 12 m1 IT7 1 mi m 123 M10 12 Mil 123 M12 23 Wet strip Dry or spray 1113 123 fell* 23 UtS 123 141$ 12 M17 12 MIS 12 M19 123 m 123 m 123 M22 12 U23 12 1124 23 M25 23 M2$ 123 U27 123 m2 m 12 M30 123 M31 23 Remove Remove W32 123 M33 123 M34 1 v Table of Contents * 1992 NIBS in in saS a Sg g s s is g s S S S S S S S s 5 1 5 Appendix A Job Request Fores for Maintenance Work.......... ...................267 Appendix 8 Maintenance Woric Authorization Form............... -................ 269 Appendix C * Evaluation of Work Affecting Asbe$to$<toeaiaifls Materials............................................ 272 Appendix D - Waste Tracking Form ....................................... ...273 Appendix E - Glossary.......................................................................................... 275 Appendix F - References............... .............................................................. ...280 Append G - General Safely Considerations ..................................................283 Appendix H Definitions of Small-scale, Shot-duration Operations............289 Appendixi* Regulations................................................... 293 Appendix <1 - Minority Opinions................................................................ 299 Appendix K - NIBS Fe&ack Form................................................................... 317 index so RJustrsiions Figure 1 - Guidelines for 3 Levels of Work Practices..................................... 9 Figure 2 Wot* Practices Selection ani Use .....................................................15 Figure 3 Asbestos Program Mango- Checklist ............................................... 20 Figure 4 * Level 1 Worker Checklist...................................................................32 Figure 5 Level 2 Worker Checklist................................... ............................... 34 Figure 6 -Level 3 Worker Checklist............... ................................................... 35 Figure 7 Surfacing Materials Location Illustration ........................................54 Figure 8 Thermal Systems Insulation Location Illustration ......................... 206 Figure 9 - Miscellaneous Materials Location Illustration.............................. 142 vi a Table of Contents 1992 NtBS ntroduction Geftgrgl This Guidance Mmuak Asbestos Operations and Maintenance (OdcM) Work Practices has bee/3 prepared to provide guidance on worker protection, basic OAM procedures, O&M cleaning practices, and procedures for responding to minor asbestos fiber release episodes in facilities with asbestos-containing material (ACM). This manual has been prepared by a National Institute of Building Sciences* (NEBS) commit tee under an assistance agreement between NIBS and the VS. Environ mental Protection Agency (EPA) and the General Services Administration (GSA). The project committee has prepared the manual following the rules of the NIBS consensus process. This process provides an opportunity for representatives from ail sectors of the building community to participate in the development and approval of the document. The NIBS Consultative Council through its Operations Committee has approved the composition of the pro ject committee for balanced representa tion and expertise, and has provided oversight of the.project activities to icstire conformance 'with tie tHBS consensus process and has accepted the final report of the project committee. Scope and Flexibility The work practices described in this manual are applicable to projects qualifying as "small scale, short duration* as defined by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) of the U.S. Departments of Labor and EPA. The work practices are intended to assist in meeting the current OSHA regulations applicable to O&M work, The current and proposed EPA and OSHA smallscale, short-duration project definitions are reproduced In Appendix H of this manual. Appendix G of OSHA refla tion 29 CFR 1926,58 discusses wotic practices and engineering controls for small-scale, short-duration renovation and maintenance activities involving asbestos-containing materials. Appen dix I of this mamal describes the spe cific requirements of OSHA Appea rs* G. Projects larger than small-scale, shortrferation should be performed in accor dance with generally recognized asbes tos control techniques, such as those described In NIBS* Asbestos Abasement and Management in BuBdings: Model Guide Specifications. If ACM is In poor condition, O&M might not be appropriate and abatement might be necessary. These O&M work practices are not to be used for activities requir ing abatement of ACM. This manual is intended for use by an Asbestos Program Manager (APM) and trained workers. The title "Asbestos Program Manager" 3s used throughout; however, other titles can be used by individuals holding similar responsi bilities. The manual provides check lists and step-by-step work practices which might be used by an APM and workers for performing O&M worit. Because asbestos in buildings Is pres ent under widely varying circumstances including, but not limited to, its condi tion, location, material type, friability, and accessibility, a range of guidance for common operations and mainte nance procedures is offered in this manual. The project committee deter mined that flexibility is crucial to the efficient and cost elective completion of an O&M activity. This leaves the ultimate choice of methods to on-site 5 a Introduction a 01932 NIBS personae! who have first-hand knowl made by the AJPM tor a specific build edge of the asbestos material, facility ing based upon the conditions in the conditions, and other pertinent seeds. building. Risk assessments and liabili These work practices were written with ty concerns might also influence the die knowledge that dm might be selection of the level for a sped&c alternate procedures or equipment work practices. beyond those In this manual that will adequately accomplish O&M objec tives. The project committee encourag es the development and application of new and innovative equipment and safe, cost effective procedures for O&M work. Tte work practices in cluded in the manual arc based ca practices known to the committee. Many of these work practices were in use when the manual was written. Data indicating that these work practic es perform as intended is not available for many of the work practices. These work practices ait not tie only suc cessful methods currently available or in use, but were judged by the commit tee to be applicable to a wide range of common situations. Preventative mea The mamal has bees developed on the assumption that all asbestos O&M work at a minimum will be done in accordance with appli cable regulations by persons trained in asbestos in general and O&M methods in particular. It Is important to empterize that this is a guidance document only, and is not now, nor ever intended to be used for regulatory purposes. In fact, because on-die circumstances are often sufficiently unique b anall scale, short duration settings to defy rigid conmol prescriptions, any attempt to use it for regulatory purposes is inap propriate. This manual is not intended to supplant work practices already in place and being successfully applied. sures that provide protection for un damaged ACM might be installed in conjunction with the O&M activities covered by this manual. A feedback form is included In Appendix K to allow users to provide alternate work practice procedures and comments to Likewise, it must be emphasized that users of this manual might wish to modify (in compliance with applicable regulations) the guidance provided here to suit their unique circumstances. For example, as stated elsewhere, users might wish to alter the recommended ^sortns'hsdwWinTifc'cumT^ towa- Different recommendations, referred to as levels, of the Same work practice are provided to accommodate for variations in the type ami condition of the asbes tos-containing material to be worked on, tiie building conditions in which the ACM is located, and the skill level of workers. It is assumed that varying conditions will require different work practice levels to accomplish the same baric task. Selection of the appropriate levels of work practices should be commodate their operations and cir cumstances, or modify work practices based on data from past work, new equipment developments or other unique situations. This manual offers guidance only. The us must verify the success of whatever work practices aroused The development of innova tive and creative new equipment and procedures that work safely and effec tively for performing O&M activities is encouraged 4 Introduction 1992 NIBS Related Documents This manual is intended to be used in conjunction with the guide Managing Asbestos in Place ("Green Book") issued by the EPA to July, 1990, and 2a compliance with all applicable federal, state and local regu lations. The Green Book explains the objectives and administrative proce dures for an O&M Program. This O&M Work Practices Manual provides detailed procedures for conducting O&M work involving ACM. such as maintenance, repair and minor renova tion work. U is expected that many decisions relating to work practice levels might be embodied in the O&M plan for a specific building. In some circumstances, governing regulations may dictate level selection. Informa tion presented in the Green Book is not repealed in this guide but is referenced where appropriate. Additional refer ences might be made to other legal regulations and guidance documents, including: * Statutory & Regulatory Requirements \. OSHA's asbestos construction, construction safety, personal pro tection and hazard communication standards 2, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants <NESHAP> 3. Asbestos Hazard EmergencyRe sponse Act (AKERA) 4. Asbestos Schools Hazard Abatement Resu&orizationAct (ASHARA) 5. EPA Worker Protection Rule (WPR) 6. Department of TVansportatfcm*s hazardous waste transportation standards EPA Guidance Documents 1. Asbestos in Hidings: Simplified SampEng Scheme for friable As bestos Materials ("Pink Book") 2. Guidance for Controlling Asbes tos-Containing Materials to Buildtogs CPurple Book*) 3. A Guide to Respiratory Protection fa the Asbestos Abatement Indus try ("White Book*) A list of references, including foe above listed regulations and guidance documents, is given to AppeoSx F of Otis manual. A summary of the'above listed OSHA and EPA regulations is included in Appendix I of this mutual. State and local regulations, which might be the same as, equivalent to, or more stringent than federal regulations, might also apply, in addition, general ly accepted good construction work practices should be used for all other aspects of O&M activities not specifi city mentioned to these work practic es. 5 Inlfoduclion 01992 NIBS General The EPA Green Book pro vides building owners, manager*. wor kers and other building staff with basic information oa how to develop aad cany out operations and maintenance program*. the O&M work practices ituhis manu al arc designed to provide detailed and specific guidance to the O&M person nel for conducting maintenance, repair and minor renovation work in after date with an established asbestos O&M program and applicable regula tions. The work practices in this man ual am designed to reduce or contain materials, dust, or fiber release result ing from work performed on or near asbestos^containing materials. The work practices fire also intended to minimize the extern and impact of any releases which do occur. Summaries of each work practice and examples of typical situations that might be encoun tered are included to assist in the selec tion of appiopriae work practice lev els. This manual presumes that an O&M program is, or will be. established, The work practices in the manual ad dress most commonly encountered operations and maintenance tasks in volving asbestos-containing materials. This manual is not exhaustively com plete and does not document or estab lish a defined procedure for every possible situation. The manual is formatted to present an array of actual conditions which might be encounte red. It establishes a logical path to be followed In selecting the most appro priate work practice^) for a given situation Building workers are often very familiar with actual building con ditions and might provide valuable input to the design of O&M work. Workers might also wish to offer sug gestions for modifications to specific work practices. Any changes to the work practices should be reviewed with the APM As a part of die O&M program, the Asbestos Program Manager (APM) should review building inspection information to determine whether or not a suspect material contains asbes tos. If a suspect material which is to be worked on has not been sampled, it should either be sampled and analyzed in accordance with the EPA Kak and' or Purple Books, or be assumed to contain asbestos and treated according ly. If work practices from this manual are incorporated into an existing O&M program, the entire O&M program should be reviewed and updated, if accessary. Building renovation, main tenance or repair work that does not directly affect ACM mlgta necessitate revisions to art O&M program if perti nent factors, such as accessibility to ACM. are altered. O&M Program Assumptions ras O&M -Work Practices Manual assumes that all elements ofan O&M program listed below are considered and appli cable elements are established Refer ences to related information sue includ ed In Appendix F. * Asbestos Program Manager ap pointment and training Building inspection and assess ment * Written building-specific O&M program Copies of applicable regulations and guidance documents $ s 0& M Wo* Practices w 1992NIBS  Occupant KJtincation/comrmmicatkm program O&M worker, aipervisor, and competesa person assignments and training program Work control/ittspecdoa/penmt system Periodic surveillance program RecoMkecping program Hazard communication program Worker protection program (per son protective equipment) Respiratory protection program Medical surveillance program Asbestos fiber release episode re sponse program Air monitoring program Waste disposal program Historical air monitoring data Confined space program Safety program for other hazards All O&M related programs should be reviewed periodically and revised if necessary. Regulatory and guidance documents should also be reviewed periodically to ensure that they am current Organization of Work Practices The O&M work practices in this guide are grouped according to the type of asbestos-coraaining materials (ACM) mat will be affected by.tee work. ACM is classified in this manual ac cording to the three (3) categories used by the EPA. This classification system has been widely used in the asbestos industry since the publication of the Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act Rules CAMERA) in 1937. These categories are: 1. Surfacing Materials - materials sprayed or troweled onto building surfaces, such as acoustical materi als or fireproofing. 2. Thermal Systems Insulation (T$0 pipe, boiler, tank, duct and other ' insulation applied to compone&te to reduce heat loss, beat gain or condensation. 3. ftftecefeneous Materials - materials suds as floor tile, ceiling tile, roof ing, cement asbestos products and other materials teat are not includ ed in categories 1 or 2 above. The work practices in this manual are generally designed to address one ma terial at a time. If more term one type ofmaterial ia involved, work practices should be selected and used Is tee order In which the materials wOl be encountered during the work. If two (2) or more materials must be addres sed atone time, tee Asbestos Program Manager should develop a combined Work Practice to address tee particular work situation. When developing a combined work practice, the APM should consider the following: 1. The checklist for the mostprocaa* tbnary fad of wort practice should be used. 2. The work area should be prepared in accordance with the checklist for the mostprecautionary fad of jrafc pnetfabeing -used. 3. Cnee the work area is prepared and pre-work activities are com plete, the detailed work practices should be performed in tee enter in which materials are encount ered. 4. Clean up and tear down procedur es should also follow the matt precautionary fad of wort practice being used. 7 i 0 & M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS Work practices in this manual aeed to be validated and/or modified for the facility where O&M work will be performed. When wort is to be per formed, the final work practices should be given to workers along with other referenced O&M forms. Repetition of certain steps in different work practice fevefc is iateatiozal Is order to proride consistent and complete information to a worker for a given work practice level Worit Practice Levels vptothcee levels are included for each work prac tice to ad&ess different degrees of potential asbestos fiber exposure. The levels arc simply a means of structur ing the guidance width the manual provides. The NIBS project committee judged that three levels were sufficient to encompass a broad range of situa tions which are likely to be encoun tered A (fifferem number of levels might be selected by an APM or de signed into a specific asbestos O&M program. A change of level does not imply a different task to be accomplished. It implies a changed potential for asbes tos fiber exposure, typically related to either the condition of asbestos or the building context in which the task will be performed. The levels for each work practice in cluded in this manual were selected by the project committee through the NIBS consensus process to represent readily identifiable and appropriate levels. Examples are provided jo assist users in selecting appropriate levels for specific building conditions. Higher levels become more protective and hence more difficult, time consuming and costly to implement. Three levels arc not provided for every work prac tice. If a work practice level is not Included, it was deemed unlikely to be encountered, under typical conditions. An appropriate work practice level must be selected or created by the Asbestos Program Manager for each O&M activity that will occur hi a facility. The three work practice levels are defined as foSows: Level 1: Work practice is usually in tended to avoid a disturbance <4ACM and release ofasbestosfibers, but if ACM is disturbed, it is tibefy that wor ker and building occupant exposures will be minimi Level It Work practice is likely to, or intended to, disturb smad amounts of ACMfor short periods oftime. Work er protection and localized engineering controls are justified, but the distur bance is unlikely to create building oc cupant exposure or impact the building environment. Level S: Work practice is intended to disturb small amounts ofACM in ways sufficient to justify engineering con trols, and protection ofworkers, build ing occupants and the building envi ronment A "disturbance0 of ACM. as used In the level definitions, refers to any ac tivity that disrupts the matrix of ACM, or generates"risible debris, `ortti&arbs risible debris. Figure 1, which follows, summarizes the engineing controls and practices recommended for each level The APM should determine the appropriate level based on the O&M program objectives, the O&M program eleme nts, and level of training seeded for each level of work practices used in a facility. 8 0 & M Work Practices a Q1992 NIBS Figure 1: Guidelines for 3 Levels of Work Practices ITEM (Genera! Procedure Reference) Ftixr Release Potential Traktimj (APM5)* HVAC System Off(W3) VacateAm (WIAPU2) Critical Barriers (W4) Delineated Work Area (W4) Rcsofctiorv Protection (W5) Protective CbthUm (W&, WU) Initial Monitoring (W7) Periodic Uontiorho /W7) PrecteanfWS) the HEPA Vacuum (W8) Wet Methods (W8) Work Area Protection (W9) Local HEPA Exhaust {W} Lockdown (W1Q) Area Decontamination (Wf1) Visual Inspection fWW Air Clearance (W12) Persona! Decontamination fWf5) LEVEL 1' Leva/ Low/Minimal1 Moderate AwareDes&fO&M' O&M NO* YES NO YES NO NO9 NO YES NO* YES7 NO* YES NO** YES** NOw YES NO As Needed11 As Needed" YES As Needed" YES NO" Drop Cloth, Ofove&as NO AS Needed" NO YES" NO YES NO YES NO" NO" NO" YES LEVEL? High O&M YES YES YES YES YES YES YES7* YES As Needed11 YES YES Mini-Enclosure, Negative-Pressure System" As Needed11 YES11 YES YES YES YES KOTES 1 Tl* ex*a meaning of there three levels wiB vary depending upon the exposure objectives which are speci fied in the design of the OAM plan for n specific faulting (see Detign A VaBdatioD of An OAM Has for further exphaation). Stale and local requirements may be more stringent than these guidelines, 2 The genera! procedures in paren theses provide additional bfonnatk# os the noted item. 2 Training should be appropriate to the Vfpt of ACM. building cood*. tions. and the work to be performed If ACM may be wiB be disturb ed, OAM training may be necessary. 4 Toro off HVAC if work will be performed on HVAC ejttcafr), 5 Critical bankas may be necessary or be required for specific cases by the APM. 4 The OSHA asbestos standard, Appendix G. states that maintenance staff employees should be instructed cot to remove calling tiles below ACM without wearing the proper respiratory protection, clearing the area of other people, asd observing asbestos waste disposal procedures. Appendix E of the GreeQ'Book recommendsthat resjnnmnlre worn for routine maintenance wotk where there is a reasonable ftkef&xxfofACMdis turbance. For routine meistecssee work where contact with ACM is unlikely, appen dix E recommends vNo respiratory protection required. (Air-purifying respirators with high* efficiency fillers should be available i seed ed; half-face or full facepiece).* EPA advises building owners that these recommendation* go beyond OSHA requirements. 7 Respiratory protection can be deleted if supposed by adequate exposure data in accor dance with the OSHA regulations- 8 Protective clothing should be avail able and is required by OSHA if exposure is over pemkribk exposure limit. 9 Monitoring is required by OSHA if ACM u&twhed. 10 Monitoring may be deleted if sugyxted by statigticaByreliable historical data in accordance with OSHA regulations. 11 May be recommended see work practices. Adequate training is neces sary. t2 Drop doth optional for dirty tools, equipment and/or waste. 13 Work area protection may be revised if alternate methods are used and historic data are available. 14 Ak clearance depends oe air mon itoring program requirements. 1$ Personal decontamination may be required by APM or OAM program. 9 0 & M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS O&M Program The O&M designer should determine the exposure objectives for the facility. Establishing limits on airborne asbestos for cadi wort: practice level determines che exposures that maintenance workers and building occupants will be ' subjected to. As a minimum the requirements of the OSKA regulation must be met. OSHA requires Chat air monitoring be performed to determine what level of worker protection is necessary. OSHA specifies requirements for the determination of airborne fiber levels and worker exposures in the Code of Federal Regulations <29 CFR 1926.58 <!)). OSHA requires employers to determine initially the level of airborne fibers to which an employee will be exposed through "init/al monitoring" or the use of historical data. Where historical data is available (such as the Resilient Floor Covering Manufacturer's data), the employer must determine that the work practices used match those upon which die data are based, and that the material type and circumstances are the same. OSHA then requires periodic monitoring unless supplied air respirators are used. Finally, additions monitoring is required {unless suppled air respirators are used) whenever a change is workers, the activity, or equipment use occurs which might result in exposures above the permissible exposure limit, action level and/or excursion limit, these air monitoring requirements provide building owners and managers with the information necessary to determine what level of protection is required by the federal government, State and local laws may be more stringent Building owners and/or employers must comply with OSHA and other applicable regulations which relate to maintenance procedures and worker protection. Some building owiterefaoployecs might choose to simply achieve regulatory compliance. Otoe* might establish O&M programs with more precautionary criteria foe protection of workers and the building environment Regulations do not set precise stan dards for the protection of building environments. Examples of building environsem criteria commonly used by owners are: 1. The OSHA permissible exposure limit <FEL) - 0.2 f&c by PCM 2. The OSHA action level (AL). 0.1 flee by PCM 3. The AHERA standard, or state stan dards, requiring a comparison of inside work area samples to outside work area samples 4.70 structures per square millimeter for air samples of at least 1200 liters (AHERA level where comparison to outside is not required) 5. Outside ambient air levels 6. Inside ambient air levels under con ditions where there is no active dis turbance of ACM 7.0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter of air by PCM (EPA Purple Book) 8. Indoor air standards for asbestos as regulated by state or local agencies. 10 Design and Validation an 0&M Program a 1992 NIBS Exposure monitoring will be needed to durations. Readings are not Instanta validate that each wort: practice level neous, O&M procedures are small in meets the intended exposure goals. To scale and &ort in duration, requiring fit within the level definitions, the fol that many procedures be repeated a lowing must hold true: number of rimes to enable the collection of a sample with sufficient sensitivity. 1. Level 1 (NO Worker orArea Pro* taction) work practices should not The Air Monitoring Program developed result in elevated airborne asbestos for a specific facility needs to address levels. how exposure monitoring will be con ducted to provide data for use in the 2. Level 2 (Wbrtef Protection, with design and validation of wok practices. Minimal Area Protection) work The program should define exposure practices may result in localized limits for both workers and the bonding elevations ofairborne asbestos environment. levels due will only affect die wor ker, but not the building environ ment The Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM) air monitoring required by OSHA for exposure monitoring does not distin 3. Level 3 (Workerand Area Prote& guish between asbestos and son-asbes Non) work practices may, ifuncon trolled, result in elevations ofair borne asbestos'levels that are suffi cient to require worker protection tos fibers and cannot measure the short or thin Abets that might be detected using Transmission Electron Microsco py (TEM). Air monitoring data for and isolation of the work area from the rest ofthefacility. O&M programs should always empha size the use of "pacification" techniques such as wetting, more careful handling, local collection and local exhaust, etc. to avoid unnecessary disturbance of asbestos and the need for work area isolation. Work procedures, or modifi cations to these work practices, should hedesignedin accordance with fhe exposure goals of the owner andfor employer, the circumstances of the particular building, and the skill and training of the APM and workers. The only way that a woric practice can be OSHA exposure might not be an accu rate predictor of TEM results. Some TEM data indicate that workers might be exposed to short or this fibers, which sue not regulated by OSHA, when performing O&M activities. O&M activities might create smalt fibers when work such as anting or drilling of ACM is performed. TEM analysis of clearance samples 1$ requir ed by the federal government under AHERA frirappIrraMe-schodproycts involving ACM which is or becomes friable. Portions of a report published in 1991 by the Health Effects Institute (HE!) - validated is to perform the procedure and monitor airborne levels during the work. Personal monitoring is required Asbestos Research discuss available information regarding asbestos fiber sizes and their effect on asbestos related to determine if work area isolation is needed, if no disturbance of ACM will occur (such as with many Level 1 work diseases. This report also discusses the current status of surface dust sampling techniques that are used by portions of practices), monitoring might not be the asbestos industry to determine as required. Meaningful exposure monitor bestos contamination on surfaces. ing requires sufficiently long sample 11 Design and Validation of an O&M Program 1992 NIBS Training The amount sad cooteut of worker traiatug should ccarespofld to the type, condition and quantity of ACM that the custodial and/or mainte nance staff will encounter In the course of their work. Training should empha size hands-cs methods, the waters should learn how to use the O&M plan as well as to perform specific tasks, in addition to specific work practices, them are general subject areas that all O&M training should include, sutii as respirator training, where applicable. The APM should have training suffi cient to perform inspections and identi fy where asbestos will be encountered, assess the condition of asbestos-con taining materials, evaluate potential exposure, understand building compo sems, building systems, building usage patterns, designing and conducting O&M activities, be familiar with clean ing and maintenance tasks, understand applicable laws and regulations, and be aware of other crucial factors associat ed with an O&M program. Hie postion of APM is frequently held by one of the following; the building engineer, superintendent, facilities man ager, or safety and health director. In a small organization, the building own er might have this role. Regardless of who holds the portion, the APM must be property qualified, through training and experience, and be actively invol ved in all asbestos control activities. APM training might consist, in pan, of courses such as the AHERA approved Worker, Supervisor and Inspector/Man ager Planner courses. Worker training programs should stress the health risks associated with asbes tos exposures. O&M waters need to understand fee vital importance of carefully adhering to these work prac tices or to others specified in specific building O&M programs. The EPA Green Book gives guidance concerning the level of training recom mended for conducting different types of O&M activities. EPA and OSHA offices might be able to direct the user to listings of training providers. The AHERA regulation for school includes required O&M training and outlines a minimum training program. The OSHA construction stareiard coi talns minimum training requirements for construction workers (including maintenance workers) exposed at or above the action level. Appendix G of OSHA standard 29 CFR I92&58 pro vides minimam training requirements fa maintenance westers what rite employer does not establish lull scale negative pressure enclosures, and does not utilize full scale decontamination. State and local regulations may impose training requirements for O&M activi ties. Verify feat state and local requir ements are met before scheduling work. Additional training might be -riesfrabte 4&c performing frequent O&M work or certain O&M tasks, Depending upon regulatory require ments applicable to O&M work, train ing for the APM and workers might need jo indude "coropcteDi person" training as discussed in OSHA and EPA regulations. 12 * Design and Validation ct an O&M Program 01932 NIBS i Use of O&M Work Practices lists of Work Practices and Work PracBee Summaries ussofttse weal practices ia litis manual are provided in the Table of Contents and at the beginning of each seoion of work practices, The firs page of each work practice Is a summary of the work practice and lists examples of typical situations, associated general proce dures, related work practices and cer tain basic information about (he prac tices. A recommended minimum num ber of workers is listed for each work practice. A further cSscussloc of the number of workers for O&M activities is included lata: in this section. Selecting Work Practices for a Facility The Asbestos Program Man ager (APM) should select work practic es from this manual that are appropri ate for (he facility where the work wSB be performed The selection of work practices will be based on a variety of factors, including O&M Plan policies and the selection factors listed in this section. If situations exist that are not covered by this manual, the APM should develop work practices appro priate to (he situation based on die guidelines in this manual and other applicable "sources, fc might-be desir able to obtain assistance from sources, such as qualified consultants, legal counsel, risk managers or insurance companies when selecting appropriate work practices. A number of determinations must be made in order to select the appropriate work practice for a given situation. These include: 1, The level of worker and environ mental protection desired based on the O&M program objectives. 2. Whetter O&M work wBl be perfor med by staff personnel or an outside contractor. The O&M program could specify (hat some activities or work practice levels be done with inhouse personnel, while other activi ties or levels are done by contrac tors. if O&M work is to be per formed by contractors, the APM's responsibilities and activities might be changed to include contractual obligations, submittal reviews, and verification that O&M work and monitoring is being performed as required. Modifications to the Work Practices, APM Checklist, Worker Checklists and General Procedures might be needed. 3. Regulatory compliance issues for the specific fadlity.and personnel who will perform the work. These in clude OSHA and EPA requirements for worker protection, work practic es, exposure monitoring, notifica tions and additional state or local requirements. 4. Whether exposure monitoring data and work evaluation forms (see Ap pendix C) from past work indicate that a given work practice or work practice level-4ccon0ishes (be O&M objectives. Using the Work Practices The APM will select the work practices to be used. A decision tree illustrating this selection process is shown in Fig ure 2. Guidance for selecting die ap propriate work practice level is shown in Figure 1. The process of using work practices from this O&M Work Practices Manu al, or alternatives based on this manual, for a given situation can be summa rized as follows: 13 a Use o? O&M Work Practices * 1992 NIBS 1/AJobRc^acsiWni (AppendlxA) should be completed for work that could disturb ACM. (/toe to APMs: IfIhe required work has been performed in the past, is might not be necessary to compute on APM checklistfbr each CAMactivity. Pass checklists con be reusedfix the selec sion ofwork practices.) t The Asbestos Program Manager should complete an APM checklist (Figure 3) and evaluate 8k vork to be performed based upon (he iofonnadonoa a com pleted Job Request Form, available sur vey and assessment data, and data on past o&M activities (if available). When reviewing data and completing the APM checklist, the following should be determined: Whether the job requested is actually an asbestos O&M activity. The categoryiies) of ACM that might be encountered during the work. . The appropriate work practices) to address the situation. The work prac tice summaries include a section of "related work practices" that are in tended to aid the APM in die selec tion of the proper work practice. The appropriate level of work prac ticed to be used Personal protective equipment, if any, for the work. 3. All of ibe above information should be recorded os a Maintenance Work Au thorization Form (see Appendix B). The completed APM checklist should be signed, dated and filed. 4, Copies of information as listed on the APM checklist should be provided to the workers who will perform the work, along with the appropriate work practice checklist. If repetitive O&M activities using the same work practices will be performed in sequence over a short peri od of time, a single Maintenance Work Authorization Form may be completed - to cover thesesituationsfcrasingle building. Note, however, that tbe NESHAP requirements apply to a facility if the combined additive amount of Regulated Asbestos Con taining Materia/ (RACM) that wfH he removed or stripped in repetitive activities exceeds the quantities speci fied in NESHAP. Repetitive tasks might increase exposure levels such that more stringent OSHA worker protection and engineering control requirements are triggered Caution should be used to insure that each of the repeated O&M activities is a discrete O&M activity. O&M work procedures se based on disturb!^ a small amount of material over a short period of time. Care must be takes to avoid violating the intern by allow ing contiguous activities that add up to a larger scale procedure and a potential accumulation of contamina tion. If a number of O&M activities need to occur at oik time is one loca tion, it might be preferable to treat the work as a larger scale, non-O&M activity. The APM can set limits appropriate for a facility and O&M program that are based on quantities of ACM to be potentially disturbed in single and multiple O&M activities. Exposure monitoring procedures tod methods for repetitive activities might -needto -be-wore stringent ch&i 6s single activities. The forms used in Appendices A, B and C of this O&M Work Prsctic&s Manual are repro duced from the EPA Green Book fbr use or guidance. Users of tills manu al can use these as a basis for devel oping forms for their O&M program and work permit process, it is rec ommended that O&M forms include the basic categories of information that are used on the Green Book forms. 14 a Use oi O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS Figure 2: Work Practice Selection Asbestos Program Manager Tasks: Work Practice Selection aid Use 15 e Use of G&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS Work Practice Level Selection More specifically, the following ee Factors The work practices included in this manual are written to help building owners develop site-specific procedure factors for evaluation by gprtperiy trained Asbestos Program Manger when selecting work practice levels; that comply with the requirements of current federal regulations. The wort practice levels do Got directly correspond to any specific regulatory requirement OSHA regulations are triggered by disturbance ofasbestos, and require dial Fiber release potential of material or O&M activity Condition ami friability of ACM Exposure and air monitoring data Training, skill and experience of workers certain engineering controls, wort Quantity of ACM to be disturbed practices, personal protection and Type and percentage ofasbestos administrative procetoes be used Location and use of ACM depending on whether the permissible Exposure potential for occupants and exposure limit (PEL), action level (AL) or other personnel exclusion Bait (EL) will be exceeded, or State and local regulations can reasonably be expected to be O&M and other management policies exceeded, during die wort. In a facility HVAC and ventilation system config where the combined additive amount of urations RACM to be removed or stripped during On-site supervision a calendar year exceeds the EPA NESH- AP requirements, environmental agencies Definitive quantities of ACM to be must be notified and area and affected have m been specificd in the environmental controls are required. work practice level examples. This is to EPA's AHERA regulations apply to any provide greater flexibility and to empha asbestos work conducted in schools. size that other factors might influence Stare and local regulations may be mors level selection by the APM Federal stringent, and will apply. Appendix I regulatory limits are currently in the includes more information on OSHA and process of changing and state and focal EPA regulations. regulations are usually In a sate of flux. The APM's determination of tire appro Users of this manual might have opera- priate level will often be based, at least 'tiois and nuiffttHaacg-programobjectives In pan, uponThe quantity-of ftOM'U'bt which are more protective than the disturbed. The work practices are gen minimum regulatory requirements. erally designed for disturbing small Accordingly, it might be appropriate, in amounts of asbestos as required to per the selection of work practice levels, to form O&M tasks,* consider more than just the OSHA regulated exposure levels. The conditions of the building and the O&M program objectives win dictate she work practice level necessary. w 1$ a Use <& O&M Wo* Practi&s & 1992 M1BS Is instances where ACM wiU be dis Number of Workers Eachwor* turbed, OSHA requires that personal air practice summary includes a recom monitoring be performed for work prac mendation on how many workers are tices unless employee exposures, as needed to perform the work. A ramber indicated by statistically reliable mea of factors should be considered when surement, are below the OSHA action determining bow many workers are to level and/or penttisslble exposure limit be assigned to perform an O&M activi (see OSHA regulations for details).. ty, such as: O&M workm who will disturb ACM should use respiratory protection and Regulatory requirements The amount of work to be dot* other protective measures, unless ade Accessibility to the work area quate data are generated that indicate (height, enclosure) exposure levels in compliance with the Worker skill, training and experience O&M program objectives. Weight, size or length of objects In Validation of the work practices is necessary to determine if a work prac tice is appropriate for use under the O&M conditions present in a given volved In the work Worker safety or degree ofrisk Work efficiency and cost effective ness facility. Data generated can be used by One worker is recommended where the die APM during future selection of work practice can be accomplished work practice levels, if O&M activity safety and effectively with one worker. data are to be used to qualify for OSHA Two or more workers are recommended historical data exemptions or for main for work practices involving enclosures taining OSHA exposure records, it is or where special conditions or other necessary that the information be kept factors complicate the work. State or in strict accordance with the require local regulations may dictate the num ments of the OSHA construction stan ber of workers seeded. General Proce dard (29 CFR 1910.20). the work dure ARMS includes additional informa practice riser Is responsible for proving tion on assigning workers. compliance with all applicable federal, slate and local regulations. Based upon the data obtained, the APM might de cide to use a higher or lower level of vrork^ffacticeforra^edflctask. Sub stantially more data are required to justify die use of lower level work practices. Any data indicating higher Work Practice Checklists The work practice selection process outlined above and additional information related to the -selection pndw ofibe .work practices we compiled on the "A3>cstos Program Manager Checklist1* shown in Figure 3. exposures than anticipated warrant consideration of moving to higher level work practices. Work practice levels may be modified as noted in Figure f based upon historical air monitoring data (additional information on histori cal dais is provided in Genera! Proce dure APM6). Note also that state or Checklists to be used by workers for each level of work practice are shown on "Worker Checklists" in Figures 4,5 & 6. A checklist is to be provided to the worker with each work practice In order to give the worker complete in formation required to perform the work. local regulations may require more stringent work practices, higher levels of precaution or additional monitoring. 17 Use of OiM Work Practices 01992 NIBS II. Asbestos Program Manager General Procedures  APM Checklist -- ' Asbestos Program Manager (APM) Checklist for Operations and Maintenance Work Practice Use Receive and review Job Request Form - See AppendixA. Work to be performed: ...........,..,,....r________ .. Review or request survey data to determine whether ACM is affected, D Compete Maiatenance Work Authorization Form, including: - Set Appendix B. Review historical air monitoring data for work practices to be used. Work Practices) selected for all ACM u> be encountered See Section / Figures 1,2. Select personnel protective equipment and decontamination requirements to be used, if needed - See General Procedure APML Select appropriate materials and review potential hazards (confined spaces, scaffold use, etc.) " See General Procedures AJPMS A APM9, O Schedule wort when area is not in use or plan developed to isolate area (if necessary) - See General Procedure APW. Federal, state and local notifications filed (if applicable) - See General procedure APAfX Notify personnel affected by wort See General Procedure APMd Assign workers (or contractor) with appropriate level of training. Verify currency of training, fit tests, and medical surveillance - See General Procedure APM5 Assign trained air monitoring person and determine air monitoring to be performed (if needed). Record air monitoring requirements on Maintenance Work Authoriza tion Form - See General Procedure APM6, O Provide copies to workers/coatractor of: O Maintenance Work Authorization Form Work practice checklist for proper work level. O Work practice^}: ...... ........................ .............. D General Procedure(s) Notifications O Schedule of work o As practical, review work practices during work for compliance with requirements and worker general procedures. Complete Evaluation of Work Affecting ACM form - See Appendix C Hie all required records Is proper files - See General Procedure APMT. Signature: Pats:___________________________________________________________ __ 20 * Asbestos Program Manager General Procedures $ 1992 NSS Section II Asbestos Program Manager General Procedures AS references is this manual to Asbestos Program Manager (APM) refer to a person designated to perform the Asbestos Program Manager's dudes. This could be the building manager, owner, or ano&er person reporting to the APM. The Asbestos Program Manager or a designee should review work practices with the workers who will perform the work. Weskers should be notified to consult with the AIM or designated person if they have any questions during the work, if any problems occur, mf if it appears to the workers that additional precautions might be necessary to safely perform the work. This section Includes detailed proce dures for steps that are common to many of the work practices. These genual procedures are referenced fn the work practices and in the AIM checklist The general procedures be covered in O&M tndnhig related to the use of this manual. Not all ofthe general procedures are used in every work practice. The work practices and checklists refer the user to applicable general procedures for detailed information os how to perform a certain potion of foe work. Once a user is familiar iritis tire genera! proce dure requirements, it might not be necessary to review the general proce dures each time an O&M activity la performed However, the general procedures rimuld be reviewed periodi cally by the APM to verify that the proper procedures are being followed. Users of the O&M Work Practices Manual should also review the General Safety Considerations information in Append* *G*. APM Checklist ......................................... .......... ....................................... ....20 APMI Selection of Persona! Protective Equipment & Decontamination Procedures............. .. ................................................ 22 APM2 Work Scheduling................................................................................................23 APM3 Federal, State and Local Notification .............................................................23 'APM4 Notification of-Personnel.......................................................................... 24 APM5 Assigning Workers ...................... 24 APtt& DtveJoftag the Air Monitoring Program and Assigning Air Monitoring Personnel........................................................................................ 25 APM7 Recordkeeping.......................................................................... 27 APM8 Confined Spaces.................................................................. 28 APM9 Selection of Materials........................................................................................ 29 APM10 Emergency Work and Dry Removal ........................................................... 29 Note: Not all ofthe general procedures are used in every work practice. 21 Asbestos Program Manager General Procedures 1992 NIBS fiPfjj l ------- SetecHon of PersonaTPrbtective Equipment & Decontamination Procedures Selecting persona! pro- cectivc equipment (PFE) for O&M work includes foe selection of respirators, protective clothing, gloves, boots, hardhsts, and/or other equipment that might be necessary for a specific task. The information in Appendix "C discusses general safety considerations that may affect equipment selection. RespMofS used for O&M activities must be selected based on the requirements ofregulations and a Respiratory Protection Program devel oped in accordance with OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910.134 or the ERA -Worker Protection Rule- (40 CFR 763.120,121), as applicable, for the O&M workers. Appendix T*' of the Gfcen Book includes EPA's recom mendations on the types of respirators to be used for custodial and mainte nance tasks. Liability concerns, histor ical data and management policies might also influence whether respira tors are used, and if so, the type of respirators for O&M activities. NIOSH recommends minimizing occupational exposure to cancer producing sub stances, such as asbestos to the lowest feasible level. In practice, a maximum exposure level for workers ofD.Ol -fihecLper cubic rentime-ter.of-ajringde foe respirator is commonly used when respirators are selected using protection factors. OSHA has stated that the OSHA pe rmissible exposure limit was selected as a technical and economic compro mise for industry, and is not designed to totally prevent cancer causing expo sures. The EPA's White Book and the Introduction and Section 01562 of foe NIBS Asbestos Abatement Guide Spec ification contain information regarding respirator selection that might be help- ful to the APM. Review of fob a&ti* tiooa! information is strongly eocour- in certain situations, full face respira tors might be desirable to provide adtfitional eye and face protection for workers. Powered Air Purifying Respi rators (PAFR's) are preferred by many workers instead of negative pressure respirators. OSHA regulations 29 CFR 1910.1001 and 29 CFR 1926.5* require that an employer provide a PAPR in lieu of a negative pressure respirator if an employee chooses to use thU type of respirator. Depending upon the type ofwork and work practices to be used, combination respirator filter cartridges or a different type of respirator might be necessary to protect workers ton other contamlnams or hazardous substances. Respi ratory protection for asbestos work requires the use of high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter cartridges. Protective Clothing & Decontamina tion Procedures Protective clouting for O&M work typically consists of disposable coveralls, gloves and/or boots. Protective clothing for O&M work can be selected by the APM or foe worker, depending upon the O&M procedures. Protective clothing options that are typically used are discussed in Worker'Genera! ProcedureW6, The protective clothing option selected might depend in part upon the decon tamination procedures to be used and the type of work area preparation or enclosure. Decontamination procedures typically used for O&M work Include HEPA vacuuming on a drop cloth, changing in a change room, or showering, Worker General Procedure WI4 ex plains foe decontamination process for each option. 22 * Asbestos Program Manager General Procedures 01992 NIBS ."'N <i APIS APM 2 APM 3 * "s The APM might also determine wheth er boots, gloves, hartfcats or other prot ective equipment Is Deeded for O&M tasks. Protective clothing selections made by the APM should be recorded on the Maintenance Work Authoriza tion Fona. Work Scheduling Level 2 and 3 work should be scheduled for a time whsn the work area will not be in use and can be closed off to anyone other than trained workers, or other autho rized personae!. Ef an area is always occupied, plans should be made to isolate the week area from building occupants using visual aadfor physical barriers. If a special work area ar rangement Is required, it might be beneficial to provide a sketch to the workers showing how the area is to be set up. If respirators are used for Level 1 activities, it might be desirable to vacate the area to avoid concern resulting from a worker In a respirator working within sight of unprotected workers/occupants. Scheduling of work might be affected by notificatiod requirensres. All noil- ' fication requirements should be met before walk is sche&led. Under cer tain circumstances, some emergency work can be performed prior to the Sling of a notification. Review regula tions and coreact federal, state and local regulatory agencies concerning notification requirements for emergen cy work. Federal, State mid Local Notifica tions Ihe Asbestos Program Manag er, car his designee, should file all notices required by federal, state and local regulations prior to the start of any O&M activities that are governed by these regulations. Federal Notifications Federal require ments for notification are set forth ia the National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) rotes and the EPA Woita'Protection Rule. OSHA is considering adding notification requirements to the OSHA regulations. For demolition and reno vation work, the latest NESHAP revi sions are contained ia 40 CFR 61.145 (a) and (b). A ten working day federal notification is required for renovation work if the combined amounts of regulated asbestos-containing material (RACM - see glossary or NESHAP for tiefirition) to be stripped, removed, dislodged, cut, drilled or similarly disturbed Is over 260 linear feet (80 lieear meters), 360 square fed (35 square meters) or 35 cubic feet (1 cubic meter) for any single project Also, if the combined estimated quanti ties of RACM to be removed or stripped in individual aonschedded operations during a calendar year (Jan uary 1 through December 31) exceeds the amounts Used above, a NESHAP notice must be submined at least tea working days before the end of die calendar year (e.g. December 13) pre.ceding (be year for wWdtzioticeJ# being given. A new written notice mast be filed with the EPA If the start date for a project is revised (earlier or later) from the date filed in the original or a previous notice. A notice must be updated if the amount of asbestos affected changes by 20 percent or more. If wetting of RACM during removal would unavoidably damage equipment or present a safety hazard, written approval from the EPA is required for 23 a Asbestos Program Manager General Procedures a $ 1392 NIBS --""--" aitcn^ve_ccissk)B_CBiirol methods -- Apuaj^i^....... {dryreioval). The NESHAP notification requirements for emergency renovation wotkareset forth a) 40 CFR 61.145 (a) sod <b>. Mae Information on emergency writ Is included in General Procedure APMia See Appeofox K (2.B sod 2J3) of this Tpymiai ssd the NESHAP regulations for details on Federal notification re quirements. OSHA's proposed regulatoy Ganges include adding notifica tion requirements in the OSHA regula tions. AMtiocal requirements might also be included is state or local regu lations. State artfUsf Notification Require ments State and local notification requirements vary greatly. Many stares and localities have notification require ments that are more stringent than the federal requirements. State and local requirements coaccraiig pcnnltt fa any repair or renovation work must be reviewed Sate and local requirements muse be complied with before wot is scheduled and commenced The EPA Regional Contacts (listed on page 5? in the Green Book) can provide Informa tion on obtaining copies of state and local regulations. APM4 Notification of Personnel Persons who use, occupy, or are affected by an area where ACM work will occur should be notified prior to the start of the wok. Proposed changes to the OSHA regulations include mandatory notification of certain personnel price to the performance of work regulated by OSHA. Notification of p&rsotme! is usually not necessary for Level 1 O&M activities. Personnel should be given information about foe specific work to be performed, foe work sched ule, precaution? being taken, wtea ?W be visible (hiring the work, and that posted wanting signs must be obeyed. Section 4 of foe Green Book Includes information on occupant, tenant and worker notification of she presence of ACM that might be helpful to foe ARM. If O&M work occurs frequently, or for Level 1 Tasks where notification Is needed, a general notice to affected personnel might be more convenient than notifying these personnel each time work occurs. State and local regulations may also include personnel notification requirements. APMS Assigning Workers assigned to per- form O&M work should have training and experience in foe skills and tech niques required for foe type of work to be performed, training in applicable asbestos O&M procedures, foe O&M plan for foe facility, and site-specific building conditions. The BRA Green Book gives guidance concerning the level of training recommended for conducting different types of O&M activities. ERA and OSHA offices might be able to direct foe user to listings of training providers. The AHERA regulation for schools includes required O&M training and outlines a minimum training program. The OSHA constraction standard con tains minimum training requirements for construction workers (including maintenance workers) exposed at or above foe action level Appersfix G of OSHA standard 79 CFR 1926.58 pro vides minimum training requirements 24 Asbestos Program Manager General Procedures 1992 Nf8S APM S^eendnmd APM 6 for maintenance workers where the employer does not establish full scale negative pressure enclosures, and does not utilize hill scale decontamination. State and local regulations may Impose training requirements for O&M activi ties. Verify that state and local requir ements are net before scheduling ' work. Additional training might be* desirable for performing frequent O&M work or certain O&M tasks. Before workers are assigned to O&M work, the APM should verify that their train ing, respirator fit rests and medical sur veillance are current and in compliance with regulations (where applicable) and the requirements of work practices to be used. Appendix F in this manual gives guidance on where to find appli cable regulatory information and Green Book guidance on these topics. Depending upon applicable regulations (such as NESHAP), a designated trained or "competent person* might be required to perform or supervise certain aspects of the work. Section 4 of this manual discusses factors re consider when determining the number of work-'' ers required for an O&M activity. Once workers are selected for a task, the APM should review die workpractice with the workers, if needed. Developing the Air MonUorlng Program and Assigning Air Moni toring Personnel Note: This section is not intended as a substitute for a complete Mr Monitoring Program that is neededfor O&M wort. This section notes air monitoring issues that the APM needs to addressfor O&M work. Owners might choose re use an outride consultant to perform air monitoring for O&M activities. In certain cases, where frequent O&M activities are performed, the O&M program might include having one or more designated trained workers perform air monitoring during-O&M activities. fn either case, an Air Monitoring Program should be developed by the air monitoring per sonnel or consultant and the APM for O&M activities. The Air Monitoring Program should specify when air moni toring will be performed, the types of monitoring (personnel, background, area, clearance, periodic, and/or initial), analysis methods, training requirements for monitoring personnel, and proce dures for maintaining data from O&M activities, including any data required for OSHA historical data monitoring exemptions. Air monitoring data should be considered when selecting the type of respirators for activities that use respiratory protection. Training might be required by die Air Monitoring Program or sate or local regulations, and could include a N10SH air monitoring course, industri al hygiene training or other require ments. Training for persons perform ing air monitoring work should Inclutfe hands-on training with the equipment to be used Training for air monitoring (hat is currently available consists primarily of courses meeting tire Na tional Institute for Occupational Safety and .Health XNIOSH).582requirements. Air monitoring exemptions or require ments for a given work practice should be based on tire Air Monitoring Pro gram and stated on the Maintenance Work Authorization Form. Exposure monitoring should be addre ssed in the Air Monitoring Program and is required for operations covered by OSHA regulations. Review tire ap plicable OSHA standards in detail when developing air monitoring proce dures for O&M work. Sections O&M work include those on initial 25 Asbestos Program Manager General Procedures i $ 1992 NIBS APli 6Lfttfocrf --monitoring, historic dataand periodic--.... -Periodic monitoring witltin regulated- monitoring: areas. The employer shall conduct dai Initial monitoring is discussed in paragraph (1X2) of OSHA standard 29 CFR 1926-58: ly monitoring that Is representative of the exposure of each employee who is assigned to wort: in a regulated area. Exception: When all employees are -Initial mo&horiBg'(i) Each employer who has a workplace or work operation covered by this standard, except as pro vided for io paragraphs (f)(2Xii) and (Q(2Xiii) of this section, shall perform equipped with suppUed-alr respirators operated in the positive pressure mode, die employer may dispense with the daily monitoring required by this para graph." initial monitoring at the initiation of each asbestos, tremollte, anthophyUite, ftrtUwifoft job to accurately determine Termination of monitoring is discussed in (fX4) of OSHA standard 1926J8: die airborne concentrations of asbestos, "Termination of monitoring. If the tremolite, anthophyflite, or actinolite to periodic monitoring required by para which employees may be exposed* graph (f)(3) of this section reveals that Data generated by exposure monitoring performed in accordance with OSHA requirements may be used for historical data initial monitoring exemptions. The OSHA requirements for exposure mon itoring dam under the Construction In employee exposures, as indicated by statistically reliable measurements, fire below die action level, the employer may discontinue monitoring for those employees whose exposures are repre sented by such monitoring." dustry Asbestos Standard <29 CFR 19- Once data are generated for a certain 26.58) are specified in paragraph (fX2> work practice in a given facility,jhe Oil): ''Where die employer has monitored each asbestos, tremolite, anthophyllite, or actinolite job, and the data were ob tained during work operations conduct ed under workplace conditions closely resembling the processes, type of mate rial, control methods, work practices, and environmental conditions used and prevailing inthe employers current opcratioas, the employer may rely on such earlier monitoring results to satis fy the requirements of paragraph (f)(2)<i) of this section." (Paragraph (fX2)(i) is the initial monitoring requirement.) APM should be able to judge whether that level ofworkprac&s Is appropri ate for O&M wort in (hat facility and whether more dr monitoring is acces sary. In certain situations (it. remov als of resilient floor coverings using manufacturer's recommended practic es), OSHA has allowed the use of data generated by third party manufacturers to support a claim for an exemption from initial air monitoring. Personal air monitoring is required following changes in work practices, employees, employee still levels, or other pertinent factors which could lead to the OSHA action level or exposure limits being OSHA then requires periodic monitor ing unless supplied air respirators are used. Periodic monitoring is discussed exceeded. Validation of the work practices using air monitoring data applies only when the OSHA monitor in paragraph (fX3) of OSHA standard ing requirements listed above are met. 1926.58: Personal monitoring should consist of 26 a Asbestos Program Manager General Procedures 1992 NIBS APU $~con#nue<j APM7 samples to obtain an 8 hour timeweighted average (TWA), if possible, and excursion limit (EL) monitoring samples. Ail analysis for OSHA com pliance should be by phase contrast mi croscopy (PCM). Transmission elec tron microscopy (TEM) analysis will distinguish asbestos fibers (torn other fibers and might also be used if (testred, although PCM data is required by OSHA. TEM data cannot substitute for OSHA required PCM data unless approved by tire local OSHA office. The use of TEM analysis or settled (test sampling to evaluate the need for predeaning prior to an O&M activity might be considered. Neither method is required by current regulations. The project committee &d not take a position on the efficacy of settled dust sampling, nor advocate its use. It is prerented here as an available analyti- . cal tool dial might be used. Seffied dug sampling can also be used during O&M activities to document disturban ces during the activity. Settled dust sampling might be used as part of a clearance protocol for O&M wok. No regulatory standards for dust sampling exist at this time. The AFM might ^ want to consult with an experienced laboratory or consultants regarding the latest settled dust sampling procetteres and protocols. Procedures commonly in use Include sticrovacuuming, surface wipe samples, and tape lift methods. Recordkeeping The Green boc* recommends that the following records of O&M work be retained is permanent files: Inspection and Assessment Reports A copy of the O&M Program (initial program and all updated versions) The Work Practices Used Respiratory Protection Program Fiber Release Reports fob Request Fonts Maintenance Work Authorization Forms Evaluations of Work Affecting ACM ReiaspectionlFerindJC Surveillance Reports For employers with employees engaged in asbestos-related work, federal regulations require that the employer retain: Personal Air Sampting/Exposure Monitoring Records Historical Data (used to qualify for exemptions from OSHA's Initial monitoring requirements) Medical Records (for employees subject to a medical surveillance program) Employee Training Recoids * Fit Test Records (for employees that use respirators) this O&M guidance manual also recommends that records be maintained for: /- Waste Tracking and Disposal - See Appendix D. * Air Monitoring Date Qualifications and Performance Records for Outside Contractors performing O&M work If settled dust sampling is used it is advisable to maintain these records also. OSHA requires that employers provide to each employee their record of exposure and medical surveillance under the Records Access Standard (29 CFR 1910.20) and the Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200 & 1926.59). Also see the OSHA Asbestos Construction Rule (29 CFR 1926.58), the EPA Worker Protection Rule (40 CFR 262 Subpart G) and the Green Book for details on recordkeeping requirements. 27 Asbestos Program Manager General Procedures * 1992 N&S AP& 7~jxntin*d . Note,(bat-state-and Jocalregulations------may require that additional information be recorded and retained EPA recommends drat building owners make available ail written elements of the O&M program to the buikSag's O&M staff as well as to tenants and buil(Sng*dciajfhts,if appiicaWe. Building ovmers are also encouraged to consult with their legal counsel con cerning appropriate recordkeeping strategies as a standard part oftheir O&M program*. APM8 Confined Spam Confined spaces me often encountered in O&M weak. Probably the most common areas encountered are crawlspaces, utility and pipe tunnels, manholes and chases. Special precautions are necessary for working in confined spaces. A confuted space program, including an entry permit system, must be developed for use when confined spaces must be enteral The APM or another staff person should be able to identify arid assess hazards associated with confined spaces. Procedures should be developed to address potential confined space hazards. NIOSH publication number 87-313 (July 1987), entitled 'Guide to Safety in Confined Spaces*, includes a checklist for safe entry into confuted spaces, as well as general information on confined space issues. Confined space hazards include, but are not limited to: Low oxygen content Toxic atmospheres (gases, vapors -asd-dwte) Hazardous chemicals * Explosive atmospheres Heat stress * Fire * Retention of dost and smoke Insufficient lighting * Flooding Electrical shock hazards Noise Program elements should include: Entry and exit procedures Standby/emergency rescue procedures Heal proteefioa (from bumps, scrapes, cuts, abrasions) Weaker communication procedures Entry permit system Atmosphere motutoriog Vendlarioa Isolation Respiratory protection Depending upon the hazards present, monitoring and special precautions might be needed (hiring the work to maintain a safe work area. As of, September 1992, OSHA had developed draft regulations OS CFR 1910.146) concerning work in confined spaces. The preamble to the proposed rules discussed the types of hazards that will be covered by these regulations. The user of this manual might wish to obtain and review a copy of these proposed rules if confined spaces will ite.gncauntgsdin O&M #twk. Appendix G includes general Information on safety considerations that should be reviewed if work will take place in confined spaces. 28 a Asbestos Program Manager General Procedures a 1992 NIBS APM 9 APM 10 Selection Of Materials The Asbestos Program Manager should be responsible for the selection of certain materials used for O&M activities. This manual will not attempt to give guidance on the selection of all materials needed for O&M work. Information on selection of the following materials is provided: polyethylene. However, some tests have shown only minimal differences ha flame spread time between standard and fire retardant poly. Asti-static polyeth ylene should be used around equlpmem sensitive to static electricity. Lockdown Encapsulate Lockdown encapsulants selected should be appro Polyethylene Lockdown encapsulants Guidance on the selection of other mate rials should be obtained in training cour ses, or from reference materials, such as foe NIBS Guide Specifications for Asbes tos Abatement priate for foe Intended use. Use high temperature rated encapsulants for heat-^, ing system components such as piping, boilers & flues. Lockdowns should also be compatible with any replace ment materials, such as new flooring a&esive. Compatibility should be verified prior to the start of work. Polyethylene Various thicknesses, colors and types of polyethylene are available. The most common thicknesses used for asbestos related worit are 4 mil and 6 mil (0.10 nun and 0,15 mm). State or local regulations may require that certain thic knesses or types of polyethylene be used. Two ml (0.C5 mm) polyethylene Is also available, but is not widely used since it tears easily. Polyethylene Is also avail able in fire retardant and and-static types. Fire retardant polyethylene does not sup Lockdowns are available in clear or colored mixtures. Dear mixtures should be used where a colored eacapsulant would be objectionable for ap pearance reasons. Colored encapsulants should be used (where posable) with a color chosen to indicate that an area has been locked down. The color also allows a weaker to see where encapsulant has been applied (hiring the appli cation. port flame as readily as standard Emergency Work anti Dry Removal O&M activities sometimes require that -regulated asbestos O&M work be per formed immediately to maintain opera tions and prevent other health or safety hazards. Emergency work is acknow ledged In regulations and is permitted under certain conditions. The NESHAP regulations specify that a notification for ordered emergency renovation operations most be postmarked or delivered "as early as possible before, but not later than, the following working day" (see regulation for foil text). Skate or local regulations may have additional requirements. Emergency work might involve activi ties (such as work around activated electrical equipment) where foe use of wetting would result"in equipment dam age or a safety hazard. NESHAP per mits work without wetting regulated ACM under certain conditions (see regulation for details). For facilities where (fly removal work might be re quired, foe APM should review regula tory requirements in advance with au thorities having jurisdiction over foe facility. 29 i Asbestos Program Manager General Procedures a 1992 NJ8S a III. Worker General Procedures Figure 4: Level 1 Worker Checklist Operations and Maintenance Work Practices Pre-Work Activities Obtain and review copies from Supervisor or Asbestos Program Manager of: Completed Maintenance Work Authorization Form O Work practice to be used including personal protective equipment options D Work Notification (as applicable) Schedule for work Review work practices and General Procedures Wl, WS, w10, W12, W34, WIS and any ofoer general procedures used in work practice. Inspect work area for visible dust or debris. If present, stop work and notify APM. Obtain recommended tools, equipment and materials as described In General Procedure Wl, work practices) Hem 2, and Maintenance Work Authorization Form. o Move tools, equipment and materials to work area. o Shut off and lock out any KVAC or electrical systems to be worked on. if required, on Maintenance Work Authorization Form, pal on respirators and perform fit checks - See General Procedure W5. Work Practices Clean-Up and Tear-Down O a Perform work per steps in work practice. Remove lockout Ugs (if used) & restart any HVAC/electrical system(s) that were shut off. Return tools, equipment and remaining materials to storage area. Notify Asbestos Program Manager or supervisor that work is completed & return documents to APM. 32 a Woricer General Procedures a 1992 NIBS Section III Worker General Procedures This section includes detailed procedares for steps that are common to many of the work practices. These gemral procedures are referenced in' the wort: practices and in worker and APM checklists. The general proce-' duxes should be reviewed is detail by ss person*! using this work practices manual. If possible, the general procedares should be covered ia O&M training related to the use of this manual The work practices and checklists refer the user to applicable general procedures tor detailed information on how to perform a certain portion of toe work. Once a user is familiar wito toe general procedure requirements, it might not be necessary to review the general procedures each time an O&M activity is performed However, the general procedures should be reviewed periodically by all workers and the APM to verify that the proper proce dunes are being followed, Workers should report any suggestions' problems regarding these work practices to their supervisor, the Ashes- tos Program Manager (APM) or the APM's designee, users Qf ^ O&M Work Practices Manual should also review toe General Safety Considerations information to Appendix "G" ofthis Manual. level! Checklist..................................................................... .......................... .. 32 Level 2 Checklist.................................................................................................... ... 34 Level 3 Checklist....................................................................................... --------- 35 W1 Tools, Equipment and Materials ............................................. -................. 36 W2 Preparing Amended Water or Removal Encapsulate....................................36 W3 Shut-off and Lockout of HVAC and Electrical Systems................ 37 W4 Securing Work Area .........................................................................................37 W5 Putting on Respirators and Performing Fit Qtecks.......................................37 WS Putting oa Protective Clothing............................................................,.... 38 W7 Beginning and Conducting Air Monitoring................................................... 39 W8 Precleaniag Work Areas and Wet Wiping......................................................40 W9 Setting up Work Areas....................... 41 W1Q -Packagingand iabding Waste..................................................................... -44 W11 Applying Lockdown Encapsulant.....................................................................45 W12 Cleaning Tools, Equipment and Work Area .................................................46 W13 W14 W15 W16 Decontaminating Waste ................................................................................... 46 Worker Decontamination and Removal of Protective Clothing and Respirators............................................................... 46 Visual Inspection and Completing Air Moriroring.............. ........................47 Waste Transportation, Storage and Disposal................................................. 48 W17 Glovebag Removal ........................................................................................... 48 W18 Disposal of Contaminated Water..................................................................... 51 Note: Not all ofthe worker general procedures are used in every work practice. 33 a Worker Genera! Procedures a 1992 NIBS Figure 5: Level 2 Worker Checklist Operations and Maintenance Work Practices Pre-Work Activities O O O G O Work Area D Work Practices Obtain and review copies from Supervisor or Asbestos Program Manager of: Completed Maintenance Work Authorization Form Work practices) to be used including personal protective equipment options Wok Notiftc^ioo(s) (as applicable) Schedule for work Review work practices and referenced general procedures used in work practiced). Obtain recommended mots, equipment and materials See Genera/ tVMetfsrr W| n4 twi prac&efs) idem 2. Obtain required respirators as listed on Maintenance Wok Authorization Form. Move tools, equipment and materials to work area. Shut off and lock out HVAC and electrical systems serving work area * See Genera! Procedure W3. Vacate and secure weak area, such as by locking doors and/or seeing up temporary barriers - See General Procedure W4. Put os respirators and peform fit checks - See Genera! Procedure W& Put on protective clothing - See General Procedure W6. Air monitoring personnel begins air monitoring work Of required) See GeneralProcedure W7. Preclean work area if risible dust or debris is presets - See General Procedure W& Set up work sea as required by work practice item 3 - See Genera! Procedure W9. Perform work per steps In work praoice(s). Clean-Up Package and label asbestos waste for disposal - See General Procedure WIO. ami o Tear-Down Apply lockdown encapsulate, where required, using garden sprayer, to surfaces where ACM was removed or disturbed - See General Procedure WU. Perform ceiling panel replacement work or ceiling repair work if needed. D Clean took, equipment and work area using wet wiping and HEPA vacuuming as appropriate and return tools and equipment to outside work area See General Procedure W12. O Decontaminate packaged waste & move waste to outside work area - See General Procedure W13. Workers decontaminate and remove protective clothing and respirators, if costarr&tated, dispore^fpeatecriye -ACM -`Sae-GanmdSPceedme Mid. Complete visual inspection, Complete air monitoring work - See General Procedure WIS, If feasible, get APM or designee to complete EvaJuatioa of Work Form. Transport waste to designated asbestos waste storage area - Sm General Procedure W16. Remove drop doth. Return decontaminated tools, equipment and remaining materials to storage area. D Remove lockout tags and restart HVAnelectrical system(s), Restore normal accessibility to work area. o Notify Asbestos Program Manager or Supervisor that work is completed & mure documents to APM. 34 Worker General Procedures a 1992 NIBS Figure 6: Level 3 Worker Checklist Operations and Maintenance Work Practices Pre-Work Activities Obtain and review copies from Supervisor or Asbestos Program Manager of: Completed Maintenance Woric Authorization Form Work practices) to be used including personal protective equipment options Work Notifications) (as applicable) O Schedule for woric Review work practice and referenced general procedures used in woric practice. Obtain recommended tools, equipment and materials * See General Procedure Wl and work practices) item 2. Obtain required respirators as listed on Maintenance Work Aufoorization Form. Move tools, equipment and materials to work mu Shut off and lock out HVAC and electrical systems saving work area - Set General Procedure WX Vacate and secure work area, such as by locking doors aodfor setting up temporary barriers - See General Procedure W4. Put on respirators and perform fit checks See GeneralProcedure WX Put on protective clothing See General Procedure W6> . Air monitoring personnel begins air monitoring work (if required) - See General Procedure W7, Preckan work area if visible dust or debris is present - See General Procedure W8. Work Area Set up work, area and daconumfogfoa facilities as required by work practice item 3 - See General Procedure W9. Work Practices Perform work per steps in work practiced). Clean-Up Package and label asbestos waste for disposal - See GeneralProcedure WJO. and Apply Tocktbwn encapsulate, where required, using gardes sprayer, to surfaces Tear-Down where ACM was removed Of disturbed - See General Procedure W12. Perform ceiling panel replacement work or ceiling repair work if seeded Clean tools, equipment and work area using wet wiping and HEPA vacuuming as appropriate and return tools and equipment to outside work area See General Procedure WJX Decontaminate packaged waste & move waste to outside work area - See General Procedure W13. O comaminated, dispose of protective clothing as ACM - See General Procedure WM Complete visual inspection. Complete air monitoring woric - See General Procedure W1S, If feasible, get APM or designee to complete Evaluation of Work Form, a Transport waste to designated asbestos waste storage area - See GeneralProcedure W16, Remove chop doth andta mini-enclosure. Return decontaminated tools, equipment and remaining materials to storage area Remove lockout tags and restart KVAC/electrical system{$). Restore normal accessibility to work area Notify Asbestos Program Manager or Supervisor that work is completed & return documents to APM. 35 Worker Genera! Pnxedures 1d02 NIBS m W-2 Tools, Equipment and Materials The Abatement Equipment and Materials following is a list of tools, equipment and Polyethylene sheet materials that are referenced in the wort Duct tape practices and are recommended to perform Disposal bags with labels the wort practices. Tools, equipment or High efficiency particulate air materials that are unique to a certain work (HEPA) vacuum with hose, practice are listed under item 2 In each attachments and proper HEPA filter wort practice. For frequent O&M work, U (wetfd/y type seeded for some work might be helpful to malzdaia an "O&M practices) cart" containing fee necessary tools, Respirators (if required) equipment and materials. Disposable coveralls (if required) Tools and Equipment Utility knife Ground fruit circuit interrupters (GFCI's), Extension cords and adapters - GFCI's should be used on any electrical equipment or tools used in O&M work where water might be in use or present in die work area. Lockout tags Temporary work lights Ladder or scaffold for elevated work Wet wipes or bucket with clean water foe wet wiping Smoke test bulb and tubes Bose saw Wire cutters Disposable towels or wet wipes Asbestos barrier tape Wanting signs' Garden sprayer with amended water or removal encapsulate (Level 2 and 3 practices) See general procedure W2 Aerosol cans or garden sprayer with lockdown encapsulate (Level 2 and 3 practices) Air monitoring pumps, cassettes and calibration equipment (if required) Frame tor mini-enclosure or x prefabricated mbti-endosure (Level 3 practices) Negative pressure machine (HEPA filtered exhaust fan) as required for Tin snips Safety glasses sire of enclosure (level 3 practices could be negative pressure machine or additional HEPA vacuum) Manometer (if pressure differentia] measurements are desired) (if Preparing Amended Water or Removal Encapsulant Amended water or removal encapsulant solutions are prepared by miring a measured amount of surfactant or encapsulant with clean water in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Surfactants and encapsulauts materials might be considered hazardous substances. Containers of amended water or removal encapsulant should be labeled to identify the contents in accordance with the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200). Review and comply with Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) before miring and using these materials. Amended water or removal encapsulant should be mixed in a labeled garden sprayer ttok prior to the start of an O&M activity. Some practitioners have reported that liquid dishwashing detergent might be used as a surfactant for O&M work. They have used a mix of 8 pans water to one part detergent 36 a Wofter General Proce&res a 1992 NSS rV `) W*3 W-4 w* Shut-off and Lockout of HVAC and Electrical Systems Any eie^cai systems Out might be worked oa or affected by O&M activities should be shut off, locked sad tagged with electrical lockout tags at die circuit breaker panel or disconnect snitch. Affected systems include systems dm could crests electrical hazards during O&M activities that involve wetting. HVAC systems in a work area, systems that serve a work area, or systems that will be worked on should be shut down during O&M activities. Level 1 activities usually do not require HVAC dud down unless a work win occur on a system or a disturbance of asbestos will occur. Any rir*haKfiing systems (supply, return and exhaust) required to be shm down should be shut off, locked, and tagged with electrical lockout tags at the circuit breaker panel of disconnect switch. Lockout tags should note when and why power is shut down and the personnel performing the lockout. There should only beoas key for each lock used on lockout tags to prevent accidental reactivation of equipment Securing Work Area when asbestos fibers might be released, work areas should be vacated and secured (where feasible) by scheduling, locking doors (from inride the area if possible) or other means. Installing polyethylene critical barriers over all openings into the work area. If this is not feasible, access to the work area should be restricted, such as by asbestos barrier tape around the perimeterof the work area. If barrier tape is used to denote a work area. It should be placed 5 to 10 feet (1.5 to 3 meters) outside of any polyethylene protection used in the work-area. Instflll-barrier tape by taping or tying It to fixed objects. Do sot block access to any emergency exits, and when asbestos fibers might be released, post OSHA required "danger" signs ax all entrances to the wort area. For such projects, it might be desirable to have a visual barrier installed several feet in frost of warning signs to avoid having warning signs reatfily visible to occupants. A "keep our of construction area" rigs should be posted on visual barriers. A visual barrier would be arranged so that a persoa who goes past the visual barrier-wH' th^'seereqitired'wammg signs. Putting on Respirators and Performing Fit Checks the procedures described below are based on the assumption that workers wearing respirators have been trained in the use of respirators and, for negative pressure respirators, fit tested, and enrolled in a medical surveillance program as part of a Respiratory Protection Program. Respirators used should be approved by NIOSH and/or MSHA. These procedures are cot a substitute for a Respiratory Protection Program in accordance with OSHA standard 19 CFR 1910.1*4 or regulatory requirements regarding respirators. 37 * Worker General Precedes m 1992 NfBS WS^contkmd m Putting oft Respirator Wearera should {aspect their respirator before each use of the respirator. Respirators must not be damaged, have missing pans or be deformed in any way. The straps must be intact aad well attached Proper filter cartridges for the hazards to be encountered must be installed Verify that filters have been replaced Is accordance with the Respiratory Protection Program. Batteries for powered respirators should be fully charged The respirator should also be cleaned If k was sot cleaned after the last use. Ifany problems exist, the respirator sfeHdd.be repaired or replaced is accordance with the Respiratory Protection Program. When putting on a respirator, the straps should be loosened before it is put on. Filter caps (such as those used on some Powered Air Purifying Respirators) should be taped to the filter body or stored where it will not be lost Powered respirators should be turned on and flow checked before the facepiece is put on. The respirator should be put on and then the straps tightened as recommeo&d in the manufacturer's information provided with the respirator. Fit docks should then be performed. Fit Chocks Fit checks should be performed is accordance with the Respiratory Protection Program by each worker each time they put on a respirator. Both positive and negative pressure fit checks should be performed. When feasible, powered respirators should be checked with the motor unit turned off. A negative pressure fit check is done by donning the respirator and pulling the respirator straps so the unit fits snugly. Inhale gently while placing hands over filters to block off inhalation ride. Respirator should puB to face and no air should leak in around face seal . A positive pressure fit check is done *: by exhaling gently (without breaking respirator seal 10 foce) breathing normally white blocking off the exhalation valve. The face piece Should then expand away from face white exhaling. Adjust respirator straps as needed to obtain a good seal of the facepiece to foe ftce. If a good seal cannot be obtained, obtain a new respirator acd perform fit tests again. Putting on Protective Clothing ffcotestive-ctofoieg.fcr-wo&m typically consists of disposable coveralls, gloves and boots, Coveralls should have hoods and booties attached. They should provide complete coverage of the body with foe exception of bauds and face. Cloth coveralls that are cleaned by a facility equipped to launder asbestos contaminated clothing might also be used. Do not modify coveralls. Protective Clothing Options Available for O&M Work Include If potential for exposure to asbestos-containing (test and debris Is low and localized, use: 1. One disposable coverall street clothes, or no 2. One disposable coverall over street clothes. If potential for exposure to asbestoscontaining dust and debris is moderate or dispersed, use: t. Two disposable coveralls with no street clothes, or 2. Two disposable coveralls over street clothes. 38 Worker General Procedures $1992 NIBS \ W w-tLttfftiwKf W-7 If street clothes could become contaminated, two coveralls should be worn, or the street clothes should be moved before the start of work. When possible, street elate should be removed in a changing area before protective clothing is put on. Protective clothing should be put on after respirators. The coverall bood should cover respirator straps. Workers are encouraged to wear protective gloves that are duct taped at the cuffs to the protective coveralls. Eye, hearing, and head protection should also be used where needed. Rubber stip-restetant boots are recommended for work areas where ^ teards might occur (protective booties should cover feet inside the boos). Steel-toed boots should be used in areas where foot hazards exist. Do not use coveralls with loose foot coverings for activities that involve ^ climbing ladders or waking cm scaffold. Beginning & Conducting Air Monitoring Note: This section is /tot intended as a substitutefor a complete MrMonitoring Program end specific protocols neededfor O&M work This section notes air monitoring issues that need to be addressed by the air monitoring person, Air monitoring during O&M activities can consist of personal monitoring, area monitoring and clearance monitoring. Air monitoring required for the work practice bang performed should be listed on toe Maintenance Weak Authorization Form and be conducted in accordance with applicable regulations (such as 29 CFR 1926.58 Appendix A), toe O&M Ban and Air Monitoring Program. AH air moskofifig wofk-shouldbe 'Conducted by a trained air monitoring person assigned by toe APM. The air monitoring person should calibrate, adjust, and record toe flow rate of ail air monitoring pumps to be used before air monitoring is started for an O&M activity. General procedure W15 covers visual inspections ami toe completion of air monitoring at the end of toe work. Personal Monitoring To perform personal monitoring, attach a personal air monitoring pump to a belt worn by the worker. Attach an ah' sampling cassette to the hose from toe pumpw Route toe hose up toe worker's had: aad tape toe hose to toe worker's protective coveralls using duct tq*. The cassette should be located with toe open end feting downwards at approximately a forty-five degree angle Is toe worker's "breathing zone* at about collar level. Ttim toe pump on and record start time. The air monitoring person will retrieve or change toe cassette when necessary, or when work is completed. Area Monitoring Area monitoring is usually performed using high volume air sampling pumps. Place pumps inside toe work area and outside the work area in occupied areas or areas where occupantsootid be exposed if fibers are released from the work area. Pumps should be located where they obtain meaningful measurements of potential worker exposure (hiring monitoring. Attach sampling cassettes to toe hoses from the pumps and attach toe cassettes to toe top of tripod stands or other stable structures (but not toe pumps themselves) to locate toe sample at four to five feet (12 to l.S meters) above the floor. These cassettes should be located with the open end facing downwards at approximately a 39 Worker Genera! Procedures 1992 NIBS .......... forty-five degree angle. `ttw air W'7~cofttint&d monitoring person will relieve or change cassettes as needed or when the work is completed. If any samples analyzed during the work exceed predetermined "stop work levels" specified In the O&M program, productive work shall be stopped, the oca cleaned and additional engineering controls implemented, as necessary. Predefining Work Areas sod Wei Wiping Predefining of work areas prior to the start of work is done to remove accumulated debris that could he disturbed during the work. Precleaning might include picking up dust and debris with a HEPA vacuum, wet wiping non-porous surfaces, HEPA vacuuming surfaces that cannot he wet wiped, and cleaning any carpeted surfaces using steam extraction equipment Predefining might reduce the extent of cleaning required after the work and for clearances (if required). We! WiptaS The procedures to be used for wet wiping are as follows: 1 Immerse disposable towel in bucket containing amended water. 5. Dispose of used towels in disposal ' bagk $. Dispose of contaminated water as required by applicable regulations See gefttf pnetSart W18. HEPA Vacuuming The procedures to be used for HEPA vacuuming are as follows: 1. For floors, use a floor attachment with rubba floor seals and adjustable floor-to-atfachment height For ftimihire, fabrics or ocher surfaces use an upholstery attachment or brush attachment 2. Vacuum bard or smooth surfaces with attachment about 1H6" (Z mm) above the surface. 1 Wring out towel and fold into quarters. 3. Vacuum carpet or fabrics with attachment just touching foe surface. 3. Wipe surface and refold to have a dean face exposed. Do not place towel back into bucket of water will become contaminated and will need to be replaced. 4. Repeat step 3 until all faces of towel have been used. Obtain a clean towel if more wiping is needed 4. Vacuum all surfaces in parallel passes with each pass overlapping foe previous one by one-fcaif the width of foe attachment 5. -Oncerfacee -arc cleaned***ae direction, clean a second time at right angles to the first cleaning. 6. Use crevice brush or other tools to clean irregularly shaped surfaces. 40 t Worker Geaere! Procedures 1$92 N18S W-9 Steam Cleaning Carpet The procedures to be used for steam cleaning carpet are as follows: t. Steam dean carpet using carpet tod. 2. Steam dean all surfaces in parallel passes with each pass overlapping the previous one by one-half die width of the attachment 3. Once surfaces are cleaned In one direction, dean a second time at tight angles to the Erst deani^>. 4. Water from cleaning process should be treated in accordance with applicable regulations - See tf/d Setting up Work Areas /foie; Polyethylene wort area protection is not to be used in place ofother engineering controls and good work practices. Wort practices such as wetting ACM, careful handling, local collection by HEPA vacuum and heal exhnuss ventilation should be the primary means cf fiber control during OAM wort. Polyethylene protection, glovebags, and mini-enclosures are intended as a secondary means ofprotection during the work. Sure or local codes might require thatfire retardantpolyethylene be usedfor asbestos related wort The NIBS Asbestos Abatement and Management in Buildings: Model Guide Specifications Section 01527 ''Regulated Areas" provides Information on the preparation of "a regulated area* foe small scale, short duration work. Section 01529 "SmallScale Short-Duration Work" of the NIBS specifications provides informations die setup-ofa mifljesclosure. Review of this additional information is encouraged. Preparation of work areas for O&M activities typically involves the use of a polyethylene drop cloth or minienciosare, Other techniques, such as the use of a gtovebag taped over a selfsupporting framework might also be used as a substitute for the specified methods where appropriate. For small amounts of removal work (such as several Boor tile or a cutting a hole is asbestos-containing drywali) where an enclosure is desired or needed, a glovebag can often be used in lieu of a fttii fitisj-encJosmc. Polyethylene Drop Cloth Preparing a work area with a drop doth requires that a single layer of polyethylene be spread on the floor ofthe work area and taped or weighted In place. Do not use more than one layer if ladders (or similar equlpmem) wffl be used, unless a h&d surface, mch as plywood is laid over the drop cloth. If Boor is a soft material, such as carpet, use caution to prevent tearing of polyethylene under equipment The drop cloth should cover an area large enough to catch falling debris. If work is to be performed at an elevated level, the drop cloth should be placed on die work platform, or extended at ground level beyond the immediate work location to catch any debris that might be generated Note that the use of a drop doth introduces potential slip "hazardsIn the work area. Noa-rfip foot coverings are recommended where drop cloths are used MlnMEndeaure A mini-enclosure is usually a polyethylene enclosure around a work area. Mini-enclosures are sealed enclosures used as a secondary means to help, or attempt to, contain fibers or debris generated during the work. 41 Works? General Procedures a 1992 NIBS W~9~continu*t Mmi-eBcJosnres also serve to_proyide a. .. the final-cleaning process will require- ' visual barite between die workers and more time. A mini-enclosure can any other personnel around the work include a separate 3 foot by 3 foot by area. As noted above, careful work ? foot <1 x 1 x 2.1 meters) change practices should be the primary means room, with curtain doorways, anari^d of fiber control during the work in order to prevent gross contamination of the mini-enclosure. to the itiiii-enclosure for changing and removing protective dotting. if an entire room will be enclosed for It is sometimes appropriate to extend miri-eacSosures above ceilings, such as performing work, foe framework is usually not necessary, unless wall by using polyethylene sheet and framing taped together to provide surfaces will be damaged by tape used to support polyethylene. A room can enclosure around the wok area. The be enclosed for O&M work by mini-enclosure should sot contact installing one layer of polyethylene ACM covered surfaces. The sheet on foe walls and floor of the construction will vary depending os whether the enclosure will be attached to pipes, conduit, metal hangers, or some other form of existing construction. room. If the work to be perforated is In an elevated location, the enclosure (and change room, if used) should be erected on a scaffold platform large There are a variety of commercially available types of mini-enclosures, Including prefabricated pop-up boxes enough to support the enclosure, change roots (if used), and a step off area outside the enclosure. and adjustable framework assemblies to permit different sizes of enclosures to be constructed. Disposable liners for mini-enclosures (to facilitate set up and dismantling of the enclosure) are available from some manufacturers. H might be beneficial to construct or purchase a portable mini-enclosure unit that works for the typical conditions found in a given facility. Refer to OSHA regulations 29 CFR 191028 and 29 CFR 1926.451 concerning scaffold requirements. Any ladders and/or scaffolds used must be built and used in conformance with the OSHA construction standards, and applicable state and local standards. Set Apptndix C ofthis manual. Cover foe floor and the framework for It is recommended that two workers be used to setup and operate minienclosures. To construct a minienclosure, erect a framework of wood, PVC piping or metal framing that will enclose the work area and be large enough for one person to wort inside. The minimum width and depth of the enclosure should be at least 3 feet <1 meter). The height of the enclosure the enclosure and change room with one Tsyer^ofpolyethylene attached using duct tape. A second layer of polyethylene laid on the floor might facilitate clean up work, or reduce the possibility of tearing the polyethylene If equipment is used {do not use two layers under the legs of ladders). Construct curtain doorways between the change room and the enclosure and will vary depending upon the work to be performed and the height of the work area. A larger enclosure is preferable where space permits. However, if the enclosure is too large, 42 a Worker General Procedures a 1992 NffiS * i W*9~caitiru*d between the change room and the area outride the change room. A curtain doorway is made of three overlapping sheets of polyethylene. Attach sheets to framework at top and one side. The midge sheet should be attached on one side, and the inner and outer sheets attached on the other side. A sheet of polyethylene approximately 5 feet by 5 feet (1.5 meters by 1.5 meters) or larger should be installed outside (he change room for use as a step off area and as a place to pm decontaminated materials removed from the work area. Mini-enclosures should be constructed with a ceiling ofpolyethylene if work win not be performed above the enclosure. If work is to be performed above the enclosure and die ceiling is not ACM. the enclosure should extend to and be sealed to the ceiling or grid system. If the enclosure is below an ACM finished surface, use one of the following methods: 1. If ACM cannot be contacted, the enclosure should be separated from the ceiling by a narrow space. 2. If ACM will withstand contact without damage and is is good condition, foam tape (1* (25mm) or thicker) can be placed on the top edge of the enclosure. Gently lift enclosure into place until sufficient contact is madeto pvi3e.a-S6aI to die surface. After enclosure is in place, check for. and dean up any debris generated by enclosure installation. Mini-enclosures should be set up with a negative pressure system as described below to reduce the possibility of fibers being released from toe enclosure and to filter the air inside toe enclosure. Negative Pressure System ami HEPA Filtered Local Exhaust Vem&ttem Note: Certain configurations ofnegative pressure systems (pressure differential systems) are covered bypatents. The APhf should review applicablepatens information regarding use efthese systems. This manual uses the term 'negative pressure system'as a synonymfor "pressure differential system Mini-endossres should be provided ' with a negative pressure system to reduce toe possibility of fibers being released from the enclosure during toe work, and to filter inside air discharged from toe enclosure. Negative pressure inside mini-enclosures is commonly provided by a High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filtered vacuum or by negative pressure machines, depending upon toe size of toe eadosire. The NIBS Asbestos Abasement and Management in Buildings: Model Guide Specifications Section 01513 "temporary Pressure Differential Ml Air Circulation System4 gives guidance os pressure differential systems and suggested rates of air circulation in leans of air changes per hour. A HEPA vacuum will usually provide sufficient negative pressure for a smatt enclosure, Larger enclosures might require a small negative pressure machine (HEPA filtered fan unit) to .aflSeve.* .negative.pressure.inside toe enclosure. A negative pressure system for a minienclosure most commonly locates tite HEPA vacuum or negative pressure machine outside toe enclosure. The intake side of the unit is ducted to toe enclosure through the vacuum hose or flexible duct material taped to a hole in the enclosure on the ride opposite from the change room or as close as possible to where the work will be performed. The filtered exhaust side of the unit should be ducted to the outside if 43 a Worker General Procedures t 1992 NIBS |y.fo possible. However, most vjkxnim units do not provide a connection for m exhaust duct, and are commonly Axfwmfffrd to the inside. Additional protection might be desirable for an area where ah is exhausted inside a buihHng. A work practice is provided for changing filters in HEPA vacuums and negative pressure machines (HEPA filtered exhaust fens) when needed. Filters Should not be changed without following these work practices. When HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation is used in a work practice, this can be in addition to. or ia place of, a negative pressure system. A HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation system might replace a negative pressure system if the ventilation system provides adequate negative pressure in the wort area. Some work practices use HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation for fiber control where an enclosure is not used. A HEPA ventilation system can use a HEPA vacuum or negative pressure machine. The hose attached to the HEPA unit should be kept as close as possible to tie location where ACM might be, or is. disturbed Packaging and LabeRng Waste Asbestos-containing waste materia! from O&M activities should be adequately wet in accordance wife the KESHAP requirements (40 CFR 61.150). Verify waste packaging tod Other waste disposal requirements with the landfill that will receive the asbestos waste. Pre-labeled asbestos disposal bags should be used for asbestos waste disposal where possible, appropriate aa3 permissible. Disposal bags should be collapsed by evacuating the air from the bag with a HEPA vacuum in the work area or enclosure. Once collapsed, twig the bag to form a neck and wrap it tight with duct tape. JnMneckjjfteg ^ver.iofonpaloQp. then again wrap duct tape around neck and loop. Although not a federal regulatory requirement, asbestos waste is often placed Into second disposal bag and sealed as described above. Label disposal bags as required by applicable NESHAP. OSHA and DOT regulations. Asbestos waste that does not St into disposal bags should be wrapped leaktight in one or two layers of 6 rail (0.15 mm) polyethylene sheet Each layer should be sealed tightly with duct tape. Label outer layer as required by regulations. Sharp objects that might puncture polyethylene (such as flew tile) should be placed into cardboard boxes before wrapping in one or two layers of 6 mil (0,15 mm) polyethylene. - All waste should be labeled as required by federal, state and local regulations. Federal regulations requiring labeling of waste include OSHA regulations 29 CFR 3910.1200, 1910.1001 and 1926,58, EPA's KESHAP regulation 40 CFR 61.150, and the Xtepartment of Transportation's Hazardous Materials Regulations 49 CFR 171 And 180. ACM packaging, with some exceptions, must meet general DOT and EPA requirements and be protective, marked and labeled. See Appendix 1 for further information. Review current labeling requirements with APM and disposal sire. Ihe OSHA requirements apply regardless of the amour* of waste or measured exposure levels (see 29 CFR 1926.580). 44 b Worker General Procedures * $ 1992 NS . ''W*/ W'UL.eonUftMd W-11 Labels Requirements Include: OSHA 29 CFft iS2$$lk)(2) requirement: DANCER OBTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS . AVOID CREATING DUST CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD DepartnmtofTranspaiathnfDOT) requirement dots sapping paper and marking format, used with some exceptions (see Appendix I) Is: RQ, (Reputable Quantity, if over 1 lb (.4 kg) friable asbestos) WASTE (fk* transportation of waste material, if applicable) WHITE ASBESTOS (or BLUE or BROWN) (Shipping name; asbestos descriptions; see below) MIXTURE (For asbestos mixed with a binder or filler, etc.) 9, (Cass 9, Miscellaneous Hazardous Materials, includes asbestos) UN2S90 (or UN2212, or UN2212), (United Nations Identification numbers for the 3 DOT asbestos descriptions) K3 HI (or D or H) (Packaging Groups ft? the 3 DOT asbestos descriptions; fi and IH art medium sad minor; use H if mixed shipment) LTD QTY, (Limited quantity, If applicable) 200Z(.6kg) (Total quantity of material described; may abbreviate unit) DOT defines chrysotite, actioolite, ooftophytlite and treraolitc asbestos as ^ ' `white asbestos," croddolite asbestos as "blue asbestos," and amosite and mysorite asbestos as "brown asbestos * NESHAP requirement neshap requires that readily visible and legible warning labels ss specified by OSHA under 29 CFR 1910.1001(0(2) or 1926.58 (k)(2Xiii) be used on waste containers or wrapped materials (this is the same as die OSHA 29 CFR 1926.58 label listed above). Waste material to be transported off the facility site must also be labeled with the name of the waste generator and the location at which the waste was generated. Applying Lockdown Encapsulant A lockdown encapsulant should be applied to areas where ACM is removed. Lockdown encapsulate used should be4ested perT938'-Battcfie33>A report "Tests for the Evaluation of Encapsulants for Friable AsbestosContusing Materials". Encapsulates should be water resistant after curing and be Gass "A" fire rated per ASTM 84-81A "Standard Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. Lockdowns need to be compatible with any materials that will be installed over the encapsulant. Note that many lockdown encapsulates will act as an adhesive and could be objectionable on some surfaces when dry. Care should beiakoMo avoidgeering oocgpsulam on or in HVAC units, HEPA vacuums, and negative pressure machines. Lockdown is typically applied for O&M work using a garden sprayer. It should be applied in accordance with rite manufacturers* recommendations in two light coats sprayed from opposite directions to seal all portions of surfaces including any exposed edges of remaining ACM. 45 Worker Genera! Procedures 1992 NIBS - WJ2 m3 m4 Clouting ToMVEqu^mnCand Work Area Clean tools and equipment using HEPA vacuuming anchor wet wiping procedures. Special attention should be given to cleaning extension cords, e$iipraent wheels, vacuum hoses and other items that could pick up debris during the work. Tools and equipment should be placed outside of the work area as soon as cleaning is completed Drop cloths and mini-enclosures can be denned or disposed of as ACM Any items that cannot be fully cleaned (such as boots or tools) that might be used in another O&M activity should be placed into disposal bags, sealed and labeled as ACM. These bags should be wet wiped and then placed outside of the work area with the other tools and equipment Do not open bags containing contaminated tools, or open equipment such ss a HEPA vacuum, except during another O&M activity or in a designated work area. HEPA vacuum hoses can be sealed with tape over both ends if the outside of the hose 2s clean. Cleaning of the work area where an O&M activity is conducted consists of HEPA vacuuming and/or wet wiping (as appropriate) all surfaces in the area. HEPA vacuuming and wet wiping shall be performed as described in general procedure W8 above. Decontaminating Waste Packaged waste should be HEPA vacuumed and wet wiped before it is moved out of me work area. Use the wet wiping and HEPA vacuuming procedures in general procedure Wg. Packaged waste should be placed os a sheet of polyethylene when it is moved outside of the work area. This polyethylene can be the outer portion of a drop cloth, if a drop doth is being usett Worker Decontamination and Removal of Protective Clothing anti Respirators Removal of Protective Clothing {if used) Decontamination and removal of protective clothing following O&M activities should use the applicable procedure described below: Removal of Protective Clothing When Drop Cloth Work Area Protection, or no Work Area Protection, \s Used HEPA vacuum Ml parts of protective clothing witife standing at perimeter 'of drop cloth. Leaving respirator in place, remove protective clothing and fold inside out as it is removed. Place clothing, if contaminated, imo a disposal bag and label as ACM waste. Removal of Protective Clothing If A Mini-Enclosure end Change Room 1$ Provkted HEPA vacuum all parts of protective clothing while inside work area enclosure. -iftwo disposablet>overa5l$ aretfsed, remove outer coveralls in work area while leaving respirator in place. Fold coveralls inside out as they are removed. Move to change room, HEPA vacuum protective clothing, and remove second set of coveralls in the same manna. If only one set of disposable coveralls is worn, remove in change room while leaving respirator in place. Fold coveralls inside out as they are removed. 46 a Worker Genera! Procedures a 01992 NIBS ) W*14~ttntiraMd W'IS Place protective clothing, if coatasaaated, into a disposal bag and label as ACM waste. Watthanfe, face and Efface of respirator with clean water and disposable towels. Use caution to avoid breaking se^l betweea respirator feceplece and face. Place disposable towels into a disposal bag. Remove respirator and follow procedures specified in * Respiratory Protection Program for cleaning and storing respirator. Oiange respirator filters if needed or required and dispose of used filters as ACM. Put street clothes on and exit change room. Removal of Protective Clotting If a Shower is Av&Qabfe If a shower with waste water filtering for ACM is available, follow the applicable clothing removal procedure described above. Remove protective clotting in work area and put on & dean set of protective coveralls. Proceed to shower with respirator stilt in place. At shows' facility, remove protective coveralls, folding inside out dining removal. Place clotting, if contaminated, into a disposal bag and label as ACM waste. Slower comptetely, and remove a&d clean respirator while showering as described below. Street Clothes If street clothes are worn under protective dotting and are contaminated during the work, the street clothes should be HEPA vacuum#!, removed during decontamination and placed into a labeled disposal bag. These street clothes should then be tfsposed of as ACM or taken to a facility that has equipment designed for cleaning attestoS'CorUaminated clotting. Removal of Respirator (It used) The procedures described below are based on the assumption that workers wearing respirators have been trained U the use of respirators and, for negative pressure respirators, fit tested, and enrolled in a medical surveillance program as part of a Respiratory Protection Program. Remove respirator after removing protective clothing (if used). Before removing respirator, watt hands, face and surface of respirator with clean water and disposable ttiwels, Use caution to avoid breaking seal between respirator facepiece and face. Avoid getting water Into filter cartridges of. respirator. Race disposable towels into a disposal bag. Remove respirator and follow procedures specified in Respiratory Protection Program for cleaning and storing respirator, Visual inspection and Completing /Ur Monitoring Visual Inspection The APM should develop building-specific protocols for visual inspections following O&M work. A visual inspection should be conducted prior to the completion of air sampling to verify that all visible dust or debris has been cleaned up. The person performing tire inspection can be a worker. If the APM or another person makes this inspection, they should wear the same type of personal protective equipment worn by the workers. If visible dust or debris remains, it must be cleaned up using wet wiping and/or HEPA vacuuming before clearance sampling U started. The EPA's Purple Book and the American Society for Testing and Materials <ASTM) "Standard Practice for Visual Inspection of Asbestos Abatement Projects" (Document El368-90) provide visual inspection procedures that might be helpful in developing O&M inspection procedures. 47 a Wotker General Procedures 1992 NIBS W`1$~eontbmti W-16 W47 Air monitoring work in accordance with Air Monitoring Program and requirements noted on a Work Authorization Form. Verify that removal areas have been encapsulated flocked down"), rim rite work area, tools, and equipment have beet cleaned, and rim rite area has passed a visual inspection. When air sampling cassettes are retrieved, rite air monitoring person should record rite stop rime for the samples and check and record the flow rate of the air monitoring pumps. Samples should be analyzed on-^te~(fdr PCM analysis) if possible, or sent to a laboratory for analysis. When sample results are received, compare results to Air Monitoring Program criteria for work release or elegance. If sample results exceed criteria, the work area Should be recleaned, reinfected, and then additional air samples should be obtained, if samples are equal to or below release criteria, tear down wort can proceed. Collect air sampling pumps and equipment from work area and other locations when air sampling work is completed Waste Transportation, Storage end Disposal Transport asbestos waste from O&M activities to a designated storage area or an approved landfill after the work is completed Workers transporting waste should follow Respiratory Protection Program recommendations concerning respirator requirements for transporting asbestos waste. Do not drag packaged waste. AH waste should be lifted and carried, or transported in wheeled carts, when moved from one area to another. Packaged waste should be placed, cot thrown or dropped, into vehicles, storage areas and die landfill Any asbestos waste that is ax taken to a landfill should be stored in a secure, tookaNe-wee. -Sigeagcin ace&daace with KESHAP should be posted at the storage area and on vehicles used to transport asbestos-containing waste material during loading and unloading. When asbestos waste in the storage area U takes to a landfill, H should be transported in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local regulations. Asbestos waste shipment records should be completed in accordance with the requirements In NESHSAP Section 61.150. The workers conducting the O&M activity should fill out part 1 of the waste tracking form included in Appendix D or an equivalent form. Once part X is completed and the waste is stored or taken to a landfill, the form should be turned over to the APM to complete part 2 and file with O&M records. NESHAP waste shipment records must also be completed (where applicable) and Sled with waste disposal records. Gfovebag Removal (Also tvdudes other types c* prefefcfcated removal enclosures) Remove asbestos* containing material inside a glove bag according to the following procedures. Clovebags should be used only once and should not be moved to another location to perform additional removal work, or reused in any way, GJovebags are available in many different sizes, shapes and configurations to accommodate the variety of removal situations that might be encountered Glovebags are available for use in hodiernal, vertical or other special applications. Since 48 Worker General Procedures 1&92 NIBS standard glovebags will melt if used os cover any ACM that will remain after ^ W'17~xontfrm4 surfaces over 120-150 degrees glovebag work is completed Fahrenheit (50-65 degrees Celsius), special types of glovebags are available Place one strip ofduct (ape along the for use oo high temperature piping or other surfaces. edge of the open top slit of glove bag for reinforcement Other types of prefabricated removal enclosures include "glove&ox* type enclosures, multiple gtovebag assemblies, glovebags with selfsupporting frames, and glovebags dm funnel waste Imo standard disposal bags. Check with equipment suppliers fex laformados oa these enclosures. Place the glove bag around era to be worked on and staple top together through reinforcing duct tape. Provide 8-12" (200-300 mm) of space inside glovebag between removal surface sod ^ glovebag for wotting room. Secure gtovebag to duct tape previously installed around removal area. As discussed Is W9, glovebags might be used with a framework fbrO&M * work on flat areas such as surfedag materials, Note that significant asbestos exposures to workers can result from the improper use of glovebags. Workers should obtain information on current regulatory requirements oa glovebag use from the APM. Use smoke tube and aspirator bulb to test seal. Place tube into water sleeve (two-inch (50 mm] opening to glove bag) squeezing bulb and filling bag with visible smoke. Remove smoke tube and twist water sleeve closed Whale holding the water sleeve tightly, gently squeeze glove bag and look tor smote leaking out, (especially at toe top and ends of the glove bag), if leaks are found, tape dosed using duct Procedure A. Glovebag Removal tape and re-test Procedures Check area where the work will be performed. If damaged ACM is present (broken lagging, hanging, etc.), wrap in polyethylene and coves polyethylene with ships of duct tape for reinforcement Place one layer of duct tape around tbe removal area where the glove bag will be e&ached. Also protect^y damaged ACM outside the gtovebag area that could be disturbed during the work. Slit top of (he glove bag open Of necessary) and cut down the sides to If a negative pressure glovebag with a supporting framework and HEPA filtered makeup dr port is being used, attach hose from an operating HEPA vacuum to gtovebag to provide negative pressure in glovebag. Follow equipment manufacturer's instructions m use-fif negative pessure equipment Insert wand from garden sprayer with amended water through water sleeve. Duet tape water sleeve tightly around toe wand to prevent leakage. accommodate the removal area. Insect arms into gtovebag sleeves. Place necessary tools into pouch located inside glove bag (or into a sleeve turned inside out). Tools needed typically include: scraper, bone saw, utility knife, disposable towels, nylon brush, abrasive pads, wire cutters, tin snips and pre-wetted ]2g doth. Cut lag clod) to sizes needed to Remove any metal jacketing or covering over toe area where removal is required using tin snips and/or wire cutlers. Fotd in any sharp edges (o avoid cutting toe bag. Pierce any painted coverings to permit water to soak into the ACM. 43 Wofter General Procedures * 1992 NS W`17..jan&K#3 Adequately wet material to be-wotted*" ` ~Comamihated tools might then be on with amended water and allow to placed directly into another glove bag soak ia. Wet adsqu&tHy to pea&ms witfsoat deaalng. Atem&ivd)', too} and soak material through to substrate. pouch with the tools can be placed in a Cut insulation section to be removed tiring bone saw or utility knife. Use caution to avoid cutting glovebag. Uft glovebag away from cutting area if accessary. Throughout this process, spray amended water or removal bucket of water, opened underwater, and exits cleaned and dried. Discard disposable towds and nylon brash with asbestos waste. Dispose of contaminated water as set forth in general procedure WI8 below. encapsulate on the cutting area to keep Evacuate air from glovebag using (just to a minimum. HEPA vacuum. With HEPA vacuum Remove insulation using scraper or otter tools. Place pieces in bottom of bag without dropping. Rinse all tools with amended water inside the bag and place back into pouch or a sleeve of operating and removed insulation in the bottom of the bag, twist the bag several times and tape it to keep the material in the bottom during removal of the glove bag from the removal area. the glovebag timed inside out Slip a 6 mil (CMS mm) disposal bag Using nylon brush, scrub pads, disposable towels and amended water, scrub and wipe' down the removal area. over the glove bag (still attached to removal area). With the hose of an operating HEPA vacuum Insetted in the upper pan of glovebag, remove Seal exposed ACM around removal area using pre-wetted lag doth or tape or cut bag and open the top of the glove bag and fold U down into encapsulate with a bridging disposal bag. eocapsulam Encapsulate removal area with an appropriate lockdown encapsulate. Use suitable high temperature encapsulates for hot piping. Procedures. Use of a Glovebag wfth Self-Supporting Frame Giovebagson self-supporting frames can be used for some O&M activities on surfacing materials, and might be able to be Wash down inside of glovebag with adapted for other types of ACM. The amended water and wipe as necessary general procedures for using these units to move all debris and resdue to lower are as follows: .part ofjrtovebag (below where bag will be twisted and cut). t^ynsmmaremnguJarw'sqparefraiTfe of 1 1/2* (38mm) diameter PVC or Remove water wand from water sleeve, ABSplpe. Supporting legs can be twist water sleeve closed and seal with made of lengths of pipe and fittings as duct tape. needed (o achieve the required height Bom outride the bag, pull the tool pouch or sleeve away from the bag and Proprietary frames with telescoping legs are available. twist pouch to seal it from rest of bag. To install glovebag os the frame, fold Place duct tape over twisted portion top edge of bag over the frame sides and dien cut the tool bag from the and extend the pen edge of die bag at glove bag, cutting through the least 10" (25 cm) beyond the frame. twistedtaped section. Secure the open edges to the rest of the bag using duct tape. Place tools and supplies needed (see glovebag 50 Worker General Procedures 1892 NI8S W-17~oontbmd procedure above) In too! pouch inside glovebag. Place frame and glovebag assembly below work location so that frame is close to, but not touching, ACM. Location and proximity of frame to ACM should allow for some movement without disturbing ACM during the work. Insert wand of garden sprayer with amended water into bag and sea! In place. > Cut bole in glovebag for negative pressure equipment hose. Negative pressure equipment could be a HEPA vacuum or small negative pressure machine. Install hose and seal In place. A preSlter might be needed to prevent any gross ACM debris from being drawn into the negative pressure device. Install a hose from an operating HEPA vacuum into the bag in a position where it can be used during the work. Turn on negative pressure device and smoke test all sides of glovebag frame unit to verify that negative pressure is present. If sufficient negative pressure is not present, reduce clearance between ACM and frame Of possible), or add additional negative pressure device(s). Insert hands into glove arms and wet ACM where work Is required. Perform work as needed. Caution: Ifbag Is overloaded with tools or other materials, bag might break or release from frame. HEPA vacuum and wet wipe tools and ^ ' inside of bag. Adequately wet any ACM debris in glovebag. Slowly lower frame to allow tools to be removed from bag. Gently remove glovebag from frame and twist to form a neck. Evacuate air from bag using HEPA vacuum and tape bag closed. , Remove garden sprayer wand, negative pressure device hose, and HEPA vacuum hose and seal holes with duct tape. Place glovebag into a labeled 6 mil (0.15 mm) asbestos disposal bag and seal bag. W-18 Disposal of contaminated water Contaminated water from O&M activities should be disposed of in accordance with all applicable federal, state undfocsl regtriatioos. filtering might be required. If filtering is required, water should typically be filtered through a maximum 5 micron (5 pm) water filter before discharging water into a sanitary sewer system, if permitted. If a filter unit is not available at the work location, contaminated water can be put into leaktight drums and transported to a location with filtering equipment If a portable shower unit with filtering equipment is available, contaminated water can be emptiedinto the-shower and filtered through the shower filter system. The NIBS Asbestos Abatement and Management in Buildings: Model Guide Specifications Section 01563 "Decontamination Units" includes a specification for filtering equipment. 51 a Worker General Procedures a 1992 NIBS IV. Surfacing Materials Work Practices . ...................... .mi Figure 7: Surfacing Materials Location illustration 54 s Surface ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practces $ 1992 NIBS Section IV Surfacing Materials Work Practices Surfacing Materials location fltostration..................................... .......................... Code Levels Description $1 123 Moving one Don-asbestos-ccntainiog ceiling panel below a plenum space that has exposed surfacing ACM .................... ..57 $2 23 Attach component to an ACM finished surface that is above a rm-asbestos-eoafcinJng cdting................................... ..61 $3 123 Wok in ceiling plenum space where exposed surfacing ACM is present ........................................................................... S4 123 Install wiring in plenum space where exposed surfacing ACM is present ............. ............................................................ S5 23 Attach item to ceiling finished with ACM.......... ................... $6 23 Repair or replace Hera in surface finished with ACM.......... ..76 S? 23 Cut or drill hole in surfacing ACM ........................................... $8 1 Replace Nibs in light fixture attached to or in surface finished with ACM ...................................................................... $9 1 Clean room whh exposed surfaces Brushed with ACM .... ..87 S10 123 Repair damaged surfacing ACM................................... .. ..89 $11 123 Accessing through an ACM finished surface ......................... ..93 S12 123 Painting surfacing ACM ............................................................ ..97 SIS 23 Accessing a contaminated tight fixture..................................... . 101 The accompanying illustration depicts typical applications of the above work practices. The following general notes should be reviewed by users of the surfacing work practices; 1. Appendix C of OSHA standard 29 CFR 1926J8 slates that "maimsnance -staff-employees should be instructed: Not to remove ceiling tiles below asbestoscontaining materials without wearing the proper respiratory protection, clearing the area of other people, and observing asbestos waste disposal procedures." 2. Alternative equipment that might be used for certain operations include: A. Self-supporting glovebagtfraroe assemblies as described in General Procedure W9. These provide additional control for level 2 activities, or might"be used instead of a mini-enclo sure for some small level 3 operations. B. A funnel with a HEPA vacuum attached to the small end of the funnel might be used in some cases to contain debris. 55 * Surfacing ACM s Asbestos OSM Work Practices a 1992 NIBS 5. Three primary types of surfacing ACM were identified in developing work practice examples: A. Acoustical Plaster B. Decorative Texture Finish C. Fireproofing Definitions of ali tee are included in the glossary to Appendix . 4, Careful work practices should be the primary means used to prevent releases of asbestos fibers during O&M work. Such practices include control measure* such as weeing and local exteus? ttetf cosrrol or edited fibers at the source, the goal of all asbestos O&M work should be to prevent any exposure of die worker and unnecessary contamination of the work area, drop cloths, minienclosures amt other secondary control devices. Muti-eoctosures should never be used to excuse sloppy work or creation of "bigger" messes. * 56 i Surfacing ACM c Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS Summary SI Summary Moving one non-asbestos-containing ceiling panel below a plenum space that has exposed surfacing ACM. This work practice covers situations where you need to look into the plenum above a a>s*asbe^a$'Conalslsg ceiling which is installed bdow exposed sur&cisg ACM or situations where you seed to work on a non-ACM ceSing system below exposed surfacing ACM. This is for Individual small maintenance activities and should not be used for work such as replacing all ceiling panels in a tooo. Such ceilings may be contaminated by dust and/or debris from damaged surfacing ACM. Hot6: Appendix Q ofOSHA standard 29 CFR 1926,5$ stain that "maintenance staff employees should be instructed Hot to remove ceiling tiles below as&estos'containitig materials without wearing the proper respiratory protection, clearing the area ofother people, and observing asbestos waste disposal procedures*. Personnel performing this work should be properly trained andprotected. l&VQf 1: A. Move one noo-ACM celling panel in a Iay4n celling below exposed surfacing ACM In good condition to make observations. Level 2t K install or replace an HVAC diffuser in non-ACM ceiling where plenum space contains exposed surfacing ACM in good or fair condition. B. Move or replace non-ACM ceiling panels in a 1ay4n ceiling below exposed surfacing ACM In good or fair condition. Level 3: A Install or replace light fixture in non-ACM ceiling where plenum space commas exposed surfacing ACM in poor condition. B. -Move non~ACM ceiling panels to aceecs plenum-area where dast-andfor debris from surfacing is present on top of celling. Related Work Practices S2 - Attach item to an ACM finished surface that is above a ceiling. 83 * Work In ceiling plenum space where exposed surfacing ACM is present 84 * Install wiring in plenum space where exposed surfacing ACM is present Mil Remove asbestos-containing ceiling panels in lay-in ceiling system. M13 Remove asbestos-containing ceiling (lies in spline ceiling system. 1423 - Remove section of asbestos-containing drywall or piaster. Worker One worker for Levels l and 2. Two workers for Level 3. A person with air ReCQfWnefldationS monitoring training might be required. This person can be one of the workers. 57 a Surfacing ACM a Asbestos O&M ftbrk Practises t$92 MBS SI Level 1 Moving one non-asbestos*contafning ceiling panel below a plenum space that has exposed surfacing ACM Example Level 1: A. Move a non-ACM celliag panel is a lay-in ceiling below exposed surfacing ACM In good condition to make observations. Notes This workpractice mtm be used in c&yunction with General Procedure W2 end a level 2 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must beperformed before these work practices are begun. Appendix G of OSHA standard 29 CFR 1926.58 states that "maintenance staffemployees should be instructed: Not to reir&ve ceiling tiles below asbestos*orualning materials without wearing theproper respiratoryprotection, clearing the area offotherpeople, and observing asbestos waste disposalprocedures*. Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level l Worker Checklist 2. See General Procedure W2for standard tools, equipment and materials list S. Place ladder or scaffold in work area. 4. Carefully 8ft up ceiling panel. If lifting is obstructed by wires, ducts, conduit, etc., move to anotbe panel. Keep panel as flat as possible while lifting panel lift panel slightly above grid system and slowly slide panel to one side, leaving panel on top of art adjacent panel 5. Wet wipe or HEPA vacuum (he undertide of the panel which was moved. Carefully replace ceiling panel and complete applicable steps on Level 1 Worker Checklist to complete work. 58 a Surfacing ACM c Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS Moving one non-asbestos-containing ceiling panel below a plenum space that has exposed surfacing ACM Bttmptes Lewt2: A. Install or tephce an HVAC diffaser ia ooa-ACM ceiling where plenum space contains exposed surfacing ACM In good or fair condition. B. Move or replace aoa-ACM ceiling panels in a lay-in ceiling below exposed surfacing ACM in good <r fair condition. Notes This workpractice must be used M ccvVimctktn with General Procedures WJ, W9 and a l^Tti 2 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that must be perfamed before these work practices art begun. Appendix G ofOSHA standard 29 CPU 192&S& states that "maintenance stuffemployees should be instructedSot to remove ceiling Hies below asbestos^omaining materials vrtthout wearing the proper respiratoryprotection, e&er&tfthe area ofotherpeople, and observing asbestos waste disposal procedures*. Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Levd 2 Worker ChecMisL 2. Additional tools, equipment and matedsis: (tee General Procedure Wfor standardtaels, egu(pmsnt andmaterials iop, Tools and materials needed for work on ceiling 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth. See General Procedure W9, 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop cloth. 5. Carefully lift up ceiling panel while KEPA vacuuming around edges of panel. Keep panel as flat as possible while Ufting panel. 13ft panel stighQy above grid system and slowly slide panel to one ride, leaving panel on top of an adjacent panel. .& Lightly mist,top .ride of celling where work will occur using garden sprayer with amended water. f. Pick up any bulk debris on top ofcelling panels where work will occur and place into disposal bags. 8. HEPA vacuum celling suspension system and top side of ceiling where work will occur. 9. Wei wipe or HEPA vacuum the underside of the panel which was moved. Carefully replace ceiling panel and perform work required and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 Worker Checklist to complete work. 59 a Surfacing ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices # 1992 Ni9$ SI Level 3 Moving one non-asbesios-containing ceiling panel below a plenum space that has exposed surfacing ACM. ExSfftpkS Level & K Install or replace light fixture in non-ACM ceiling where plenum space contains exposed surfacing ACM to poor condition. B. Move bob-ACM ceiKag panels to access plenum area where dust and/or debris from surfacing Is present os top of ceiling. Notes Work Practice 1his workpractice must be used to conjunction with General Procedures WJ, W9 and a terd3 Worker Checklist TV worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Appendix G ofOSHA standard 29 CPU 1926.5$ states that "maintenance staffemployees should be instructed: Not to remove ceiling tiles below asbestos<ontaining materials without wearing the proper respiratory protection, clearing the area ofotherpeople, and observing asbestos waste disposal procedures''.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 3 Worker Checklist Z Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure Wl Jot standard took, equipment and materials list). Tools and materials needed for work on ceiling 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth, erect mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system and/or HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation. See Central Procedure W9. 4. Race tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure^ Include a HEPA vacuum inside enclosure for vacuuming areas above ceiling. 5. Carefully lift up ceiling panel while HEPA vacuuming around edges of panel. Keep pane] as flat as possible while lifting panel. Lift panel slightly above grid system and slotfy slide panel to one SOe,leaving panel on top of an adjacent panel 6. lightly mist top side of ceiling where work will occur using garden sprayer with amended water. 7. Pick up any bulk debris on (op of ceiling panels where work win occur and place into disposal bags. 6. HEPA vacuum celling suspension system and top side of ceiling where work will occur. 9. Wet wipe or HEPA vacuum the underride of the panel which was moved. Carefully replace ceiling panel and perform clean-up and rear-down steps on Level 3 Worker Checklist to complete work. 60 Surfacing ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS S2. Summary Attach component to an ACM finished surface that is above a non-asbestos-containing ceiling. This work practice covers the procedures for attaching components to as ACM finished surface (such as spray-applied fireproofing) that is located above a oonasbestos-contaiaifig ceiling. This surface can be above an ACM or ooo-AQd ceiling. Examples Level 2: k Removing a small area of ACM fireproofing using a negative pressure gtovebag frame unit Levels: k Attaching a pipe, ceiling or dud hanger to a deck or beam covered with ACM fireproofing, insulation or overspray. B. Attaching a pipe, ceiling or duct hanger to an old acoustical plaster celling above a Uy-in ceiling system. Related Work Practices si Moving one DOMSbestosKfcstalnJng ceiling panel below a plenum space that has exposed surfacing ACM. SS Attach component to ceding finished with ACM. S7 Cut hole in surfacing ACM. Worker One worker is usually sufficient for Level 2. Two workers for Level 2. More Recommendations workerc may be needed for Level 2 and Level 3 to increase efficiency or for additional health and/or safety considerations. A person with air monitoring training might be required. This person can be a worker. 61 a Surfacing ACM a Asbestos O&M Wcdc Practices a 01992 NIBS S2> Level 2 Attach component to an ACM finished surface that is above a non-asbestos-containing ceiling. Example Level 2: A. Removing a small area of ACM fireproofing using a negative pressure glovebag frame wdt ' THU workpractice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures Wg, W9 and a Itrel 2 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes issfci that must be performed before these work practices are began. Coordinate work with proper OAM work practicefor accessing type ofceiling present In work area. See Work Practices MU, MI3 or M2S.* 1 Work Practice 1' Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist. 1 Additional tods, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure Wl for standard took, equipment A materials list). Negative pressure glovebag frame unit Scraper 2-3" (S0-7S mm) wide stiff Wade Stiff nylon bristle brushes Maintenance item(s) to be attached to surface Non-ACM surfacing repair material 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into work area. Include a HEPA vacuum for use with negative pressure glovebag frame unit. 5. Obtain access through ceiling using 0 & M work practice selected (see note abort step l). 6. HEPA vacuum area above ceiling within reach from access hole. 7. Install glovebag frame unit under area where ACM removal is needed. Do not contact ACM with frame. 3. Insert wand oT garden sprayer with amended waterthrough glgvebgg imQ adequately wet area of surfacing to be removed. Allow water to soak in for several minutes. Wet removal area frequently during removal of bulk material and residual material. Using glovebag procedures (see General Procedure W17), scrape off ACM to as least 3" (75 mm) beyond area where item will be attached. When bulk material is removed, wet newly exposed areas and use scraper and nylon brush to remove remaining visible residual ACM. Place removed ACM into disposal bags. & Perform maintenance work, repair area with new non-ACM surfacing, and perform dean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. b2 a Surfacing ACM a Asbeslos 0$M Work Practices a 1992 NS S2. Level 3 Attach component to an ACM finished surface that is above a non-asbestos-contalning ceiling. Examples Level S: K Attach a pipe, celling of duet hanger to a deck or beam covered with ACM fireproofing or insulation & Attach a pipe, ctfiing or duct hanger to an old acoustical plaster ceiling above a lay-in ceiling system Not$8 Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures W/, W9 and a Level 3 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks dm must beperformed before these work practices are begun. Coordinate work with proper 04 M workpracticefor accessing type ofceiling present in work area. See Work Praetkes Mil, SfT3 or U2S. 1. Perform Pre-work activities os Level 3 checklist, Z Additional tods, equipment and materials; (see General Procedure Wjfor standard took, equipment St materials list). Scraper 2-3" ($0-75 mm) wide stiff blade Stiff nykm bristle brashes Maintenance item(s) to be attached to surface Non-ACM surfacing repair material 9. Prepare work area with drop cloth, erect mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system and/or HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation. See Centred Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. Include a HEPA vacuum inside enclosure for vacuuming areas above ceiling. 5. Enter enclosure and obtain access through celling using 0 & M work practice selected (seenote above-step 2). 1 HEPA vacuum area above ceiling within reach from access hole. 63 Surfacing ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS $2 9 Level S-Mdamd 7. Extend mini-enclosure above etiling, If feasible, using polyethylene sheet and framing taped together to provide enclosure around the work area without contacting ACM covered surface. The construction of an extended minienclosure will vary depending on the existing construction above the cdling. Polyethylene and framing may be secured to pipes, conduit, and metal hangers if they are not covered with ACM. If an extended mini-enclosure Is not feasible, mist area above celling and lay a polyethylene drop doth below the area where removal Is required. If drop doth cannot be used, suspend polyethylene below Immediate work area to catch ACM to be removed. Worker should be located to one side of removal area (inside enclosure) during removal. 8. Adequately wet area of surfacing to be removed using garden sprayer containing amended water and allow water to soak in for several minutes. Wet removal area frequently during removal of bulk material and residual material Using scraper with HEPA vacuum within several inches of removal area, scrape off ACM to at least 3" (75 mm) beyond area where item win be attached. When bulk material is removed, we? rawly exposed areas and use scraper and nylon brush to remove remaining visible residual ACM. Place removed ACM into disposal bags. 9. Perform maintenance wort, repair area with new non-ACM surfacing, and perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 64 Surfacing ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS S3. Summary Work in ceiling plenum space where exposed surfacing ACM is present Summary This work practice covers situations where wort most be performed in a ceiling plenum space that has exposed surfacing ACM. Examples Level 1: a/wori u aw* *&<u*acm, m K Open of close ore valve above ceiling where exposed fireproofing hr good coacBtioa is present B, Inspect HVAC mixing box below asbestos-containing fireproofing in good condition. Level Z' A, Install new conduit (attached to existing supports) is plenum space where exposed fireproofing is good condition is present. B. Repair leak in non-ACM insulated water line above ceiling where exposed surfacing ACM is present C. Maintain HVAC mixing box below asbestos-containing fireproofing in good condition. Lev&! 3: A. Replace HVAC mixing box above ceiling where dust or debris from surfacing ACM is present B. Repair piping below surfacing ACM in poor condition. Related Work Practices Si `Moving one non-asbestos-containing ceiling panel below a plenum space that has exposed surfacing ACM. $2 - Attach component to tut ACM finished surface that 2s above a ceiling. $4 Install wiring in plenum space where ACM is present M28 - Remove HVAC filters In unit serving plenum space with exposed ACM. Worker One worker is usually sufficient for Level I and Level 2. Two workers for Level Recommendations 3. More workers may be needed to increase efficiency or for additional health andfor safety coasideratlons. A person with air monitoring training might be required. This person can be a worker. 65 * Surfacing ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices * 1932 NIBS S3. Level 1 Work In ceiling plenum space where exposed surfacing ACM is present. Examples Level 1: A. Open or close one valve above ceiling where exposed fireproofing in good condition is present a Inspect HVAC mixing box below asbesos-coflUSnihg fireproofing in good condition. Notes jTiis work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedure W1 and a Level 1 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes lasts that must be performed before these work practices art begat Coordinate work with proper O&M work practicefor accessing type ofceiling present in wort area. See Work Practices SI, MU, M13 or M2S. Appendix G ofOSHA standard 29 CFR 1926.58 states that 'maintenance staffemployees should be instructedNot to remove ceiling tiles below asbestos-contalning materials without wearing the proper respiratory protection, clearing the area ofotherpeople, and observing asbestos waste disposal procedures* Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 1 checklist. Z Additional tools, equipment and materials (see General Procedure WJfor standard tools, equipment and materials list). Maintenance hem(s) required to perform work in plenum space 3. Place tools, equipment and materials needed in work area. 4. Obtain access above ceiling using O&M work practice selected (see note above step 1). 5. Perform maintenance wort required and complete applicable steps on Level 1 checklist to complete w*ork. ,) '*m0F 66 Surfacing ACM t Asbestos O&M Work Practices s 1992 NtSS S3 Level 2 Work in ceiling plenum space where exposed surfacing ACM is present; Examples Level Z A. Install new conduit in plenum space where exposed fireproofing in good condition Is present B. Repair leak la water line above ceiling where exposed surfacing ACM is present C. Maimain HVAC mixing box below asbestos-containing fireproofng is good coalition. Mo&S Work Practice This wortpractice must be used in conjunction wish General Procedures WI, W9 and a Lerel2 Worker Checklist, TV warier checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Coordinate wort wish proper O AM workpracticefor accessing type ofceilingpresent In work area. See Work Practices SI, MSI, MSS or MTS. Appendix G ofOSHA standard 29 CFX 2926.58 states that "maintenance staffemployees should be InstructedNot to remove ceiling tiles below asbestos-cormIning materials without wearing the proper respiratory protection, clearing the area ofother people, and observing asbestos waste disposal procedures". 1. Perform Pre-wort activities oa Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure WSfor standard tools, equipment and materials list,% Maintenance itcm(s) required to perform work in plenum space. 2. Prepare work area with drop Cloth. See General Procedure W9, 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop cloth. 5. Obtain access above ceiling using 0 & M work practice selected (set note above step lb 6. Tick up any bulk debris withinjaach oa lop.nfceiling andjplace into4fopSBal bags. 7. HEPA vacuum top side of celling within reach from access area. 8. HEPA vacuum and wet-wipe surfaces that will be contacted or item to be maintained or repaired. 9. Perform maintenance work required and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 67 a Surfacing ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS S3 Level 3 Work In celling plenum space where exposed surfacing ACM is present EX3mpf0$ Level A. Replace HVAC mixing box above ceiling where dusi or debris from surfacing ACM is present 8. Repair piping below surfacing ACM Jn poor condition. NQt&$ This wort proctice muss be used in cortfuncticn with General Procedures WJ, W9 and a terei 3 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed bejbre these work practices are begun. Coordinate work wUhproper OAM workpracticefor accessing type ofceiling present in work area. Set Work Practices SI, Mil, M13 or M2S. Appendix G o/OSHA standard 29 CFP 1926.58 states that 'maintenance staffemployees should be instructed: Hot to remove celling tiles below asbestos<oniaining materials without wearing the proper respiratory protection, clearing the area ofother people, and observing asbestos waste diqxtsai procedures'. Work PfSCUCO 1. Perform Pre-work activities os Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure Wl for standard tools, equipment and materials list). Maintenance item(s) required to perform work In plenum space. 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth, erecl mini-endosarc and set up negative pressure system. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. Include a HEPA vacuum inside enclosure for vacuuming areas above ceiling. 5. Obtain access above ceiling using 0 & M work practices selected (see note abopr step 1). Pick up any bulk debris within reach on top of celling and place 4pya hags 5. HEPA vacuum top side of cctiing within reach from access area, and HEPA vacuum and wet-wipe Item to be repaired or replaced 7. Perform maintenance work required and clean-up aed tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work 68 Surfacing ACM Asbestos 0AM Work Practices 1992 NIBS S4 Summary Install wiring In plenum space where exposed surfacing ACM is present SttfflTOjy This work practice coven situations where small amounts of wiring andfor conduit are being Installed in a ceiltag plenum space that has exposed surfacing ACM. The procedures assume that die ACM will not intentionally be disturbed {hiring the work. Examples Level 1: A Installing new wiring in existing conduit that does not have overspray ACM os conduit. Movement in conduit should not disturb ACM. Level 2: A* Install new conduit attached to existing support brackets. 8. Reroute conduit that can be attached to existing support brackets. Level $i A Installing new plenum rated computet or telephone cables that wilt lay on top of ceiling. Related Work Practices SI Moving one oon-asbestos-comainlng ceiling panel below a plenum space that ^ exposed surfacing ACM. 82* Attach component to an ACM finished surface that is above a ceiling. S3 Work in ceiling plenum space where exposed surfacing ACM is present Worker One worker for Level I and Level 2. Two workers may facilitate pulling wires Recommendations between two locations. Two workers for Level X A person with air monitoring training might be required. This person can be one of the workers. 69 a SurlactrvQ ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NtBS S4 Level 1 Install wiring in plenum space where exposed surfacing ACM is present Example level 1: A. Install new wiring in existing conduit that does not have overspray ACM on conduit. Movement is conduit should not disturb ACM. Not& Work Practice This wri practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedure Wl and a level 1 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks Aat must be performed before these work practices are begun. Coordinate work with proper 0 AM work practice faraccessing type ofceiling present in work area. See Work Practices SI, MU, MIS or M2S.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 1 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure Wl far standard tacit, equipmentand materials list). Wiring and related tools 3. Race tools, equipment and materials needed in work area. 4. Obtain access through ceiling using O & M work jxactice selected (see note above step 1). 5. Run wiring as required Do not contact exposed ACM surfacing and minimize disturbance of ceiling system and other components above ceiling while running wiring, 4. Perform clean-up and tear-dowa steps on Level 1 checklist to complete work. 70 Surfacing ACM Asbestos 0&M Work Practices a 1992 NS S4. Level 2 install wiring in plenum space where exposed surfacing ACM is present Examples Level 2: A. Install new conduit attached to existing support brackets. B. Reroute conduit that caa be attached to existing support brackets. C. Install new cables that will lay on top of ceiling where no dust or debris is present, MoteS Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures WJ, W9 and a Level 2 Worker Checklist, The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Coordinate work with proper OAM work practicefar accessing type ofceiling present hi work area. See Work Practices $1, MU, Ml3 or M2S.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist. 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure WJfor standard tools, equipment and materials list). Wiring and related tools 9. Prepare work area with drop cloth. See General Procedure W9. Set up multiple wort: areas if needed. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop doth. 5. Obtain access through ceiling using 0 & M work practice selected (sec note above step 1). HEPA vacuum top side of ceiling within reach from access area. 6. Run wiring as required. Do not contact exposed ACM surfacing and minimize disturbance of ceiling system and other components above ceiling while running wiring. 7. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work, 71 Surfacing ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS S4 Level 3 Install wiring in plenum space where exposed surfacing ACM Is present' Example Level 3; K fcstali new cables that wilt lay on top of ceding where visible dust or debris is present NQt6$ This work practice must be used to conjunction with General Procedures W1,W9 and a Lent 2 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that muss be performed before these work practices are begun. Coordinate this work with proper OAM work practicefor accessing type ofceiling present to work area. See Work Pracdeet SI, Mil, M23 or M2S. Work Practice t. Perform Pre-wort activities on Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure Wl for standard toots, equipment and materials list). Wiring and re&ed tools 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth, erect miiti-endosare and set up negative pressure system, See General Procedure W9. Set up multiple enclosures if needed 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. Include a KEPA vacuum inside enclosure for vacuuming areas above ceiling. 3. Enter enclosure and obtain access through ceiling using 0 & M work practice selected (see note above step I). HEPA vacuum top ride of celling within reach from access hole. $. Mist top side of ceiling is work area where dust or debris is present and run wiring as required Do not contact exposed ACM surfacing and minimize disturbance ofceiling system and other components shove ceiling while jzinniQg wiring. 7. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. w> 72 Surfacing ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS S5 Summary Attach item to ceiling finished with ACM Summay This work practice describes the work required to attach an item to a ceiling finished with surfacing ACM, such as acoustical piaster or a decorative sprayed-on surface texture material. Examples Level 2: A. Attach a battery-powered smoke detector to acoustical plaster. 6. Attach track fighting to an ACM finished ceiling where experience has proven a minima? disturbance wffl occur. Level &* A. Attach track lighting system to ACM finished ceiling. B. Install exposed conduit. Junction boxes and light fixtures to ACM finished celling. C. Attach new folding door to acoustical plaster where structural modifications are not needed for support Related Work Practices $1 Move one K>n~asbestos<oatafcriog ceiling panel below a plenum space that has exposed surfacing ACM. $2 * Attach component to an ACM finished surface that is above a exiling. 87 Cut or drill hole in Surfacing ACM. $8' Replace bafts in tfghr fixture attached to or in surface finished with ACM. Wotker One worker for Level 2. Two workers for Level 3. More workers may be needed Recommendations for certain Level 3 tasks, A person with air monitoring training might be required This person can be one of the workers. 73 Surfacing ACM i Asbestos O&M Wo* Prscfces a 1992 NIBS S5. Level 2 Attach Hem to ceiling finished with ACM Exsmpi&$ Lsvel 2: K Attach a battery-powered smoke detector to acoustical plaster. B. Attach track lighting to an ACM finished surface where experience has proven a minimal disturbance will occur. v NOtOS Work Practice This work practice must be used to conjunction with General Procedures Wit W9 and a level 2 Warier Checklist, The warier checklist includes tasks that muss be performed before these work practices are begun. Appendix G to OSHA regulation 29 CFR 1926.58 stout: *7he training programfor the maintenance engineering staffshould describe methods ofhandling asbestos-containing materials at wellas routine maintenance setMsUsthat oreprohibited when asbestoscontaining materials are involved. For example, maintenance staffemployees should be instructed: Not to hang plants orpictures on structures covered with asbessos-contatoing materials'1 1. Perform F^work activities on Lewd 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure W1for standard toots, equipment end materials list). Item to be attached to ceding and related tools & Prepare work area with drop cloth. See General Procedure W9. A Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop cloth. 5. Wet area on celling where item will be attached using garden sprayer with amended water. S. Using hand tools and HEPA vacuum near attachment location, or power tools with attached HEPA vacuum, attach Hem to ceiling. If small holes are being drilled, they can be drilled through a wet sponge or shaving cream to control fiber release. If a wet sponge or shaving cream is not appropriate or adequate, scrape away surfacingto*81 feast VT\iS-ramj beyond'where tele 4s needed Keep the hose of an operating HEPA vacuum within 6" [150mm] of where scraping is occurring. Adequately wet scraping area and any dust or debris generated. Drill hole through substrate after ACM is removed. Place all debris and sponges into ACM disposal bags. 7. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 74 s Surfacing ACM a Asbestos 0&M Work Practices a 1992 Ni&S S5 > Level 3 Attach item to ceiling finished with ACM Examples Level A, Attach track lighting system to ACM finished ceiling. B. Install exposed conduit, junction boxes and light fixtures to ACM finished ceiling. C, Attach new fddfag door to acoustical plaster where structural modifications are not needed for rapport Moles This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures W7, W9 and a Level 3 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Work Practice Appendix O to OSHA regulation 29 CPR 1926.59 states: "The training programfor the maintenance engineering staffshould describe methods ofhandling asbestos-containing materials as well as routine maintenance activities that artprohibited when asbestoscontaining materials are involved For example, maintenance staffemployees should be instructedNot to hang plants or pictures on structures covered wtib eubtstos'containing materials* 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist 2. Special tools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure Wlfor standard tools, equipment and materials lot). Item to be attached to ceiling and related tools 3. Prepare work area with drop doth, erect mini-enclosure and sec up negative pressure system and'or HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation. See Genera/ Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. Include a HEPA vacuum inside enclosure for vacuuming areas above ceiling. 5. Enter enclosure and wet area on ceiling where item will be attached using garden sprayerwith amended water. S. Using hand tools (or power tools with attached HEPA vacuum) attach item to edting. If small holes arc being drilled, they can be (hilled through a wet sponge or shaving cream to control fiber release. If. a wet sponge or shaving cream is not appropriate or adequate, scrape away surfacing to at least 1/2* 13 mm] beyond where hole is needed. Keep the hose of an operating HEPA vacuum within 6' |150 mroj of where scraping is occurring. Adequately wet scraping area and any dust or debris generated. Drill hole through substrate after ACM is removed. Adequately wet any dust or debris that is generated. Place all debris and sponges into ACM disposal bags. 7. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 75 Surfacing ACM Asbestos O&M Work Radioes a 1992 NIBS S6. Summary Repair or replace Item In surface finished with ACM Summary This work practice covers the procedures for repairing or replacing an Item that b Installed Is or attached to a surface finished with ACM, such as ait acoustical plaster celling or fireproofed deck or beam. Examples Level 1: A. Replace tight fixture in celling finished wifc ACM where a disturbance of ACM is not expected. a Replace Venetian btiads attached to a surface finished with ACM. Level 2 K Replacement of ballast In recessed tight fixture attached lo acoustical plaster ceiling where ACM may be <sturi>ed S. Diffuser rtpeie Is acoustical plaster crJBng. 0. Replace light fixture in celling finished with asbcstos-cootalmng decorative textured finish that may be disturbed. Level 2 A. Replace electrical panel atts&cd to fireproofed ednma. 8. Replace access panel in ceiling finished with ACM. C. Replace HVAC unit attached to poor condition acoustical plaster ceiling. Related Work Practices si ' Moving one ron-asbestos-containing ceiling panel below a plenum space that *** e*s*$ed surfacing acm $5 - Attach hem to ceiling finished with ACM. 87 - Cut or drill hole in Surfacing ACM. $8 Replace bulbs in light fixture attached to of in surface finished with ACM. 810 Repair damaged surfacing ACM. Worker One worker is usually sulficlem for Level 1 and Level 2. Two workers for Level Recommendations 3. More workers may be needed to increase efficiency or for additional health ^^Mk^<oe^4sseaiioa$. Apscsoa-wUhjut mrwiQring.Usumrtg might.be required. Ibis person can be a worker. 76 Surfacing ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1932 N1SS S6 Level t Repair or replace Hern in surface finished with ACM Examples Level 1: K Replace light fixture hi ceiling finished with ACM where a disturbance of ACM is not expected 9. Replace Venetian blinds attached to a surface finished with ACM Notes Wofk Pf&Ctfao This werepractice must be used in conjunction wish General Procedures WJ, W9 and e l*td 1 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that muss be performed befisre these work practices are begun. Coordinate work irfrt proper 0 AM work practicefbr accessing type qfceiling present In work area. See Work Practices MU, Mil or M2S. 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 1 checklist. 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure WIfsr standard took, equipment and materials tut). Repair and/or replacement parts and tools as needed S. Prepare work area with drop cloth, 0f desired). See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tods, equipment and materials needed is weak area or on atop doth. 5. Ughtly mist eta of surfacing within $* [150 mm] of item to be repaired or replaced using garden sprayer containing amended water and allow water to soak in for several minutes. 6. Wet wipe exposed surfaces of maintenance item to be repaired or replaced. ?. Carefully perform repair work or remove and replace maintenance item. If item is to be removed, repaired, and then reinstalled, clean item with HEPA vacuum and/or wet wiping before reinstalling. If item wit! be disposed of, clean (If possible) using HEPA vacuum and/or wet wiping and dispose of as non-ACM waste. If visible debris is not removed, dispose of as ACM or as required by applicable regulations. & Collect any surfacing debris horn repair/replacement work using HEPA vacuum. 9. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 77 Surfacing ACM Asbestos 0&M Work Practices $ 1992 NIBS S6Level 2 Repair or replace Item in surface finished with ACM Exampks *V*/ 2t k Replacement of ballast la recessed light fixture attached la acoustical plaster idling where ACM my be disturbed 8. DifTsser repairfo aoou^eal plastercdtiag. C. Replace li^t fixture ia ceiling fiddled with asbestos-containing decorative texture finish that may be disturbed NctGS This workpractice must he used in eoiyunrtion wiik General procedures W/, W9 and a level 2 Worker Checklist The worker cfeeefcliar includes easts that must be performed before these work practices are began. Coordinate work wfrt proper OAM work practicefor accessing type ofcelling present in work area. See Wort Practices MSI, MIS or M25. Work Practice t. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (tee General Procedure W]for standard took, equipment andmaterial* UsQ. Repair andto replacement parts and tools as seeded X Prepare work area with drop cloth. Of desired). See General procedure Wfi. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed in work area or on drop doth. 5. lightly mist area of surfacing within 6" (150 mm] of item to be repaired or replaced using garden sprayer containing amended water and allow water to soak in for several minutes. $, Wet wipe exposed surfaces of maintenance item to be repaired or replaced. 7. Carefully perform repair work or remove and replace maintenance Item. If item is to be removed, repaire4 and then reinstalled, clean item with KEPA vacuum and/or wet wiping before reinstalling, if item will be disposed of, clean (if possible) using KEPA vacuum and/or wet wiping and dispose of as -oea-ACM *>*** Jf visible debds is not removed dispose of as ACM or as required by applicable regulations. 8. Collect any surfacing debris from repair/replacemem work using KEPA vacuum. 8, Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 1 checklist to complete work. 78 Surfacing ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS S6 Level 3 Repair or replace item in surface finished with ACM Love! $: A Replace electrical panel attached to fireproofed column. 8. Replace access pane* ia cefllog finished with ACM C. Replace HVAC unit attached to poor condition acoustical piaster celling. Notes TMr work practice mast be used In conjunction with General Procedures Wl, W9 end a Level 3 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that mast be performed before these wort prectlcet are begun. Coordinate this wort with proper OAM wort practicefor accessing type ofcelling present in wort area. See Work Practices MU, MI3 or M2S, Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist 2. Ad^tional tools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure WJfor standard tools, equipment and materials list). Repair and/or replacement parts and tools as needed 1 Prepare work area with drop cloth, erect mini<Ddosure and set up negative pressure system and/or HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation. See General Procedure W9. A. Place tools, equipment and materials seeded Into enclosure. Include a HEPA vacuum inside enclosure for use during the work. 5. Enter enclosure and lightly mist area of surfacing within 6" ft50 mm] of item to be replaced using garden sprayer containing amended water and allow water to soak in for several minutes. & Wet wipe exposed surfaces of maintenance item to be repaired or replaced. 7. Carefully perform repair work or remove and replace maintenance item. If item Is to be removed, repaired, and then reinstalled, clean item with HEPA vacuum and/or wet wiping before reinstalling. If item will be disposed of, clean (if possible) using HEPA vacuum and/or wet wiping and dispose of as non-ACM waste. If visible debris is not removed, dispose of as ACM or as required by applicable regulations. 8. Collect any surfacing debris from rcpalr/rcplaccment work using HEPA vacuum. 8, Perform cleao-ap and tcar-dowa stops on Level 5 checklist to complete work. 79 a Surfaces ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practces 1992 NIBS I^.Hl<!iM>>11.1p<-- S7 Summary Cut or drill hole in surfacing ACM Summary This work practice covers fee wott required to cut or drill a hole through surfacing ACM, such as acoustical plaster or fireproofing. If possible, ACM should bercmoved before holes are drifts! If holes are drilled to so ACM waB surface with a cavity behind the wall, labels or recordkeeping Information should note that ACM might be present In the cavity. Examples Level 2t k Install a few new conduits through fireproofed metal deck. B. Drill a hole through asbestos-containing decorative texture finish. $. Drill a hole using a drill with HEPA filtered dust collection. Level a: k Drill or cut hole fcr pipe or duct chase using tools with or without HEPA filtered Oust collection in an enclosure. Related Work Practices $1 - Move one Qoo-ssbesto$<oetainiftg ceiling panel below a plenum space that has exposed surfacing ACM. $2 Mach component to an ACM finished surface feat is above a ceiling. S3 Attach item to ceiling finished with ACM. $6 Repair or replace Item in surface finished with ACM. Works? One worker is usually sufficient fee Level 2. Two workers fee Levd 3. More Recommendations workers may be needed to increase efficiency or fix additional health and/or safety considerations. A person with air monitoring training might be required. This person can be a worker. 80 a Surfacing ACM Asbestos C&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS S7. Level 2 Cut or drill hole in surfacing ACM Examples L$vel 2? A. Install a few sew conduits through fireproofed metal deck. B. Drill a hole through asbestos-containing decorative texture finish. C. prill a hole tiring a drill with HBPA filtered dust collection. Notes This work practice muss be used to conjunction wish General Procedures WI, W9 and a Level 2 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that muss be performed before these work practices are begun. Coordinate work with proper OAM work practicefir accessing type ofceiling present to work area. See Work Practices SI, Mil, MIX Appendix G to OSHA regulation 29 CFR 4926.S9 states: "The training programfir the maintenance engineering staffshould describe methods ofhandling asbestos^ontoining materials as well as routine maintenance activities that are prohibited when asbestos-containing materials are involved. For example, maintenance staffemployees should be InstructedNot to drill holes in asbestoscontaining materials Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (set General Procedure WIfir standard tools, equipment and materials list). Scraper (if used) Hand tools, or power tods with HEPA filtered dost collection as required to art hole. Wet sponge or shaving cream (if used) 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop cloth, if access above celling is required, obtain access using OAM work practice selected (see note above step I). . Ifhole is being drilled, through a surface., .such as.acoustical plaster, where back side is inaccessible, use the procedures in step 6. If hole is bring drilled through a surface, such as a fireproofed metal deck, where both sides are accessible, use the procedures in step 7. 6. A Install polyethylene sheet below removal location to catch any falling debris. B. Adequately wet ares where hole is to be drilled. Sit Surfacing ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices $ 1992 NIBS S7 Lcvsl 2-xofttJrwtd c. (I) Small hobs'can he drilled through a wet sponge or shaving cream. See C(2) for after&gWe methods. After drilling, remove shaving cream using wet/dry type HEPA vacuum. (2) If a wet sponge or shaving cream is not appropriate or adequate, scrape away surfacing to al least 1/2* [13 mm] beyond where hole is needed Keep the hose of an operating HEPA vacuum within 6* [lSOmm] of where scraping is occurring. Adequately wet scraping area and any dust or debris generated. Drill hob through substrate after ACM is removed D. Place HEPA vacuum hose near or through hole and run for several minutes to dean air on backside of surface. 7. A. If hole is drilled from top side of deck, adequately wet ACM <m underside and install polyethylene sheet or cocksure Mow ACM cm undertide that will catch any falling debris, including material from hole (such as a concrete cylinder). (Ifhole is drivedfrom underside, see step JM. Drill hole through surface. Adequately wet drilling area while drilling. Wet any debris on drop cloth or is enclosure on underside, package up debris and drop ckrth/eDCfosixs asd dispose of as ACM. 8. If hole is drilled from underside of deck, follow steps 6A, 6B and 6C(2). $. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 82 a Surfacing ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 0 1932 NIBS S7 - Level 3 Cut or drill hole in surfacing ACM Exofflpte Level S: A. Drill of cms hdc for pipe or does chase using tools with or without HEPA filtered dust collection is an enclosure. Notes This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures WI, W9 and a Lend 3 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks thas must be performed before these work practices are begun. Coordinate this work wish proper OAM work practicefor accessing type ofceiling presens in wort area. See Work Practices Si, Mil, MI3 or M2S. Appendix G to OSHA regulation 29 CFP 2926.$9 states: "The training programfor the maintenance engineering stqffshould describe methods ofhandling asbestos-containing materials as weU as routine maintenance activities that are prohibited when asbestos-containing materials are involved. For example, maintenance staffemployees should be Instructed: Not to drill holes tn asbestos-containlng materials*. Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-worit activities on Level 3 checklist. 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure WJfor standard tools, equipment and materials list). Scraper Hand or pow drill or saw, Power cods shaft have HEPA vacuum attachment 2. Prepare work area with drop cloth, erect minl-eratiosure and set up negative pressure system and/or HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. Include a HEPA vacuum inside enclosure for use during the work. IF access above is required, obtain access using 0 & M wort practice selected (see note above sup I). If .surface to.he drilledis above a ceiling, extend.enclosure (if feasible) to within approximately 1/2" |13 mm] of surfacing ADM. 5. Enter enclosure. If hole is being drilled through a surface, such as acoustical plaster where back side is inaccessible, use the procedures in stop 6 If hole is being drilled through a surface, such as a fireproofed metal deck, where both rides are accessible, use the procedures in step 7. 6. A Intide enclosure, install polyethylene sheet below removal location to catch any falling debris. 8. Adequately wet area where hole is to be drilled. 83 Surfacing ACM Asbestos OAM Work Practices 1992 NIBS $7 B UV6l 3-mM C. (1) Small boles can be drilled though a wet sponge or shaving cream. See C(2) for alternative methods. Ate dfiOing. remove shaving cream using wet/dry type HEPA vacuum. (2) If a wet sponge at shaving cream is no? appropriate or adequate, scrape away surfacing to at least 1/2" 113 am) beyond where bole is needed. Keep the hose of an operating HEPA vacuum within 6" (ISO mm] of where surveying is occurring. Adequately wet, any dust or debris generated. DriB surveying area and bole through subsmae after ACM is removed. ft Race HEPA vacuum hose near or through hole sod rim for several minutes to clean air on backside of surface. 7. A If hole is (billed fiom top side of deck, adequately set ACM on underside end install enclosure below ACM on underside that will catch any falling debris, including material from bole (such as a concrete cylinder). (Ifk^U a drilledfrom underside, set Hep B). Drift hole through surface. Adequately wet drilling area while (billing. Wet any debris in enclosure on underside, package up debris sad enclosure sad disposed as ACM. 8. If hole is drifted tom underside of deck, provide an enclosure on top side where hole will penetrate deck and follow steps 6A, 6B. 6C<2), and 6D. B. Let HEPA vacuum run for at least 15 minutes to dean air in enclosure. 9, Perform maintenance work and clean-up and rear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 84 b Surfacing ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practice* i 1992 NIBS S8. Summary Replace bulbs in light fixture attached to or in surface finished with ACM Summary This work practice covers procedures for replacing tight bulbs in a fixture attached to a surface finished with ACM. light fixtures attached to or in surfaces finished with ACM can cause damage to ACM if the fixtures are moved during maintenance work. Ex&TlpfeS LBVei 1: A. Replace bulbs In recessed or pendant mourn light fixtures attached to an asbestos-containing decorative texture finish or acoustical plaster ceiling where disturbance of ACM is unlikely. B. Replace bulbs in fixtures mounted on fireproofed surface where disturtance of ACM is unlikely. Related Work Practices 85 - Attach item to celling finished with ACM. S10 Repair damaged surfacing ACM. 813 - Access Into contaminated tight fixture. tforiCBf One worker is usually sufficient Two or more workers may be needed to increase FlGCOmmendationt efficiency or for additional health and/or safety considerations. A person with air monitoring training might be required. This person can be a worker. 85 a Surfacing ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NfBS S8. Level 1 Replace bulbs in light fixture attached to or in surface finished with ACM Examples Levs! t: K Replace bulbs is recessed or peasant mom fight fixtures attached to as asbestos-containing decorative texture finish or acoustical plaster celling where disturbance of ACM U unlikely. 5. Replace bulbs ia fixtures mounted on fireproofed surface where disturbance of ACM is unlikely. NQtBS 77ds work practice muse be usedin oonfonctisn with GeneralProcedure Wf undo levelJ Warier Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must he performed b&re fiese work practices are begun. Use Work Practice MSI ifHEM vacuum needs maintenance, or ifbag orJUter needs to be replaced Work Practice t. Perform Pre-wort activities on Level 1 checklist. 2. Special tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure W2 for standard tods, equipment and materials list). Replacement bulbs 3. Place tools, equipment and materials needed in work area. 4. Carefully replace light bulbs without jarring fixture. Clean-up any dust or debris generated using HEPA vacuum. 5. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps cm Level 1 checklist to complete work. $6 b Surfaces ACM % Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS S9 Summary Clean room with exposed surfaces finished with ACM Summary This work practice covers the procedures for cleaning a room with exposed surfaces finished with ACM. This room has beep predetermined to not be contaminated or has previously been cleaned. This is not the procedure to use if a fiber release has occurred See related work practices below. Examples Level 1: A. Ratine cleanly in room with spray-applied acoustical piaster on walls or ceilings where there is do visible dost or debris. B. Routine cleaning in mechanical room with exposed fireproofing is good condition where there is no visible dust or debris. Related Work Practices 810 * Repair damaged surfacing ACM. T$ Repair damaged thermal system insulation on a pipe. U8 Clean resilient asbestos flooring. U29 Dean up debris from minor fiber release. Worker One worker. Recommendations 87 Surfacing ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS S9. Level 1 Clean room with exposed surfaces finished with ACM Examples level 1: K Routine cleaning in room with spay applied acoustical plaster on wa&or ceilings where there is no visible debris. B. Routine cleaning in mechanical room with exposed fireproofing in good condition where there is an visible debris. Htfs worfc practice muti & used in adjunction wftft Procedure Wl undo td*di Worker Checklist' The worker thetkttxi includes tasks that truest be performedbefore these work practices are begun. (forty debrtsfrom ACM isfound i* on area So b* cleaned, notify the APM or your supervisor. TheAPM will need to determine whether this work practice is appropriate or (fmore stringentpractices on needed. -- --r Work PPSCtk# 1. Tools, equipment asd materials: Standard cleaning equipment and materials 2. Dean area using standard cleaning methods. Avoid contact with any ACM materials that astid be damaged during cleaning. The APM will select the appropriate work practice and personnel to clean up any debris from ACM. The ftrilcwng precautions should be observed when working around the ACM: A). Do t&t bump ACM with vacuum cleaners, broom handies, mop handles or similar objects. Do not exhaust vacuum deaners toward ACM. B). Do not brush ACM surfaces with a broom or similar objects to remove cobwebs or other items attached to ACM. $8 a Surfacing ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices s 1992 NfBS S10 Summary Repair damaged surfacing ACM Summary This work practice covers tot procedures for repairing small amounts ofdamaged surfacing ACM, such as acoustical plaster or fireproofing, Use procedure assumes that the damage is in isolated areas not greater is size than the OSHA small scale, short duration project limits* Ex$ff1pfe$ Levs/1: A. Repair small bok In acoustical plaster ceiling or wall without disturbing surrounding plaster, B. Repair small gouged area In asbestos-containing decorative texture finish without disturbing surrounding finish. Level 2: k Repair gouge marks in acoustical plaster ceiling where a small amount of damaged ACM is present B. Repair sms# area of delaminated acoustical plaster in good condifioa. Level Sr A. Install fire rated enclosure over small area of damaged fireproofing. B. Trowel-on fireproofing to repair small water damaged area. C. Repair delaminated plaster Jo fair condition. Related Work Practices $2 ' Attach component to an ACM finished surface that is above a ceiling. $5 * Attach item to ceiling finished with ACM. Worker One worker Is usually sufficient for Level 1 and Level 2. Two workers for Level Recommendations 3. More workers may be needed to increase efficiency or for additional health and/or safety considerations. A person with air monitoring training might be required, lids person can be a worker. 89 Surfacing ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS S10 > Level 1 Repair damaged surfacing ACM xsmpl&$ Level 1: A. Repair small bc&t in acoustical plaster celling or waft without disturbing surrounding faster. B. Repair small gouged area in asbestos-containing decorative texture finish without disanbiag surrottfl^ng finish. MGt8$ Work P&CtlCS 77tr workpractice must be used in c&yuncticn with General Procedure Wl and a Le*ei I Worker CheciBsL The worker checklist includes tasks that must beperformed b&n these work practices ore be&m. 1. Perform pre-work activities on Level 1 checklist Z Additional tods, equipment and materials: tm General Procedure Wlfor standard toohf equipment and material* tig). Hon-ACM caulking materials & tools , 3. Place tods, c<juiptnetst aad materials needed in work area. A. Repair damaged area using non*ACM caulking without dissmbing ACM. Do not scrape or sand exiting ceiling. 5. Perform dean-up and tear-down steps on Level 1 checklist to complete work. N 90 Surfacing ACM Ashesios O&M Work Practices 01992 MBS S10 Level 2 Repair damaged surfacing ACM ExsmpteS Level 2: A. Kepair gouge marts in acoustical placer celling where a small amount of damaged ACM is presets. B. Repair small area of delaminated acoustical plaster in good condition. Note$ Work Practice This work practice must be used to conjunction wish General Procedures Wl,W9 and a l*et 2 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed btfore these work practices are begun.1 1. Perform pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist. 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure Wlfor standard tools, equipment and materials list}. Small stiff-bladed scraper Noa-ACM repair materials & tools 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto &op cloth. $. Mist any damaged surfacing using garden sprayer containing amended water and allow water to soak in for several minutes. 6. With HEPA vacuum within several inches of damaged area, remove any loose material by hand or with scraper. Collect material In disposal bags as It is removed. Remove material around edges of damaged area until well-adhered materia] is found, but do cot remove beyond area protected by drop doth. Mist removal area during removal of damaged material 7. Repair damaged area using noa-ACM and perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 91 a Surfacing ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS Repair damaged surfacing ACM Examples Level 3? A. Install fire rated enclosure over small area of damaged fireproofing. 8. Trowel-on fireproofing to repair small water damaged area. C. Repair delaminated plaster In fair coaditioa Notes Work Practice This work practice amt be used in cortfunetto* with a Worker ChecklistJbrLevel 3 Work Practices. General Procedures Wi and W9 ore used. The checklist Includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices ore used. Coordinate this work wishproper O&M work practicefor accessing type ofcelling presens in work area. See Work Practices, SI, MU, Midor M2S. IfAQi is btpoor condition, abatement may need to be consideredfor the damaged area. <0 1. Perform pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist Z Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure WIfor standard tools, equipment and ma/eriab list). Small stiff-traded scrape Non*ACM repair materials & tools 9. Prepare work area with drop cloth, erect mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system anchor HEPA filtered lock! exhaust ventilation See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. Include a HEPA vacuum inside enclosure for use during repair work. If access above celling is required, obtain access using O&M work practice selected (see note above step I). 5. Adequately wet area of damaged surfacing using garden sprayer containing amended water and allow water to soak in for several minutes, 6. With HEPA vacuum within several inches of damaged area, remove any loose maren'afby tiand or wflfrscrapcr, 'Ccftfeet-material In <6$sssr b?gs i&"& U removed. Remove material around edges of damaged area until well-adhered material is found, but do not remove beyond area protected inside enclosure. Mist removal area during removal of damaged material 7. Repair damaged area using non-ACM materials. 8. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 92 Surfacing ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS Sit Summary Accessing through an ACM finished surface $ttinm3/y This work practice covers the procedures for opening access doors (such as those used ia a waH or ceiling to access valves or dampers) in ACM finished surfaces such as acoustical plaster or flreprooffi. Examples Level 1: K Open access door in acoustical plaster celling that has been opened before. Celling or wall is in good conation and debris is not likely os doer. Level 2: K Open access door in acoustical piaster ceiling where ACM is in feir condition and may be disturbed. Level &' A. Open access door that has surfacing material oa flanges tiiat will be disturbed when door is opened 8. Open access door in acoustical plaster or fireproofed surface where ACM is in poor condition or a significant amount of ACM cfcbris may be present on back side of door. Related Work Practices S5 Mach Item to ceiling finished with ACM. * Repair or replace item in surface finished with ACM. ST-Cut or drill hole in Surfacing ACM. Worker One worker for Level 1 work. One or two workers for Level 2 depending upon Recommendations Safety and efficiency considerations. Two workers for Level 3. A person with sir monitoring training might be required. This person can be a worker. 93 a Surfacing ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS S11. Level 1 Accessing through an ACM finished surface Example Level 1: A. Open &xe$$ <foor In &mstkal plaster ceiling or wail that has been opened before. Ceiling or vail Is in good condition and debris Is not likely on door. Notes WofkP/SCtlce This wor* practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedure Wl and a Lend 1 Worker Checklist, Vu verier checklist includes tasks that must be performed btfore these workpractices are begun.* 1 1. Perform pre-work activities on Level 1 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (tee General Procedure Wl far standard tools, equipment andmaterials list% Sponge 1 Place tools, equipment and materials needed in work area. 4. Unlatch door and open carefully. 5. Perform maintenance work required above or behind access door and slowly dose door uncS it Is secured Us place, g, Complete applicable steps os Level l checklist to complete work. $4 a Surfacing ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices a $ 1932 N&S S11 Level 2 Accessing through an ACM finished surface ExSfTtpb L$ve! 2? A. Open access door in acoustical placer celling where ACM U In fair condition and may be disturbed Moi8$ Work Practice This workpractice must be usedin conjunction with General Procedures Wl, ff9 anda Lend 2 Worker Checklist, The worker checklist Includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices an begun.1 1. Perform pie-work activities on Level 2 checklist 1 Additional tools, equipment and materials: (tee Gerund Procedure W1 for standard took, equipment and materials lied Sponge 3. Prepare work ttea with drop cloth. See General Procedure W9. A Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop doth. 5. Using sponge or sprayer, wet any ACM on access door flanges that may be ds&rbed and allow water to soak te (or several misuses. 6. Unlatch door and open door 1/4" to 1/2* ffimm to 13mm]. HEPA vacuum around edges of door. Slowly open door and HEPA vacuum any debris on door or any ACM disturbed while opening door. 7. Perform maintenance wort required above or behind access door and then slowly close door until it is secured in place. 8. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 95 Surfacing ACM s Asbestos O&M Wort Practices t992 MSS S11. Level 3 Accessing through an ACM finished Examples Level 3: K Open access door that has surfacing raaieria! cm flanges ftat w01 be disturbed when door is opened 8. Open access door in acoustical plaster or fireproofed surface where ACM is la poor condition or ACM debris may be present on back side of door. NOi$$ Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures Wl, W9 and a level 3 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Coordinate this wort wishproper OAM work practicefir accessing type ofceiling present in work area. See Work Precdcet Si, Mil, Mil or MBS. 1. Perform pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure Wlfir standard tools, equipment end materials lisp, Sponge Small stiff-bladcd scraper S. Prepare work area with drop cloth, erect mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system aadfor KEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation. See General Procedure TO 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. Include a KEPA vacuum inside enclosure for vacuuming areas above ceiling. 5. Enter enclosure and use sponge or sprayer to wet any ACM on access door flanges that may be disturbed. Allow water to soak in for several minutes. $. if door has not been previously opened, cut around perimeter of door using utility knife and operating KEPA vacuum within several inches of cutting atea. 7. Adequately wet any loose ACM on door edges and frame, remove using scraper, andplace ACM-aad-tidKistw ACM disposal fcags. 9. Perform maintenance work required above or behind access door, 9. Slowly close door until it is secured in place. 10. Perform dean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 96 Surfacing ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS SI 2 Summary Painting surfacing ACM. Summary This work practice describes the work required to paint small amounts of surfacing ACM, such as acoustical piaster or a decorative tertore finish. Paid coats should be as thin as possible to prevent delamtaation ofsurfacing that may be caused by painting. This work may need to be treated as abatement work depending upon the type and condition of the surfacing. Depewfisg upon the type, condition and friability of the ACM, fids work may need to be treated as an abatement activity Instead of 0 & M work. Examples Level 1: A. Repaint previously palmed asbestos-containing scoured plaster la good condition. No preparation ofthe surface Is required. Level 2: k Paint asbestos-containing tecorative texture finish that has not been previously Level 3: k Paint asbestos-containing acoustical plaster that has oot been previously painted. B. Paint asbestos-containing fireproofing, Belated Work Practices S10 Repair damaged surfacing ACM. Worker One worker for Level 1 and Level 2. Two workers for Level 3. A person with Recommendations air monitoring training might be required. This person can be the worker. 97 Surfacing ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS S12. Level 1 Painting surfacing ACM. Exsmpte L&V& It A Repaint previously painted asbestos-containiag acoustical plaster in good condidoa. No preparation of (he surface 2s required Notes Vds wont practice mu* be used in corpmcdcai with General Procedure Wl, W9 and a Lerel 3 Worker Checklist, The marker checklist includes tasks that muM beperformed before these work practices are begun. Use Work Practice MSI HEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or &ba$ orfour needs to be replaced. Work Practice 1. Perform pfc-wofk activities os Level 1 checklist 2,, Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure Wjfor standard toots, equipmentandmaterial* BsQ, Paint. totters or low pressure airless slayer, and other palming equipment 3. Prepare work saea with drop cloth. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed on drop cloth. 5. Palm ceiling using sprayer or rotters. If rollers me used, try to contact each area of the celling only once to avoid damage to ACM. 6. When painting is completed, dean up any loose debris using wet wiping and/or HEPA vacuuming, and roll up drop doth. Dispose of paint rotters as ACM. 7. Perform cfean-up and tear-down steps on Level l checklist to complete work. 98 a Surfacing ACM a Asbestos OAM Wo* Practices a 1992 NBS S12 > Level 2 Painting surfacing ACM. Example Level A. Palm asbestos-containing decorative texture finish fitat has not been previously palmed Notes Work Prsctico This work predict mast be used in conjunction with General Procedures WI, W9 and a Level 2 Worker Checklist. The worker checkUa includes lasts that miss be performed before these work practices are begun.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities os Level 2 checklist. 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure WJfor standard took, equipment and materials ks0. Palm, toUera or low pressure airless sprayer, and other painting equipment. 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop doth. 5. Palm celling using sprayer or rollers. If rollers are used try to contact each area of the ceiling only once to avoid damage to ACM. $. When palming is completed dean up any loose debris using wet-wiping and/or HEPA vacuuming and toll up chop doth. Dispose of palm rollers as 7. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 99 Surfacing ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices a $ 1392 NIBS S12. Level 3 Painting surfacing ACM. Examples Level 3i k Pair* asbestos-containing acoustical plaster that has not been previous]? palmed. 8. Palm asbestos-containing fireproofing. tyot&S Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction wish General Procedures Wj, WP and a Lent 3 Worker Checklist, The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these wort practices are begun. Coordinate ibfj wort withproper OAM work practicefor accessing type ofceiling present in wort area. See Work Practices MU, M3 or MIL t, Perform Pre-wort activities os Level 3 cftecfcftet t. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure WJfor standard tools, equipment end materials Ustf Palm, and rollers or low pressure airless sprayer, and other palming equipment $. Prepare work area with drop cloth, erect mini-enclosure (or enclose entire room) and set up negative pressure system. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place toots, equipment and materials seeded into enclosure. 5. Enter enclosure and paint ceiling as follows: k For acoustical plaster, use rollers or sprayer. If rollers are used, try to contact each area of the ceiling only once to avoid damage to ACM 8. For fireproofing, use airless sprayer only. 5. When painting Is completed, wet drop cloth with amended water, roll up and dispose of as ACM, Use HEPA vacuum and/or wet-wiping to clean up any dust or debris under drop cloth. Dispose of rollers as ACM. 7. Perform dean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 100 a Surfacing ACM a Asbestos C&M WorkPractices 1992 NIBS S13 Summary Accessing a contaminated light fixture Summary This work practice covers procedures for accessing into a contaminated light fixture. The fixture might be attached to or in a surface finished with ACM, or be installed below surfacing ACM. light fixtures attached to or in surfaces finished with ACM can cause damage to ACM if the fixtures are moved during maintenance work. Examples Level A. Replace bulbs in recessed fixtures where ACM surfacing material debris is visible inside fixture. 8. Replace bulbs In pendant mount fixture when ACM debris is present inside or on top of fixture. Level 3: A. Replace bulbs in fixtures where surfacing ACM wfl! be disturbed B. Replace bulbs in fixtures recessed in acoustical plaster celling located in a high ceiling public space. Belated Work Practices $5 Attach Item to ceiling finished with ACM. 88 - Replace bulbs in light fixture attached tow in surface finished with ACM. SfG - Repair damaged surfacing ACM. Worker One worker is usually sufficient. Two or more workers may be needed to increase Recommendations efficiency or for additional health aod/or safety considerations* A person with air monitoring training might be required. This person can be a worker, . 101 Surfacing ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS oiw s wevei & Accessing a contaminated light fixture Examples Level 2: A. Replace bulbs is recessed fixtures where ACM surfacing material debris Is visible inside fixture. B. Replace bulbs In pendant mount fixture where ACM debris is present inside or on top of fixture. HoUS Wor* Pratfc* This work practice msf be used in conjunction with General Procedures Wi9 W9 enda Lard 2 Worker Checklist The worker chedUst includes tasks that must beperformed before these work practices are begun. t. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist. 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure W1for standard tools, eqttipmealand materials Iist). Replacement Bulbs 3. Prepare work area with drop doth. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed on drop doth. 5. Wet wipe exposed surfaces of fixture. 6. Carefully replace tight bulbs without jarring fixture. Clean up any dust or debris generated using HEPA vacuum 7. Perform clean-up and tear-dowo steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 102 Surfacing ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1392 NIBS S13 Level 3 Accessing a contaminated light fixture Examples Levef 3: K Replace bulbs in recessed fixtures, where surfacing ACM win be disturbed B. Replace bulbs In fixtures recessed'io acoustical plaster celling located la a high ceiling public space. NOteS Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures Wl,W9 and a Level 3 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials; (See General Procedure Wlfor standard tools, equipment and materials list). Replacement bu&s 3. Repare work area with drop cloth and set up KEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place cools, equipment and materials needed into work area. 5. Wet wipe the exposed surfaces of the fixture. $. With HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation operating, carefully replace light bulbs without jarring fixture, dean up any dust or debris generated using HEPA vacuum and/or wet wiping. 7, Perform dean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 103 a Surfacing ACM Asbestos O&M Wort: Practices a $ 1992 NIBS V. Thermal Systems Insulation (TSI) Work Practices Figure 8: Thermal Systems Insulation Location Illustration 106 Themtsi System Insulation Asbestos O&M Work Practices * 01992 NIBS Section V. Thermal Systems Insulation <TS1) Work Practices Work Practices Location Wustratlon............................... ...................................106 Code Lertls Description T\ 2 3 Remove esbestos-containsag insulation on exposed pipe for maintenance work.................... ............................. 109 T2 2 3 Remove asbestos-containing insulation on pipe above ceiling for maintenance work............................. 112 73 2 3 Remove asbestos-containing insulation on exposed pipe is elevated location lor maintenance work.................... 115 T4 3 Remove asbestos-containing insulation on pipe in occupied area lor maintenance work.................. ................. 118 75 23 Repair damaged asbestos-containing insulation on a pipe .................... ............ ..................................... .. 120 7$ 2 3 Repair damaged asbestos-containing Insulation on a boiler* duct or flee ............................... ...................... 124 17 2 3 Install device in or access surface of asbestos-cont&ting insulation on a pipe, bolter, &ict or Hue........................... ... 128 78 2 3 Remove asbestos-containing duct insulation above ceiling for maintenance work........................................ 132 18 2 3 Remove asbestos-containing insulation inside HVAC unit for maintenance work ..................................................... 135 710 2 3 Clean up asbestos-containing debris in crawlspace or tunnel.................................................................................. 138 The accompanying diagram illustrates typical applications of these work practices. The following general notes should be ftviewed by users of-the TS! work practices: 1. Users should review General Procedure WI7 (glovebag removal procedures) and be property trained in the use of glovebags. Clovebags are used in most of the TSI work practices. Glovebags used should be the appropriate type for the size of the task, orientation of piping (or other materials), temperature of surface and other relevant factors. Other types of prefabricated contaminant devices that may be used in place of glovebags are briefly discussed in W17. 2. Materials that have had TSI removed should be sprayed with a lockdown encapsuJaat in accordance with General Procedure wit. 3. Many of the TSI work practices teeommend-titenseof-two^workers. Safety considerations for many activities, as wdl as efficiency considerations will often necessitate the use of two workers. Two workers are recommended for work practices using mini-enclosures. The 0 & M program may also require that two workers be used for glovebag removal work 1071 Thermal Systems Insulation Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS 4. General Procedure APM10 discusses emergency vtrk and/or dry removal that might be necessary under certain cortices, such as removing insulation adjacent to as activated power panel to make emergency repairs on a critical piece of equipment Review and comply with all applicable regulatory requirements. 5. Some of the TSI Work Practices specify attaching a giovebag over duct tape applied around a pipe. If the pipe insulation strface is smooth, a flexible metal sleeve might be wrapped sound the pipe in lieu of duct tape if an adequate seal can be obtained. Ibis allows removal of the metal sleeve at the end of the work rather than tearing duct tape in place around the pipe (&ct (ape is recommealed to be left in place because removal of duct tape can damage ACM insulation). 6. Careful woife practices should be the primary means used to prevent releases of asbestos fibers during O&MworiL Such practices include control measures such as wetting and local exhaust that control or collect fibers at the source, the goal of all asbestos O&M work should be to prevent any exposure of toe worker and unnecessary contamination of the work area, drop dotos, mini-enclosures and other secondary control-devices. Mini-enclosures should never be used to excuse sloppy work or creation of "bigger" messes. 108 s Thermal Systems insulation Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS T1 . Summary Remove asbestos-containing insulation on exposed pipe for maintenance work. Summary This work practice covers the procedures for removing small amounts of asbestos- containing insulation on an exposed pipe in as unoccupied area such as a boiler or mechanical room. The procedure assumes that die pipe insulation is accessible from a ladder or scaffold less than 10 feet (3 m) in height. ' Examples Level 2: A. Removal of t standard glovebag of insulation in good conation to make a new connection to an existing pipe, 8. Removal of insulation in good condition to replace a valve. Level 3: A. Removal of pipe insulation in poor conation, or metal or watetpsoofed jacketed insulation. 8. Removal of pipe insulation that wifi not fit in a glovebag, or removal wort on hot piping <>120). C. Walt os hot piping may be reduced to Level 2 with the'use of specialized a high-temperature glovebag$ or chambers. Related Work Practices T2 - Remove asbestos-containing insulation on pipe above panel ceiling for maintenance work T9 * Remove asbestos-cortaining insulation on exposed pipe in elevated location for maintenance work ?4 Remove asbestos-containing insulation cm pipe in occupied area for maintenance, work TS - Repair damaged system insulation on a pipe 77 Install device in asbestos-containing insulation cm a or excess surface of. pipe, boiler, duct or flue Worker Two workers. A person with air monitoring training might be required. TOs Recommendations person can be a worker. 109 Thermal Systems insulation Asbestos O&M Woft Practices a 1992 S T1. Level 2 Remove asbestos-containing insulation on exposed pipe for maintenance work. Examples Level A. Removal of l standard giovebag of insulation In good condition to make a new connection to an existing pipe. 8. Removal of insulation In good condition to replace a valve. Noi$8 This workpractice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures WI, W9, W27 and a Level 2 Worker Checklist The worker chedUia includes nub that must be performed before these workpractices are begun Work PFSCtlGO 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see general procedure Wi for standard tools, equipment end materials list). Glovetiags Replacement non-ACM insulation if required Pipe repair materials and tools 3. Prepare wok area with drop cloth. See generalprocedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials seeded onto drop cloth. %. Place all needed tods inside of giovebag and aaaeh giovebag to area of pipe insulation to be removed. 5m generalprocedure WJ7. $. Remove ACM using giovebag procedures. Adequately wet removal area frequently during removal of the bulk material. Seal exposed ends of insulation before removing glovebags. 7. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps cm Level 2 checklist to complete work. 110 Thermal Systems Insulation a Asbestos 0&M Wo* Practices a 1992 N3SS T1 . Level 3 Remove asbestos-containing insulation on exposed pipe for maintenance work. EXBRtpl$$ Level A. Removal of pipe insulation Is poor contoon, of metal or waterproofed jacketed insulation. 0. Removal of pipe insulation Urn wiU not fit in a glovebag, cft removal work on hot p]pbg (>120). C. Work on hot piping may be reduced to level 2 with the use ofspecialized or high-temperature glovebags or chambers. Notes This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures Wl, W9, W17 end a Level 3 Worker QucffixL The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed btfore these workpractices are begun.1 Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See generalprocedure Wifor standard tools, equipment and materials list). Clovebags Replacement nort-ACM insulation, if required Pipe repair materials and tools 3. Prepare weak area with top cloth, erect mini-cndcisurg and set op negative pressure system. See generalprocedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. Inciufc a HEPA vacuum Inside enclosure for vacuuming areas above ceiling. . 3. Enter enclosure and place all needed tools Inside of glovebag, (if pipe will fit in a glovebag) and attach glovebag to area of pipe insulation to be removed Remove ACM using glovebag procedures. See general procedure Wt7. If pipe is hot or will not fit in a glovebag, set up HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation and follow glovebag removal sequence inside ofmini-cndoaire. B. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on level 3 checklist to complete work. til i Thenral Systems insu&tta a Asbestos Q&U Wo* Practices % 1992 NIBS T2. Summary Remove asbestos-containing insuiation on pipe above ceiling for maintenance work. Summary Ms work practice covers the procedures for removing small amounts of asbestoscontaining insulation on a pipe located above a lay-in panel ceiling. Examples Level Zt A. Remove pipe insulation above lay-in panel celling where insulation Is is good cou&sofi, e-g., pipe teak. B. Repair pipe leak above a non-ACM plaster or drywall celling. C. Attach branch line to existing steam line above non-ACM plaster celling. Level 3: A. Remove section of pipe insulation in poor condition for fitting replacement B. Remove section of pipe insulation in poor condition, or with metal jacket, or waterproofed to replace a section of pipe. v... C. Remove ACM Insulation which is damaged and in poor conation from steam" line above non-ACM plaster ceiling. D. Remove insulation in poor condition on a pipe to repair leak above a non- ACM drywall ceiling. Related Work Practices $2 - Observation or work ic ceiling plenum space where exposed surfacing ACM is present 73 * Remove asbestos-containing insulation on exposed pipe Is elevated location for maintenance work Ml! Replace asbestos-containing celling panels in lay-in celling system. If12 - Replace asbestos containing ceiling tiles attached with adhesive M13 - Replace asbestos containing celling tiles in spline ceiling system M29 - Clean up debris from minor fiber release Worker Two workers. A person with fcir monitoring training might be required. This Ji^COtnmead&tiOSiS ^xascuuaabeawoite. 112 Thermal Systems insulation a Ashers 08M Work Practices a 01992 NIBS T2 Level 2 Remove asbestos-containing insulation on pipe above lay-in panel celling for maintenance work Example Levels A. Remove pipe insulation above fey-ia panel ceiling where insulation is in good condition, e.g* pipe leak. Notes Work Practice This workpractice must be used in conjunction wftft General Procedures Wl, W9, W17 ' and a Level 2 Worker QteckUtL The worker checktiM includes tasks that must be performed before these workpractices are begun. Coordinate wort with proper Q AM work practice far accessing type ofceUing present in area. See Work Practice kill. Ml2, or M2S.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist. 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see generalprocedure Wl for standard tools, equipment and materials list). Setter (2-3* 50-75 mm] wide stiff blade) Stiff nylon bristle brushes Replacement noo-ACM Insulatbo ifroqtdrsd Pipe repair materials ami tools Glovebags 3. Prefare work area with drop doth. See generalprocedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment ami materials needed onto drop cloth. 5. Obtain access above celling using 0 & M work practice selected (see note above step IX 6. Pick up any bulk debris within reach on top of celling and place Into disposal bag. HEPA vacuum top side ofceBsog within reach from access hole. - 7. Place all tools needed inside glovebag and attach glovebag to area where pipe insulation will be removed. See generalprocedure W17. 8. Remove ACM using glovebag procedures. Adequately wet removal area frequently during removal of die bulk material. & -PertTMTM work anti cleaa-qpimd tear-down *ieps tm Level 2 checklist to complete work. 113 Thermal Systems Insulation a Asbestos O&M Work Practices $ 1992 NIBS T2. Level 3 Remove asbestos-containing insulation on pipe above lay-in panel ceiling for maintenance ExampfeS lave? & A. Remove section of pipe insulation in poor condition for fitting replacement. B. Remove section of pipe insulation in poor comfition, or with metal jacket, or waterproofed to replace a section of pipe. NOt$S This workpractice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures WIt W9 and WJ7 and a Le?tl 3 Worker The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these wort practices are begun. Work Practice Note: Coordinate this work with proper OAM work practicefor accessing type of ' ceiling present in work area. See Work Practice MU, MU, MIS.1 11 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See genera/procedure W/ for standard tools, equipment and materials IIsQ. Tools and Equipment: Scraper (2-3* 150-75 mm! wide stiff blade) Stiff nylon bristle brushes Replacement son-ACM insulation if required Pipe repair materials and tools Olovebags 3. Prepare work area with drop doth, erect mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system. See generalprocedure Yt9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. Include a HEPA vacuum inside enclosure for vacuuming areas above ceiling. 5. Enter enclosure and obtain access above ceiling using O & M work practice selected (see nore sbove step-D 6. Pick up any bulk debris within reach on top of ceiling and place into disposal bag. 7. HEPA vacuum top ride of ceiling within reach from access hole. 0. If present, remove any metal jacket materia! over insulation to be removed. 0. Place alftools needed inride glovebag and attach gSovebag to area of pipe insulation to be removed. See general procedure W17. 10. Remove ACM using glovebag procedures. Adequately wet removal area frequently during removal of the bulk material. 11. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 114 Thermal Systems insulation a Asbestos 0&M Work Practices a $ 1992 NIBS T3 Summary Remove asbestos-containing insulation on exposed pipe in elevated location for maintenance work Summary This work practice covers the procedures for removing small amounts of asbestoscomaimag insulation on exposed piping in elevated locations (approximately 10 feet {3 m] or more above floor level). This procedure uses a scaffold as a work platform to reduce the safety hazards from working from a tall ladder. Examples Level 2: A. Repair small pipe leak in boiler room B. install new ceiling mounted hot water heating unit in warehouse space fed from existing piping. Level 3: A. Remove insolation on 12" (305 mm) fitting in poor condition, 15 feet (4.5 m) above floor level to repair leak in steam tine. B. Remove Insulation on pipe adjacent to steel grate catwalk 30 feet (9 ts) above floor in boiler room. C. Work practice may be Level 2 if fitted or specialty glovebags are used. Related Work Practices 72 Remove asbestos-containing insulation on pipe above panel ceiling for maintenance work. T4 Remove asbestos^ontalnlng insulation on pipe is occupied area for maintenance work. Worker Two workers. A person with air monitoring training might be required. This Recommendations person can be a worker. 115 s Thermal Systems insulation Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS T3. Level 2 Remove asbestos-containing insulation on exposed pipe in elevated location for maintenance wore Examples Level 2: K Repair smaB pipe leak in boiler room 6. Install Bewailing mounted hot water heating unit to warehouse space fed from existing piping. Notes Work Practice This work pmctiet must be used in conjunction with General Procedures Wl, W9, W17 and a lewd 2 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these workpractices are begun. 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see generalprocedure Wlfor standard feob, equipment and materials list). Serapa (2-3" [50*75 mm] wide stiff Wade) Stiff nylon bristle brushes Replacement non-ACM insulation if required Pipe repair materials and tools Giovebags Non-slip drop cloth ' 3. Prepare wort area with drop cloth. See generalprocedure W9. Erect scaffold system using proper OSHA procedures. Care should be taken not to disnub the ACM. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto tan-slip drop doth on scaffold system. 5. Place all tools needed inside giovebag and attach glovcbag to area where pipe insulation will be removed. See general procedure W17. 6. Remove ACM using giovebag procedures. Adequately wet removal area frequently during removal of the bulk material. 7. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 1f6 Thermal Systems Insulation a Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS T3 Level 3 Remove asbestos-containing insulation on exposed pipe in elevated location for maintenance work Examples Leva! 3: K Remove insulation oa 12" (305 mm) fitting in poor condition. 15 feet (4JS m) above floor level to repair teak in steam line. B. Remove insulation on pipe adjacent to steel grate catwalk 30 fees (9 m) above floor in boiler room. C. Work practice may be reduced to Level 2 if titled or specialty glovebags are used. Notes Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures Wi, W9t WJ7 anda level3 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. f. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist, 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See generalprocedure WJfor standard Seek* equipment and materials lislj. Scraper (2-3" (50-75 mm] wide stiff blade) Stiff nylon bristle brushes Replacement non-ACM insulation if required Pipe repair materials and tools Glovebags Non-slip drop cloth 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth. Erect scaffold system using proper OSHA procedures. Care should be taken not to disturb the ACM. Erect minienclosure on top of scaffold system and set up negative pressure system. See generalprocedure W9. The top floor layer in enclosure should be a non-slip drop cloth material. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. Include a HEPA vacuum inside enclosure for vacuuming areas above writing. 5. Enter enclosure, place all tools needed inside glovebag and attach glovebag to area where pipe insulation will be removed. Seegeneralprocedure W17. 6. Remove ACM using glovebag procedures. Adequately wet removal area frequently during removal of the bulk material. 7. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 117 t Thermal Systems Insulation a Asbestos O&M Work Practices 01992 NIBS T4 Summary Remove asbestos-containing insulation on pipe in occupied area tor maintenance work Summa/y This work practice covers the procedures for removing small amounts of asbestoscomaining pipe insulation inside a mini-enclosure located in an occupied area. This procedure assumes that maintenance work must occer Immediately in an occupied area or work area Is occupied 24 hours a day. Examples Level 3: K Repair leak in pipe riser of occupied computer room. 8. Replace damaged insulation on piping in manufacturing piam during wotting hoars. Related Work Practices T2 - Remove asbestos-containing insulation oa pipe above ceiling for maintenance work T3 - Remove a&eaos-contaialng insulation on exposed pipe in elevated location fee maintenance work Worker Two workers. A person with air monitoring training might be recjuired This Recommendations person can be a worker. 118 Thetmal Systems Insuialion * Asbestos O&M Wort Practices a 01992 NIBS T4 Level 3 Remove asbestos-containing insulation on pipe in occupied area for maintenance work Examples Level 3; K Repair teak in pipe riser of occupied computer room. B. Replace damaged insulation os piping in manufacturing plan? during working hours. Notes Work Practice This workpractice muss be used in conjunction with General Procedures WJ, W9, WJ7 and a Level 3 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Ifaccess above ceiling Is needed, coordinate this wort wishproper OAM workpractice fsr accessing type afceiling present in work area. See Work Practices Mil, MU or MTS.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist. 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See generalprocedure WJfor standard tools, equipment and materials list). Scraper (2-3" 15075 mm) wide stiffblade) Stiff nylon bristle brushes Replacement non-ACM insulation if required Pipe repair materials and tools dovebags 3. Prepare wok area with drop cloth, erect mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system. See generalprocedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. If work must occur above ceiling, include a HEPA vacuum inside enclosure for vacuuming areas above ceiling. 5. Enter enclosure $nd place all tools needed inside glovebag. If access above ceiling is required, obtain access above ceiling using 0 & M work practice srXtctrd-UeeMate-ahotesiep JjJ. Attach glovebag to area where pipe isstrfation will be removed. See generalprocedure W27. 6. Remove ACM using giovebag procedures. Adequately wet removal area frequently during removal of the bulk material. 7. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and rear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. tl9 a Thermal Systems tnsuferton Asbestos Wort: Prac&as $ 1992 NSS _________ Summary T5 Summary Repair damaged asbestos-containing insulation on a P'pe This work practice covers the procedures for repairing small areas of damaged a$besu>s-c<yruaining insulation.- : Examples Level 2: A. Repair small area of impact damage on pipe insulation in good condition. B. Repair minor damage to insulation on a pipe fitting. Level 3: A. Repair damaged pipe insulation adjacent to operating HVAC. B. Repair delaminated pipe insulation in m occupied area. Related IVorfc Practices T3* Remove asbestos-containing insulation on exposed pipe in elevated location location for maintenance work U29 - Clean up debris from minor fiber release Worker One worker - Level 2. TWo workers - Levd 3. A person witft air nfcntorisg Recommendations training might be required This person can be a worker. 120 Thermal Sysims Jasyfeto * Asbestos OfiM Work Practices * 1002 NIBS T5 - Level 2 Repair damaged asbestos-containing insulation on a ___________ Pipe________________________ Examples Levs? A. Repair small area of impact damage <m pipe insulation in good condition. B. Repair minor damage to insulation on a pipe fitting, Notes Work Practice This work practice mu& be used in conjunction with General Procedures W1 and W9 and ^ o Lore! 2 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. ifaccess above ceiling Is needed, coordinate work with proper 0 & M work practicefi>r accessing type ofceiling preseat in work area. See Work Practices MU, M13 or M2S,1 1. Perform Re-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials; (see generalprocedure WIfor standard tods, equipment and materials list). Sponge Non-ACM insulation patching material Putty Knife Lag cloth 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth. See generalprocedure W9. 4. Race tools, equipment and materials needed onto &op cloth. If access above ceiling is required, obtain access above celling using O & M wort practice selected (see note above step 1). 5. Adequately wet area of insulation to be repaired where appropriate. HEPA vacuum damaged area to be repaired and any loose debris. 6. Fill in repair area with non-ACM patching material. Dip lag cloth into water and squeeze out excess water. Apply lag cloth to area of insulation being repaired and smooth out using a wet sponge. -7. Perform ctam-'qp-and-tear-down tqjs-on Tjevet 2 -checklist<-complete work- 121 a Thermal Systems Insulation Asbestos O&M Work Practices * 1992 NS T5. Level 3 Repair damaged asbestos-containing insulation on a ____________Pipe____________________________ Examples Leva! 3! A. Repair damaged pipe insulation adjacent to operating HVAC. B. Repair delaminated pipe insulation in an occupied area. Notes This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures Wl, W9, W27 and a Lent 3 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Ifaccess above ceiling is needed, coordinate this work with proper O &M wortpractice far accessing type ofcellingpresent in wort area. See Work Practices Mil, MIS or1 Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (Set generalprocedure Wlfar standard tools, equipment and materials Ext). Scraper (2-V [50-75 mm] wide stiff blade) Stiff nylon bristle brashes Sponge Non-ACM insulation parching material Putty Kmfe Lag doth 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth, erect mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system. See generalprocedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. If work must occur above ceiling, include a HEPA vacuum inside enclosure for vacuuming areas above ceiling. 5. Eater enclosure. If access above ceiling Is required, obtain access above cetfing tndng'O work'practice *deaedfserve* vbm'siep $% . 6. If work can be done with a glovebag method, follow procedures below: A. Install duct tape sound area to be repaired. B. Place tools, equipment and other materials into glove bag. Attach glovebag to duct (ape using more duct tape. C. Remove all loose or damaged insulation using glovebag procedures. See general procedure W27. D. Remove glovebag leaving duct tape from step 6b above. 122 Thermal Systems insulate Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 N$ T5 Level 3..xM&uod 7. If a gk>vebag method cannot be effectively utilized, follow procedures below: A. Adequately wet material at area to be repaired. 8. Cut out damaged TSI. trimming edges so straight square clean edges remain This procedure must only be performed on adequately wet materia], and with a HEPA vacuum nozzle adjacent to the taming too! so that any debris or fibers are captured by the HEPA vacuum. 8. Fill in repair area with non-ACM paichkg material. Dip lag doth into water and squeeze out excess water. Apply lag doth to area of insulation being repaired and smooth out using a wet sponge. 9. Perform dean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 check!ia to complete work. 123 t Asbestos O&M Woft Practees a 1932 NIBS T6 Summary Repair damaged asbestos-containing insulation on a boiler, duct or flue Summary Tktis wort practice covers the procedures for repairing small amounts of damaged asfceaoS'ContainiBg thermal systems insulation. The procedures assume that Che area to be repaired is wititin the OSHA short-scale^hort-tiaratioa project limits. Examples Level 2: A. Repair small area ofImpact damaged insulation on duct or flue in good condition. B. Repair midot damage to boiler insulation around access hatch. Level 3: A. Repair badly damaged flue or duct insulation. B. Repair area of water damaged insulation on hot water tank or bote. Related Work Practices T3 * Remove asbestos-containing insulation on exposed pipe In elevated location for maintenance work M2S Clean up debris from minor fiber release Worker Ota worker - Level 2. Two workers - Level 3. A person with air monitoring Recommendations training might be required. This person can be a worker. s 124 Thermal Systems insulation a Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS T6 Level 2 Repair damaged asbestos-containing insulation on a boiler, duct or flue Examples Level 2: K Repair snail area of impact damaged insulation cm duct or flue in good condition, 8. Repair minor damage to boiler insulation around access hatch. Notes Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction wish General Procedures Wt and W9 and a Level 2 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices ore begun. ifaccess above ceiling Is needed, coordinate work with proper 0 &M work practicefor accessing type celling present in went area. See Work Practices Mil, M/3 or U2S.1 1. Perform Pro*wot activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see generalprocedure W]far standard tools, equipment and materials tisQ. Sponge Noa-ACM insulation patching material Putty Knife Lag doth 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth. Seegeneralprocedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials seeded onto drop cloth. If access above ceiling is required, obtain access above ceiling using O & M work practice selected (see note above step lb $. Adequately wet area of insulation to be repaired where appropriate.'REPA vacuum damaged area to be repaired and any loose debris. 6, FUI in repair area with non-ACM patching material. 7. Dip lag cloth into water and squeeze out excess water. Apply lag cloth to area of insulation being repaired and smooth oat using a wet sponge. 3. Perform dean-up-end tear-down -steps on Level 2 checklist -to complete work. 125 Thermal Systems insulation Asbestos O&M Wort Practices 01992 N8S T6 Level 3 Repair damaged asbestos-containing insulation on a boiler, duct or flue EX9tnple$ Level & A. Repair badly damaged flue or duct insulation. B. Repair area of water damaged insulation < hot wata: tank or boiler. NOteS Work Practice Tfcij work practice must be used <a conjunction with General Procedures Wi, W9, end IP17 atuf a Level 3 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices ore begun Ifaccess above ceiling is needed, coordinate this work wishproper OAM work practice for accessing type ofceding present in work area. See Work Practices MU, MI3 or M2S.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities ott Level 3 checklist. 2. Additional tods, equipment and materials; (St* generalprocedure Wifor standard tooU, equipment and materials list). Scraper (2-3" [50-75 mm] wide stiff blade) Stiff nylon bristle brushes Sponge HEPA vacuum, hose and attachments Pufly Knife Glovebags Lag doth 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth, erect mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system, See generalprocedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. If wort must occur above ceiling, Include a HEPA vacuum inside enclosure for vacuuming areas above ceiling. 5. Enter enclosure. If access above ceiling is required, obtain access above 'cetiiQgnsing'Q A Mwrfcprtfeeselectedstep 6. If work can be done with a glovebag method, follow procedures below; A Install duct tape around area to be repaired. B. Place tools, equipment and other materials into glove bag. Attach glovebag to duct tape using more duct tape. C. Remove all loose or damaged insulation using glovebag procedures. See generalprocedure W17. D. Remove glovebag leaving duct tape from step 6b above. 126 s Thermal Systems Insulation Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 N8$ T6 Level 3-contjmif 7. If a glovebag method canaot be effectively utilized, follow procedure below: A. Adequately wet material si ares to be repaired. S. Cut out damaged TSI, trimming edges so straight square dess edges remain This procedure must only be performed on adequately wet material, and with a HEPA vacuum nozzle adjacent to the cutting tool so foat any debris or fibers are captured by the HEPA vacuum. C. Place ACM debris into disposal bags. 6. Remove glovcbag and fill in repair area with con-ACM patching material. 9. Dip lag cloth into water and squeeze out excess water. Apply lag doth to area of insulation bring repaired and smooth out using a wet sponge. 10. Perform dean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. Leave duct tape installed in step 6 in place. 127 Thermal Systems Insulation Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 NS T! m Summary install device in, or access surface of, asbestoscontaining insulation on a pipe, boiler, duct or flue Summary This summary covers the removal of small amounts of ACM as required to install a device (such as a temperature sensor or damper control) in, or simply to access, the surface of an ACM insulated pipe, boiler, duct office. Examples Level 2: A. Remove ACM m good condition in order to install energy management systroj senses* and eomroU, Level 3: K Drill through insulation using power tools to attach heat sensor directly on metal Hoe. B. Remove damaged insulation In order to attach heat senses- directly cm meta! flue. flaJa!*d Wbrfc Practices T1 Remove Asbestos-containing insulation on exposed pipe for maintenancework T4 * Remove Asbestos-containing insulation cm pipe in occupied area for maintenance wo& T5 Repair damaged asbestos-containing insulation on a pipe Worker One works. A person with air monitoring training might be required. This Recommendations person can be the worker. 128 Thermal Systems insukfion a Asbestos O&M Work Practices 11892 NIBS T7 Level 2 Install device In, or access surface of, asbestos* containing insulation on a pipe, insulated boiler, duct or flue Example Level lb A. Remove ACM Ib good condition in order to Install energy management system season and controls. Not$S Work Practice 7Vs work practice must be used in conjunction wUh General Proce&tres W2 W9, and W27 and a lard 2 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that muss be petfomtd before these workpractices are begun. Ifaccess above ceiling is needed, coordinate work with proper O M workpracticefor accessing type cfceiling present in work area. See Work Practices MU, Mil or M2S. t. Perform fte*wort activities on Level 2 checklist. t Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see general procedure Wlfor standard tools, equipment and materials Bstf Scraper (2-3" (50*75 mm} wide stiff Watte) Stiff nylon bristle brashes Hand drill and drill bits or hole saw Non-ACM replacement insulation or patching material (If required) Device to be installed and related tools Glovebags 3. Prepare work area with chop cloth. Seegeneralprocedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop cloth. If access above ceiling is required, obtain access using O & M work practice selected (See note above step If 5. Attach duct tape around area where device will be installed 6. Place tools needed into giovebag and attach glovebag to duct tape. 7. Remove or-peretrate ACM-as Teqritedirsmg gleveb^ SwgwwuT procedure W17. Adequately wet removal area frequently Airing removal of the bulk material. 8. Install device or perform maintenance. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. Leave duct tape installed in step S In- place. 129 a Thermal Systems insulation Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1982 NIBS T7. Level 3 Install device in, or access surface of, asbestoscontaining insulation on a pipe, boiler, duct or flue EX8n)pl8$ LeVQi 3: K Drill through insulation using power toots to attach teat sensor directly on metal Dae. 6. Remove damaged iasrfaik ht order to attach hear sew* directly on meed Doe. MOte$ This woric practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures Wlt W9t tatd W17 end a Level 3 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks thus muss be performed before these work practices ore begun. Ifaccess above ceiling is needed, coordinate this work with proper O AM workpractice jot accessing type ofceiling present in work area. See Work Practices MU, MI3 or ms. WorkPracHcB 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See generalprocedure W1 for standard tools, egu^maU and materials list). Semper (l111 [25 mm] wide blade) Stiff nylon bristle brushy Wire cutters Power drill with HEPA attachment Hole saw ot (frill bits Glovebags Noa-ACM replacement insulation or patching material (if required) Device to be installed and related tools 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth, erect mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system. See generalprocedure W9. 4. i8ace tooIs, equipment.and materials .needed into enclosure, if work ami occur above ceiling, include a HEPA vacuum inside enclosure for use during the work. 5. Enter enclosure. If access above ceiling is required, obtain access above ceiling using 0 & M work practice selected (see note chore step 1). 9s If work can be done with a gtovebag method, follow procedures below: A Install duct tape around area to be penetrated or removed. 6. Place tools, equipment and other materials into glove bag. Attach gtovebag to duct tape using more duct tape. C. Remove aU loose or damaged insulation using glovebag procedures. See general procedure W37, 0. Remove glovebag leaving duct tape from step 6b above. 130 a Themtaf Systems fosu&tofi a Asbestos OSM Wotft Practices $ f992 NI8S ? T7 I Level 3~eonttmd 7. if a glovebag method cannot be effectively utilized, follow procedures below: A. Adequately wet material at &ea to be penetrated or removed. B. Carefully remove or penetrate ACM. This procedure must only be performed oa adequately wet material, and with a HEPA vacuum nozzle adjacent to die removal or penetrating tool so that any debris or fibers are captured by the HEPA vacuum. 8* andInstall device perform cleanup and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist duct 6to complete woric Leave tape installed to step to place. 131 a Thermal Systems Insulation Asbestos O&M Work Practices d 1992 NIBS T8 Summary Remove asbestos-containing duct insulation above ceiling for maintenance work Summaiy This work practice describes the procedures for removing small amounts of asbestos-commoisg (foot insuladoo above a celling. Ceiling might be ACM or ra>n-ACM Ceding might be piaster, drywall or lay-in. Examples Level 2r A. Remove small amount of damaged insulation around damper control to permit insulation repair. S. Replace Variable Air Volume (VAV) box oa ACM insulated duct Level 3: A. Remove damaged duct insulation so that new branch tines can be tied to existing duct system for sub-divided office space. B. Remove delaminating duct insulation above lay-in ceding. C. Remove delaminating duct insulation above plaster or drywall ceiling. Belated Work Practices T6 - Repair damaged asbestos-containing insulation on a boiler, duct or flue 1625 Remove section of asbestos-containing &ywaii or plaster. Worker Two workers. A person with air monitoring training might be requited. This fiecdmntemfatfons person can be a worker. 132 a Thermal Systems Insulation a Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NBS T8. Level 2 Remove asbestos-containina duct insulation above ceiling for maintenance work Examples Level 2t A. Remove small amount of damaged insulation around damper control to permit insulation repair. . & Replace Variable Air Volume (VAV) box on ACM Insulated duct Notes 7hit work practice must be used In conjunction with General Procedures W3, W9, and W17 and a herd 2 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these workpmakesare begun. Coordinate work with proper O & M work practice Sot accessing type of celling present in work area. See work practices MU, M12, M13 and M25.* 1 Work Practice 1. Perfonn Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (tee generalprocedure Wlfbr standard tools, equipment and materials Us/}. Scraper (2-3" [50-75 ram] wide stiff blade) Stiff nylon bristle brushes Non-acm replacement duct Insulation Giovebags 3. Prepare wort area wsCfi drop cZotft See generalprocedure Wfi, 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop cloth. & Obtain access above celling using 0 St M work practice selected (see note abort sup ]), & Pick up any bulk debris within reach on top of ceiling and place into tfspcsal 7.HEPA vacuum top side of ceiling within reach from access hole. -& install duct tape around area to be removed. 1 Place all tools needed iasidejlovebaj and attach giovebag to duct tape around area ofduct insulation to be removed. 10. Remove ACM using giovebag procedures. See general procedure W17. Adequately wet removal area frequently during removal of bulk material. (i. Perform maintenance work and dean-up and tear-down steps cut Level 2 * checklist and celling access work practice to complete work. Leave duct tape Installed in step 9 in plan. 133 a Thermal Systems Insulation a Asbestos 0&M Work Practices a 1992 NffiS T8 . Level 3 Remove asbestos-containing duct insulation above ceiling for maintenance work EXBfnpteS Level 3: K Remove damaged duct insulation so that new branch lines can be tkd to existing <foet system for sub-divided office space. B. Remove delaminating duct insulation above lay-lo ceiling. C. Remove delaminating dues insulation above plaster or dyrwaB ceiling. Not8 Work Practice This work practice muss be used in conjunction with General Procedures 1% W9, end W17 and a Level 3 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun* Coordinate work withproper OAM workpracticefor accessing &pe <tfcellingpresent in work area. See work practices MU, M12, M13 and MtS. 1. Perform Pre-wort activities on Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, et^upmeat and materials! (See generalprocedure W]for standard tools, equipment end materials list). Scraper (2-3" (50-75 nun] wide stilt blade) Stiff nylon brisle brashes NtghACM replacement ducJ JasuJatioo Giovebags, size and configuration as required 3. Prepare work area with drop doth, erect mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system. See generalprocedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. Include a HEPA vacuum Inside enclosure for use during the work. 5. Obtain access above ceiling using 0 & M work practices selected (see note above step t). & Pick up bulk debriswithifi reach on top of celfiegaad place into disposal bag. 7. -iCTA vsmamTop"ticfe <rf uDiug within -mxj&Ml - 8. Install duct tape around ares to be removed S. Place all tools needed inside glovebag and attach glovebag to duct tape around area of duct insulation to be removed 16. Remove ACM using glovebag procedures. See generalprocedures W27. Adequately wet removal area frequently during removal of bulk material. If. Perform maiorerunce work and clean-up and rear-down steps on Level 3 checklist and ceiling access work practice to complete work. Leave duct tape installed in step 8 in place. 134 a The/mat Systems Insulation Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 01992 NIBS T9 Summary Remove asbestos-containing insulation Inside HVAC unit for maintenance work Summary This work practice describes the procedures to be used to remove small amounts off asbestos-containing duet or pipe insulation inside an HVAC urtit Nate: Ifaflexible connector must be removed* see Work Practice M26. Examples Level 2: A. Remove small amount ofpipe insulation is good conation using glovebag procedures to replace cooling or heating coil. LevelS: A. Remove ACM pipe insulation in poor condition inside HVAC wait B. Remove small amount ofduct insulation as required to replace flexible cocoetaor. Related Work Practices T3- Remove asbestos-comaining insulation on exposed pipe in elevated location for maintenance work T4 Remove asbestos-containing insulation on pipe in occupied area for maintenance work T$ * Repair damaged asbestos-containing insulation on a pipe T$ - Repair damaged asbestos-contafeiog insulation on a bolter, duct or flue 26 - Remove asbesos-coataitutvg flexible dwa coasvecrcr Worker Two workers, A person with air monitoring saining might be required This Recommendations person can be a worker. 135 a Thermal Systems Insulation Asbestos O&M Weft Practices a 1992 NIBS T9. Level 2 Remove asbestos-conrainlng insulation inside HVAC unit for maintenance work Example Level 2l A. Remove small amoust of pipe insulation in good condition to replace cooling or heating coil. fifote$ Work PfBCUcO This work practice must he used in conjunction General Procedures WI, W9, and WJ7 and a Lerd 2 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these workpractices an begun. t. Perform Pre-work activities on level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials; (see genera!procedure Wlfrr standard tools, equipment and materials list). Scraper (2-3" [50-75 mm] wide stiff blade) Stiff nylon bristle brushes Non-ACM replacement insulation Gk>vebags 3. Prepare work area with drop doth. See generalprocedure W9, 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop cloth. 5. Install duct tape around insulation to be removed 6. Place all tools needed inside of glovebag and Attach glovebag to duct tape around area where insulation will be removed. 7. Remove ACM using glovebag procedures, See generalprocedure W17. Adequately wet removal areafrequently during removal ofbulk materials. 8. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. Leave duct tape Installed in step 5 in place. a136 st Thermal Systems InsulaVm Asbestos 03M Work Practices a $ J$S MBS T9. Level 3 Remove asbestos-containing insulation inside HVAC unit for maintenance work Note: No ftexBsh connectormost tie removed, see WorkPractice ICS. ExetflpteS Level 3: A. Remove ACM pipe insulation is poor condition inside- HVAC unit. 0. Remove duct insulation required to replace flexible connector. NoteS 7his workpractice mast be used in conjunction with General Procedures Wlr W9, and W17 and a herd 3 Worker Cheekiisk The worker checklist includes fades that must be performed before these workpractices are began.1 Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials; {See generalprocedure WIfor standard look, equipment and materials list). Scraper <2-3* [50-73 mm] wide stiff blade) Stiff nylon bristle brushes Noa-ACM replacement duct insulation Giovebags 9. Prepare work area with drop cloth, erect mini-enclosure and set up negativepressure system where feasible. See generalprocedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. laflode a HEPA vacuum inside enclosure for use during the work. 5. If work can be done with a glovebag method, follow procedures below; A. Enter enclosure and install duct tape around area to be removed. B. Place tools, equipment and other materials into glove bag. Attach glovebag to duct tape using more duct tape. C. Remove all loose or damaged insulation using glovebag procedures. See generalprocedure WI7. 0. Remove glovebag leaving duct tape from step 5b above. . if-a.glovebag .method cannotbe effecSv4y.utilized, JoUow proceduwbeJow: A. Install duct tape around insulation to be removed. B. Adequately wet insulation to be removed. C. Remove ACM while wetting removal area frequently with amended water. Keep hose of an operating HEPA vacuum adjacent to the removal area to capture any debris or fibers generated. 7. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. Lave duct tape installed in step 5 or 6 in place. 137 v Thermal Systems insulation Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 NiSS T10. Summary Clean up asbestos-containing debris in crawlspace or tunnel Summary This work practice describes the work required to dean up small amounts of asbestos-containiog debris (below the small-scale, sfcort-durarioa project limits) found ia a crawlspace area or funnel ExamphS Level 3: A. Clean up several pieces of pipe insulation debris ia crewlspace B. Clean up small amount of lasulatkm debris In tunnel Level 3: A. Qcan up of ACM debris in a tuaoel that is used as a plenum for the HVAC system. B. Qcan-up of ddrunlnaw! <foq Insulation or fallen gape lasularioo ia an area where maintenance work win be performed Related Wobc Practices n Remove asbestos-containing insolation on exposed pipe for maintenance work T$ - Repair damaged asbestos-containing insulation os a pipe T6 * Repair damaged asbestos-containing insulation on a boiler, did or flue Worker Two workers due to confined space safety concerns. A person with air monitoring Recommendation* training might be required, ms psnwa can be a water. 138 Thermal Systems Insulation Asbestos O&M Work Practices * 1892 NBS T10 Level 2 Clean up asbestos-containing debris in crawlspace or tunnel ExampfeS level t. K Oesn up sevens faeces of pipe insuSttkm debris la crawlspace B. Cleaa up small amount ot lasufctJoo debris in tunnel Not$$ This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures W1 and a leref 2 Warier Chectfist The worker checklist includes tosh that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Review confined space requirements with APM before start ofwork. See general procedure APM &1 Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Seegenerdprocedure W1 forstandard tools, egulpmsntand materials Met S. Place took, equipment and materials needed into work area. One worker should remain outside to communicate with inside worker and handle rescue arrangements, If needed. 4. Adequately wet floor area and debris in work area. 5. Starting near entry to area and waking toward rear of area, pick up pieces of debris ai3d place into ^sposai bags. 6. Adequately wet areas where debris was removed. Use HEPA vacuum $o remove any remaining debris. Place debris into disposal bags. HEPA vacuum floor after gross debris is removed. 7. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on level 2 checklist to complete work. 139 Thermal Systems insulation Asbestos O&M Work Practices i 1932 NSS T10 Level 3 Clean up asbestos-containing debris In crawlspace or tunnel Examples Level K Clean up of ACM debris is a tunnel that is used as a plenum for the KVAC system. B. Oeao-up of delaminated doct Instflarion or fatten pipe insulation la an area where maintenance work will be performed. Holes This writ practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures Vfl and W9 and a Lend 3 Worker Check&sL The worker checklist includes tusks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Review confinedspace requirements with APAf before start cfwont See general precedare APM &1 ** Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist. 2, See generalprocedure Wl for standard mats, equipment and materials UsL X One worker should remain outside to communicate with inside worker and handle rescue arrangements if needed. Prepare work area with mini-enclosure (without Door) and set up negative pressure system and/or local exhaust ventilation. Setgtturtdprocedure W. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. Include a HEPA vacuum Inside enclosure. 5. Adequately wet floor area and debris inside enclosure. 6. Starting near entry to area and working toward rear of area, pick up pieces of debris and place into disposal bags. 7. Adequately wet areas where debris was removed Use HEPA vacuum to remove any remaining debris. Place debris into disposal bags. HEPA vacuum floor after gross debris is removed checklist to complete work. 140 a Thermal Systems Insulation Asbestos O&M Work ftadices a 1992 NSS VI. Miscellaneous Materials Work Practices Figure 9: Miscellaneous Materials Location Illustration 142 b Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices $1992 N$ Section VI. Miscellaneous Materials Work Practices Wot* Practices location tikrstration...................................................................142 Cafe levels Dtscryttiort HI 2 2 3 Replacement ofresilient asbestos floor tiles .............................. 246 M2 2 2 3 Replacement of vinyl sheet flooring with ACM backing............ 252 M3 2 2 3 Penetrate resilient asbestos Rooting and subfloor....................... 259 M4 1 Install new resilient flooring or carpet over resilient asbestos flooring..........................................................263 MS 12 Install partition over resilient asbestos flooring ......................... 165 MG 1 Wet strip floor wax from resilient asbestos flooring...................168 M7 1 Dry or spray buffing resilient asbestos flowing......................... 170 M8 2 Cleaning resilient asbestos flooring ........................................... 272 M9 12 3 Remove carpet over resilient asbestos flooring ......................... 174 M10 12 Clean potentially asbestos-contaminated carpet ......................... 278 Mil 12 3 Remove asbestos-containing ceiling panels in lay-in ceiling system ...................... 181 8112 2 3 Remove asbestos-containing cdflag tiles attached with adherive...................... 185 8812 1 2 3 Remove asbestos-containing ceiling tiles in spline ceiling system ................................................................ 188 8114 2 3 Cot or drill asbestos cement ponds ........................................... 192 8H5 12 3 Remove asbestos cement panels..................................................195 M16 1 2 Remove asbestos cement cooling tower louvers......................... 299 M17 1 2 Remove and replace asbestos cement roof shingles .................. 202 M16 1 2 Remove and replace asbestos cement siding................ 205 M19 12 3 Remove high-temperature resistant (HTR) asbestos cement panels..............................................................208 M20 12 3 Remove asbestos-containing chalk board ..................................212 M21 2 2 3 Remove asbestos-containing fire door and/or door hardware........................................................................... 216 8822 2 2 Remove asbestos-containing built-up roofing............................. 220 8823 12 Remove asbestos-containing asphalt shingles..............................223 8824 2 3 Cm or drill asbestos-containing drywall, plaster or drywall compound................................................................ 228 1826 1 2 3 8827 I 2 3 M2S 2 M29 ' 1 2 8830 1 2 3 1831 2 3 M32 12 3 8833 1 2 3 M34 1 Remove asbestos-containing flexible duct connector.................. 235 Remove asbestos-containing ductwork taping cloth .................239 Remove contaminated filters in HVAC unit serving plenum space with exposed ACM................................. 243 Clean up debris from minor fiber release .................................. 245 Replace asbestos-containing gaskets........................................... 248 Emptying and changing filter in HEPA vacuum or changing filter in HEPA fan unit...............................................252 Remove asbestos-wrapped wiring............................................... 255 Removing asbestos-containing caulking compound ...................259 Clean room that has asbestos-containing dust ...........................263 the accompanying diagram illustrates typical applications of the above work practices. 143 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS The following general notes should be reviewed by users of the miscellaneous ACM wort practices: 1. Resilient flow tile and vinyl sheet are based cm work practices developed by the resilient floor covering manufacturers (RFCM) for the removal of asbestos and noaasbestos-containing resilient floor covering materials. Work practice levels that incorporate die RFCM practices are noted as (RFCM In accordance with terminology used by (he RFCM, die tens ' "vinyl* is used only to refer to sheet flooring. The tens "resilient" is used to refer to both floor tile and sheet flooring, since many tile products contain resilient binder materials other than vinyl The RFCM lave submitted to OSHA airborne exposure data cm removal of resilient floor tile, asphaltic cutback materials, and sheet vinyl flooring. OSHA has stated that it will accept flte RFCM data for consideration as historical data to support a claim for as exemption from the need to conduct initial ait monitoring under the OSHA regulation 29 CFR J226JtfOX2X^ Historical<1b& exemptions notwithstanding, if applicable OSHA exposure limits am exceeded other pimslons and requirements of the OSHA asbestos regulation remain in fell force and effect. In considering the initial air monitoring exemption claim, die local OSHA compliance officer determines whether the recommended work practices are being strictly followed, tie work conditions at the job site ait similar to those in the study, and OSHA*s field data (If any) are below OSHA's action level and excursion limit Resident flow covering is classified by foe EPA NESHAP as Category 1 son-friable ACM. If Category 1 ACM has become friable, or wifi become friable, or has been subjected to sanding, grinding, cutting or abrading, it is defined as Regulated ACM by NESHAP. The user should consider the use of Levels 2 or 3 to perform O&M activities under such conditions. Information in the NIBS Asbestos Abatement Guide Specifications sections G20SS and 02087 discusses the removal of resilient floor covering. Z Careful work practices should be the primary means used to prevent releases of asbestos fibers during O&M work. Such practices include control measures such as wetting and local exhaust that control or collect fibers at the source. The goal of all asbestos O&M work should be to prevent any exposure of the worker and unnecessary contamination of the wort area, drop cloths, minienclosures and other secondary control devices. Mini-enclosures should never be used to excuse Sloppy work or creation of "bigger" messes. 144 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS Hk following dust suppression tools & techniques should be used where appropriate for work on miscellaneous ACM: A A wet sponge can be used where small holes must be <killed in ACM. The sponge can be held over the location where the hole is needed and the hole can be drilled through the wet sponge. The sponge should help to keep any dust or debris wet 6. The hose of an operating HEPA vacuum can be placed near the cutting point of a drill bit or other cools. C. Shaving cream can be sprayed over an area where ACM w2i be cut or drilled to cortain dust or debris. Any shaving cream used in this manner should be disposed of as ACM after use. D. Tools with HEPA filtered dust collection attachments. 3. Glovebag removal procedures as described in General Procedure WI7 may be appropriate for use in certain small O&M tasks involving miscellaneous ACM, such as the removal of a small area of floor rile where an enclosure is desired, changing the bag in a HEPA vacuum or removing a small amount of ductwork taping cloth. 4. If the O&M activity involves work on materials (such as asbestos cement board) that might have chemical residue present, any residue should be property removed prior to the start of the O&M work. Cleaning might be necessary to redare the possibility of a chemical reaction that could be caused by water, surfactants and/or other substances mixing with chemical residues during O&M work. , 145 a MIsceBaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 NSS Ml Summary Replacement of resilient asbestos floor tiles Summary This work practice covers the O&M procedures for removing snail amounts of asbestos-containing floor tile attf/or mastic. The Level 1 wotk practice is based oo the RPCM procedures. Examples Level 1: a. Replacemem of several flew dies dial are loose or can be removed with minimal or no breakage, and tile and/or mastic does not become friable. B. Remove well-adhered die and/or mastic that is not likely to become friable. Level 2: A. Replacement of an area of tiles that are sufficiently damaged that the tile and/or mastic will become friable during removal. Level & A, Remove die and mastic with as aggressive mechanical method which renders it friable. Belated Work Practices MS * Penetrate flooring covered with ACM. Worker Ooe worker for Level l work One or two workers for Level 2 dependng upon Recommendations s&fcy *** efficiency considerations. Two workers for Level 3. A person with air monitoring training might be required This person can be a worker. 146 a Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1932 NIBS Ml Level 1 Replacement of resilient asbestos floor tiles Examples Level 1: (RFCM PnctJtrts see page 144) K Replacement of several floor tiles that are loose or can be removed with minimal or no breakage* and die ai&ot mastic does not become friable. B. Remove well-adhered tile and/or mastic that Is not likely to become friable. Not&$ Work Prsctfco This wort practice must be used in conjunction with Central Procedure W1 and a Level / Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these workpractices are begun. Use Work Practice M31 \fHEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or ifbag orfilterneeds to be replaced. Warning: Do run sandflooring or backing. 1. Perform Pre-work activates on level 1 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure W1 for standard tools, egayment and materials lifQ. Weighted scraper with long handle Wall scraper 2-3" (50-75 mm) wide stiff blade w/short handle Commerdal-type hand-held hot air blower or radiant heat source Safety glasses Weighted scraper with long ban&e Wet/fry type HEPA vacuum with hose and attachments with metal floor mol Garden sprayer with amended water Hammer Crashed dry ice (for procedure SB) - approximately 1 lb (03 kg) per sq.ft. (0.1 m*) 3. Place tools, equipment and materials needed in work area. -4.--RFCM removal procedure is described hiep SA. As ahernalive3tfw-FCM procedure using dry ice is described in step 5B. 5. Clean the affected floor area with a wet/diy type HEPA vacuum and 8 metal floor attachment (no brash). Do not sweep. 8. A. Start die removal by carefully wedging die scraper in die seam of two adjoining tiles and gradually lifting the edge of the tile up and away from the floor. Tty not to break pieces of the tiie but continue to work the feakact of the tile up by working the scrape beneath the tile and exerting both a forward pressure and a twisting action on the blade to promote release of the tile from the adhesive and the floor. Some tiles will release quite easily while others require varying degrees of force. When the adhesive Is spread heavily or the tile is bonded tightly, it may easier to force the scraper through the tightly adhered areas by striking the scraper 147 Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1932 HIBS m Level 1.xontinutd handle with a hammer using blows of moderate force while maintaining the scraper 25 to 30 de&ec angle to the floor. If you encounter eeas where even the above methods will not remove the tile, the removal procedure can be simplified by thoroughly heating the tiles with a hot-air blower or a radiant heat source until the heat penetrates through the file and softens die adhesive. Caution: Heating resilient tile or mastic might produce toxk vapors and a respirator wish organic vapor cartridges might be needed. B. Dry ice file removal procedures; CeutSttuK The use cfdry iceproduces carbon diasideshot can result in an Gtygen deficiency in the wort area. Dry ice can also causefrostbite so workers and damage building materials. Spread crushed &y ice over tiles to be removed. Let dry ice freeze mastic and release file. Use short-handled scraper to pry up tiles. 7. When the tile is removed, place it, without breaking it, in disposal bags or cotfiainers which will be used for disposal Removed tiles can be placed in empty file cartons first and then placed in the disposal bags. To prevent tearing of Sic bag, place a maximum of one full carton of removed file in a bag. 6. If new resilient floor file Is to be installed over a concrete subfloof using an asphaltic adhesive, foe residual asphaltic "cutback* adhesive (mastic) must be left so that bo ridges or puddles are evident and what remains is a thin, smooth film, This can be accomplished by wet-scraping foe residual adhesive as follows: A. Stan by adequately wetting the area where file(s) wee removed using amended water. Wet-scrape with a stiff-bladed wall or floor scraper, removing ridges ami any loose adhesive. 8. Place loosened adhesive residues into disposal bags or other containers. C. Wet vacuum standing water with the HEPA vacuum cleaner. ft. Continue stt^s A through C until what remains of the residual asphaltic "cutback* adhesive is a thin, smooth film. 9. Clean foe affected floor area with foe HEPA vacuum deaner using the met& fioot wot to remow debris before applying new asphaltic afoesive or Installing new resilient floes file. 10. Perform required clean-up and rear-down steps on Level 1 checklist to complete work. 14$ i Miscellaneous ACM g Asbestos o$M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS Ml > Level 2 Replacement of resilient asbestos floor tiles Example Level 2: A. Replacement ofan area of badly damaged tiles that are sufficiently damaged that the tUe and/or manic will become friable during removal. Note$ Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures W7, W4 and a Leva 2 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Use caution to prevent afire fo the work area Ifheat sources are used.* 1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 1 Spedal tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure Wi for standeM tools, equipment and materials list). Commercial-type hand-held hot air blower or raefiant heat source Safety glasses Heavy <hity scraper with 4" (100 mm) blade and 6'-%' (2 m) handle Weighted scrapper with long handle Wet/dry type HEPA vacuum with hose and attachments Hammer 3. Establish work area with barrier tape. See General procedure W4. A plastic drop doth may be used for dirty tools and bagged waste, if desired. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed is work area. 5. Clean the affected Hoot area with a wet/dry type HEPA vacuum and a metal floor attachment (no brush). Do not sweep. 6. Stan the removal by carefully wedging the scraper in the seam of two adjoining tiles and gradually forcing the edge of the tile up and away from the floor. Try not to break off pieces of the tile but continue to force the balance of the tile up while working .tteacraprheacatis 4he tile and netting both a forward pressure and a twisting action on die blade to promote release of the tile from the adhesive and the floor. Some tiles will release quite easily while others require varying degrees of force. When the adhesive is spread heavily or the tile is bonded tightly, it may prove easier to force the scraper through the tightly adhered areas by striking the scraper handle with a hammer, using blows of moderate force while maintaining the scraper si a 25 to 30 degree angle to the floor. If you encounter areas where even the above methods will not remove the tiles, the removal procedure can be simplified by thoroughly tearing the tiles with a hopair blower or a radiant heat source until the hem penetrates through the tile and softens the adhesive. Caution: Heating resilient tile or mastic might produce toxic vapors and a respirator with organic vapor cartridges might be needed 149 i Misceianeous ACM m Asbestos 0&M Work Practices a 1992 NISS Ml Level 2.omm 7. When the tile is removed, place it, without breaking it, in disposal bags or containers which will be used for disposal Removed tiles can be placed in empty tile canons first and then placed In the disposal bags. To prevent tearing of (he bag, place a maximum ofone ftdl carton of removed tile Is a bag. 8. If new resilient floor tile Is to be installed over a concrete subfloor using an asphaltic adhesive, the residual asphaltic 'cutback" adhesive must be left so that so ridges or puddles are evident and what remains 2s a thin, smooth film. TTus can be accomplished by wet-scraping the residual adhesive as follows: A. Start in the removal area farthest from the entrance door and adequately wet an area approximately 3* x 10* (1m x 3m) with amended water to aid io wetting the adhesive. Wet-scrape with a stiff-bladed wall or floor scraper removing ridges and any loose adhesive. B. Place loosened adhesive residues into disposal bags or other impermeable containers. C. Wet vacuum standing water with tire HEPA vacuum cleaner. D. Continue steps A tteough C unci! what remains of tire residual asphaltic "cutback* adhesive is a thin, smooth film. 9. Clean the affected floor with tire HEPA vacuum cleaner using the metal flow tool to remove debris, followed by wet wiping, before applying new asphaltic adhesive or installing new resilient floor the. 10. Install sew floor tile and perform required dcan-up and tear-down steps on level 2 checklist to complete work. 150 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS Ml . Level 3 Replacement of resilient asbestos floor tiles ExOflipfe Lev&t 3i A. Remove pie and magic with an aggressive mechanical method which renders it friable. Not$S Work Practice This work practice muss be used In conjunction with General Procedures Wi, W9 and a Leril 3 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure Wlfor standard equipment andmaterials li$0> Safety glasses Heavy duty scraper with 4" (100 mm) blade and 6'-8' (2m) handle Weighted scraper with long haivfle Wet/dry type HEFA vacuum with hose and attachments Low speed floor grinder (190 RPM or less) 3. Prepare work area with mini-enclosure (without floor) and set up negative pressure system. See General Procedure W9. A giovebag may be used an enclosure for small areas. 4. Race tools, equipment and materials needed Into enclosure. 5. Adequately wet floor areas where tile andfcr magic will be removed 6. Grind down high spots with floor grinder. Adequately wet any dust or debris generated by grinding. T. HEPA vacuum affected floor area and wet wipe smooth portions of floor, Place disposable towels and debris into ACM disposal bags. 8. Perform dean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 151 a Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices a $ 1992 NIBS M2. Summary Replacement of vinyl sheet flooring with ACM backing Summary This wort practice covers the O&M procedures for she replacement of small pnvMint* of vinyl sheet flooring with ACM backing. Wet scraping of residual felt is included in all three Levels. Examples Lave! 1: A. Replacement of loose or perimeter-adhered vinyl sheet flooring with ACM backing. 8. Replacement of adhered vinyl Sheet flooring with ACM backing flat can be removed using non-aggressive, primarily manual methods. Some separation of backing and wear layer will occur. level 2: A. Replacement of vinyl sheet flooring with ACM backing which is sufficiently damaged to be friable Level 3: K Removal of vinyl sheet flooring with ACM backing using an aggressive mechanical method which renders the material friable. Related Work Practices Ml - Replacement of resilient asbestos floor tiles. ` Install new resilient flooring or carpet over resilferu asbestos flooring. U9 - Remove carpet over resilient asbestos flooring. Worker Two workers. A person with air monitoring training might be required Tlds Recommendations person ran be a worker. 152 Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Piactces a 1992 NSS M2. Level 1 Replacement of vinyl sheet flooring with ACM _backing_____________________ Examples Level 1: <kfcu Pnxtdom setpogt tuf A. Replacement of loose or perimeter-adhered vinyl sheet flooring with ACM backing. B. Replacement of adhered viayj sheet flooring with ACM backing that can be removed using non-aggressive, primarily manual methods. Some separation of __________________ backing and wear layer will occur. ___________ Not$$ This workpractice must be used in conjunction *2A General Procedure WI and a level l Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks tha: must beperformed b^ore these work practices are begun, Warning: Do not sandflooring or backing. Use Work Practice M31 tfHEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or ifbag orfilter need*& be replaced Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on level l checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure Wlfee standard tools, equipment and materials list). Garden sprayer with amended water Stiff Waded wall or floor scraper Hook knife Wet/dry type HEPA vacuum with hose aal attachments with metal floor tool 3. Place tools, equipment arid materials needed in work area. 4. Removal Procedure: A. Remove any bindfog strips or other restrictive moldings from affected area. *8. Glean the affected floor area with the HEPA vacuum cleaacr using the metal floor toot C. Make 8 series of parallel slices 4** to V (100-200 mm) apart through die flooring to be removed. D, Removal: Pry up the comer of a strip of flooring. As the strip is being removed, adequately wet (using amended water) the removal point to minimat any airborne dost particles. When done properly, the floor and the back of the strip should be adequately wet. Do only one three-strip area at a rime. Stand on the remaining floor covering or dean floor (do not stand on thefelt). The sliced strip should be rolled around a core which will control the stripping angle to create a uniform tension. He or tape the removed materia! securely and place in disposal bags or containers for disposal. 153 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos OSM Work Piaetfces $ 1992 NIBS M2 UVfil l^eoftfewad E Remove and <Sspose of each strip in the above manner. Avoid waiting on the exposed felt as mud) as possible. F. Occasionally, pans of the flooring will stick to the subfloor. This can often be eliminated by peeling in the opposite direction. The stiff-bladed scraper may aid in die removal or peeling of die flooring, if any reridual fell backing remains on the subfloor, remove it using wet scraping methods set forth in Sep 60. & Wet-scraping residual felt: 1. Adequately wet the residual felt with amended water. Wait for a few minutes to allow the amended water to soak into the felt 2. Use the stiff-bladed scraper to scrape up the wet fefc. E Rewet foe felt if the amended water has not completely penetrated, if <kyiag occurs, or if dry felt is exposed during scraping. Fid: up the scrapings as they are removed from the floor and place in disposal bags or containers. Wet-scrape felt from affected floor area. 1 When this floor area has been cleaned free of felt, vacuum up any diit using foe HEPA vacuum cleaner with the metal floor tool. Position foe vacuum cleaner so that foe discharge air does not blow on the area being cleaned 5. If HEPA vacuum Alter or bag needs to be changed, use work practice M31. $. Allow substrate to dry before installing new flooring. 5. Perform required dean up and tear-down steps on Level 1 checklist to complete work. 1S4 a Mi$C3i&$ou$ACM a Asfce$k>sO&M Work Practises 1992 NIBS M2. Level 2 Replacement of vinyl sheet flooring with ACM backing Example Level 2r A. Replacement of vinyl sheet flooring with ACM backing which is sufficiently damaged to be friable. Notes Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures Wl, W9 and a herd t Worker Checklist, The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices ore begun. Warning: Do not sandflooring or lacking.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (ten Gerund Procedure WIfor standard tools, equipment and materials list). Stiff Haded wall or floor scraper Hook knife Wet/dry type HEPA vacuum with hose and attachments 3. Install drop cloth if desired for dirty tools and bagged waste. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into work area. 5. Removal Procedure, Adhered Resilient Sheet Firming: A Remove any binding strips or other restrictive moldings from affected area. B. Dean the affected floor area with the HEPA vacuum cleaner using the metal floor tool. C. Make a series of parallel slices 4" to 8" (100-200 mm) apart through the flooring to be removed. D. Removal: Pry up rite comer of a strip of flooring. As the strip is being removed, adequately wet (using amended water) the removal point to minimize any airborne dustparticles. Whendone-properly, 4he floor and the back of the strip should be adequately wet Do only one three-strip area ax a time. Stand on the remaining floor covering or dean floor fio not stand on thefelt). The sliced strip should be rolled around a core which will control the stripping angle to creme a uniform tension. Tie or tape the removed material securely and place in disposal bags or containers for disposal. E. Remove and dispose of each strip in the above manner. Avoid walking on the exposed felt as much as possible. F. Occasionally, parts of the flooring will stick to the subfloor. This can often be eliminated by peeling In the opposite direction. The stlff-Haded scraper may aid in the removal or peeling of the flooring. If any residual felt backing remains on 6m subfloor, remove it in accordance with step 6G. 155 m Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos 0&M Work Practices 1992 NB$ M2 Level 2.onanwd & Wet-scraping residual felt: 1. Adequately wet the residual felt with amended water. Wait for a few mimites to allow fee amended water to soak into fee felt 2. Stand os fee remaining floor covering (not fee felt) and we the stiff* bt&dcd scraper to scrape up the wet felt 3. Rewet the felt If the amended wafer has not completely penetrated, if drying occurs, or if fey felt Is exposed during scraping. Pick up fee scrapings as they are removed from fee floor and place in disposal bags or containers. Wet-scrape felt from affected floor area before proceeding further. * 4. When floor area has been cleaned free of felt, vacuum up any dirt using fee HEPA vacuum cleaner with fee metal floor tool. Position fee vacuum cleaner so feat fee fescharge air does not blow on tie area being cleaned, 5. if HEPA vacuum Alter or bag needs to be changed, use work practice W3I. 6. Allow substrate to dry before installing new flooring. 6. Perform required clean up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 156 Miscellaneous ACM s Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1632 NIBS r\ M2. Level 3 Replacement of vinyl sheet flooring with ACM backing Example Uve/ 3: & Removal of vinyl flooring with ACM backing using an aggressive mechanical method which renders the materia] friable. Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures Wt, W9 and a Level 3 Worker QteckJist* The worker checklist includes tasks tkat must be performed before these wort practices are begun. Warning: Do not sandflooring or backing.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure Wt far standard tools, equipment and materials lasO. Stiff Waded wall or floor sender Hook knife Wet/ffcy type HEPA vacuum with hose and attachments 3. Prepare regulated area with mini-enclosure (or by enclosing room) and set up negative pressure system. See General Procedure W9. 4. Race tools, equipment and materials needed Into enclosure. 5. Enter enclosure and remove flooring per procedures under step 6. 6. Removal Procedure, Fully Adhered Resilient Sheet Booring: A Remove any binding strips os other restrictive moldings from affected area. 8. Clean the affected floor area with the HEPA vacuum deaner using the metal floor tool. C. Make a series of parallel slices 4" to $" {100-200 mm) apart through fee flooring to be removed. 0. Wear layer removal: Pry up the comer ofa strip of flooring, separating fee backing'from tlttwearlaysL Aslhc strip.is-being removed, adequately wet (using amended wafer) fee delaminacion point to minimize any airborne dust particles. When done property, fee felt remaining on the floes' and os the back of the strip should be thoroughly wet Stand on fee remaining floor covering or clean floor (do not stand on the felt). The sliced strip should be peeled from the backing by pulling or tolling around a core which wSI control the stripping angle to create a uniform tension (some resilient flooring wear layers might not be readily sirippablc and might require wet-soaping). Tie or tape fee removed material securely ami place In disposal bags or containers for disposal. E Remove and dispose of each succeeding strip in the above manner. Avoid walking on fee exposed felt as much as possible. 157 a fcfiscefeoeotsACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1$$2 NIBS M2 LVSl 3-xrttfm*d F. Occasionally, parts of the top layer win Sick to tie backing. This can odea be eliminated by peeling jd die opposite direction* The stlff-bladcd scraper might aid 1q the removal or peeling of the wear layer, a Wet-soaping residua! felt backing: 1. Adequately wet the residual felt with amended water. Wait for a few minutes to allow fee amended water to soak into the felt 2. Stand on the remaining floor covering (not the felt) and use die stiff* Waded scraper to scrape up the wet fell & Rewet the feU if the amended water has not completely penetrated, if drying occurs, or if dry felt is exposed daring soaping. Pick up the scrapings as they are removed from the floor and place in disposal bags or containers, Wet-scrape felt from affected floor area. 4. When floes' area has been denned free ofleft, vacuum up any dirt using the HEPA vacuum cleaner with the metal floor tool. Position die vacuum cleaner so that the disdorge air does not blow on die area being cleaned. 1 If HEPA vacuum filter or bag needs to be changed, use wort practice W31. 6. Allow substrate to dry before installing new flooring. 7. Perform dean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 15$ a Miscellaneous ACM t Asbestos 0AM Work Practices e 1992 NSS Summary M3 Summary Penetrate resilient asbestos flooring and subfloor ms work practice covers toe procedures for drilling or cutting boles iaresUkot asbestos flooring and the subfloor below. If the flooring is badly damaged it may be advisable to remove it, rather than drilling holes in it Hotel AHERA steles that maintenance stoSemployees should be Instructed not to drill holes in ACM. Onlyproperly trained employees should undertake such activities. Examples Laval It A. Remove small amounts of resilient asbestos flooring covering to drill bo!e(s) in subfloor so attach object So floor or Install a pipe or conduit Laval 2: A. Drill or cut a few hole(s) in resilient asbestos flooring to install pipe or conduit Laval 3: A. Drill or cut multiple boles in badly damaged resilient asbestos flowing. B. Cut hole in resilient asbestos flooring with power saw for square duct Related Work PracthaS HI * Replacement of resilient asbestos floor dies. M2 Replacement of vinyl sheet flooring with ACM backing. M3- Removal carpet over resilient asbestos flooring. VtOtket One worker for Level 1 work One or Two workers forLevd 2 depending upon Recommendations safety and efficiency considerations. Two workers for Level 3. A person with air monitoring training might be required. This person can be a worker. 159 Miscellaneous ACM m A&estos O&M Work Practices 1932 NIBS M3 Level 1 Penetrate resilient asbestos flooring and subfloor Exampfe Level 1: k Remove smalt amount of resilient asbestos floor covering to drill hole<s> in subfloor to attach object to floor or install a pipe or conduit Notes Work Practice This workpractice must be used in conjunction with General Procedure WJ and a Level I Worker Checklist, The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Use Work Practice Mil IfHEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or ifbag orfilter needs to be replaced. 1. Perform Pre-work activities os Level 1 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure W1 for standard tools, equipment and materials list). Scraper Drill ' Hook Knife 3. Race tools, equipment and materials needed in work area. 4. Cut out a piece of resilient asbestos flooring larger than the hole to be drilled using utility or hook knife, Use scraper to pry up a piece of flooring. Race flooring piece into disposal bag, adequately wet mastic or residual felt using amended water and scrape up using Ml Level 1 step 7 procedures for tile and M2 Level 1 step 4F for vinyl sheet flooring. 5. Drill hole Into subfloor as seeded 6. Clean up dust and debris using KEPA vacuum. 7. Perform maintenance work required and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 1 checklist to complete work. 160 Miscellaneous ACM i Asbestos O&M Work Practices 01992 NIBS M3 Level 2 Penetrate resilient asbestos flooring and subfloor Ex&ttpte Level 2: K Drill or ait a few hole(s) la resilient asbestos flooring fo Install pipe or conduit Notes This workpractice must be used in conjunction with Genera! Procedures W/, W9 end a herd 2 Worker Checklist* The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these workpractices are begun. Work Pf$Cth0 Coordinate work with proper OAM work practicefor accessing type ofceiling present in work area ifdebrisfrom work mayfall on ceiling below. See workpractices SI, Mil, Mil or MU. 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See General procedure WIfor sUudard tods, equipment and materials Us0. Drill or hole saw with HEPA vacuum attachment SmaQ stiff-Waded scraper 3. Prepare work srea with drop doth covering work area except where holes are being drilled. See General Procedure W9. If hole being drilled or cut is to penetrate through floor, an enclosure will be seeded on fee underride to catch any feast or debris that may fall to floor below. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop cloth. 5. Adequately wet area where penetration must be made using amended water and, if desired, cut out a piece of flooring larger than tie hole to be made using utility knife and scraper. 6. Using drill or hole saw with wetting or attached HEPA vacuum, perform drilling or cutting operation. Wet all feist or debris generated using amended 7. <200lujMhsi m2 riehris-usiag BEPAvacaum aadtet jwet wiping and ffiace disposable towels into disposal bags. 8. If hole was drilled through floor, wet any debris o? dust In enclosure aod underside. Package debris or dust as ACM waste. 9. Perform maintenance work required and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 161 a MisceBaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS M3 Level 3 Penetrate resilient asbestos flooring and subfloor Example Level 3: K Drill or cut multiple holes is badly damaged resilient asbestos flooring. B. Cut hole in resilient asbestos flooring with power saw for square duct Notes This workpractice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures W], W9 and a level 3 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed btfore these workpractices are bcgxn. Work Practice Coordinate work with proper 0& U workpracticefar accessing type ofceding present In work area ifdebrisfrom work mayfall on celling below, See work practices, 51, Mil, MI3 or MU 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See General procedure Wlfar standard teds, equ^ment and materials list). Drill or saw with HEPA vacuum attachment Small siiff-biaded scraper 3. Prepare work area with mini-enclosure and set t$> negative pressure system or HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation. Do not cover floor where holes are to ' be drilled or cat See General Procedure W9, Ifhole being drilled Of CUt IS to penetrate through floor, an enclosure will be needed on foe underside to catch any dust or debris that may fall to flow below. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. 5. Enter enclosure, and adequately wet area where penetration must be made using amended water. If desired, cut out a piece of flooring linger than the hole to be made using utility knife and scraper, S. Using drill or saw with wetting or attached HEPA vacuum, perform drilling or cutting operation. Wet all dust or debris generated using amended water. ?. "Glgan^up^ost and debris uag*tfEPA vacuum ur&faz wet wiping-anfl^ptece disposable towels Into disposal bags. 8. If hole was drilled through floor, wet any debris or dust in enclosure and underride. Package debris or dust as ACM waste. 9. Perform maintenance work required and clean-up and rear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 162 i Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M WoricPractces a $ 1932 KBS M4 Summary instail new resilient flooring or carpet over resilient asbestos flooring Summary This procedure covers the work required to prepare resilient asbestos flooring for the installation of new resilient flooring or carpet This procedure works with work practice M6 for stripping asbestos flooring aod assumes that any damaged flooring has been repaired or replaced using applicable work practices such as Ml and M2. Example Level 1: K New eaipet beiag installed over well-adhered resilient asbestos floor tile or vinyl shoe* flooring with ACM backlog la good condition. Belated Work Practices Ml Replacement of resilient asbestos Coor tiles. U2 * Replacement of vinyl sheet flooring with AOd backing. U6 - Wet strip floor wax from resilient asbestos flooring. M7 Buffing resilient asbestos flooring. 116 * Cleaning resilient asbestos flooring. Work&t One worker is usually sufficient. Two or more workers may be needed to increase BecomwendStlons efficiency or for additional health asd/or safety considerations. A person with air monitoring training might be required. This person can be a worker. 163 Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Pmctces 01992 NIBS M4 Level 1 Install new resilient flooring or carpet over resilient asbestos flooring Ecampfe Levef 1: A. New carpet being installed over well-adhered resilient asbestos tile or vinyl sheet flooring with ACM backing in good condition. Notes Work Practice This work practice mass be used in conjunction wish General Procedure W1 anda level 1 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist Includes sasks that must beperformed before these work practices are begun. Review manufacturer's recommendations concerning installation ofnewflooring over existing beforeproceeding with this work Coordinatethis work wishfloor gripping work practice U6 as required in sup 5. Use Work Practice M31 ifHBPA, vacuum needs maintenance, or ifbag orfiber needs to be replaced 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 1 checklist. 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (tee General Procedure Wifor standard toots, equipment and materials list). Scraper 2-3" (50-75 mm) wide stiff Wade 3. Place tods, equipment and materials needed into work area. 4. HEPA vacuum area where flooring will be installed. 5. Strip wax/finish flora existing floor using O&M work practice M6. 6. Level off any minor high spots on floor using scraper. Do not sand os grind flooring. 7. Pill any low areas using manufacturers recommended uoderlayment or Leveling compound. 3. Install new Hooting or carpet as recommended by manufacturer. S. Perform dean-up and tear-down steps on Level 1 checklist to complete work. 164 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices * 01232 NIBS M5 i Summary Install partition over resilient asbestos flooring Summary This wort practice describe the procedures for installing a wail over TcsftHSt asbestos flooring that will remain in place. If flooring will be removed for wall installation, use work practice Ml or M2. Note; It may be mare efficient to removeflooring using Ml or M2 and then install partition. Examples Levs! 1 A. Install partition over resilient asbestos flooring that is well adhered and in good condition. Level 2: K Install pardtkm over resilient asbestos floorii^ that becomes friable during the partition ItstaUation. Related Woric Practices Ml Replacement of resilient asbestos flow tiles. W2Reftocemem of vinyl asbestos sheet flooring with ACM backing. M3 Penetrate resilient asbestos flooring and subiloor, M4 Install new resilient flooring or carpet over resilient asbestos flooring. Work# Ooeworfcer, Two waters may be beneficial for erecting partition A'person Recommendations With air monitoring training might be required Ibis person can be a worker. 165 a Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos C&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS M5. Level 1 Install Partition over resilient asbestos flooring Exampk Level 1: K Install partition over resilient asbestos flooring that 1$ well-adhered and is good condition. Notes Work Practice This wort practice must he used in conjunction with General Procedure WJ and a Lave! I Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that must beperformed before these workpractices are begun. Use Work Practice W1 ^HEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or ifbag orfiber needs to be replaced t Perform Pre-work activities os Level 1 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment sod materials: (see General Procedure W1for standard tools, equipment and materials list). Anchoring devices and equipment Non-asbestos adhesive 3. Place tools, equipment sod materials needed in work area. 4. install base {date of wall on full bed of adhesive and attach to floe? using appropriate anchoring devices. & HEPA vacuum any chips or <ta generated during fastening operation. 6. Complete installation of wall. 7. Perform* cleanup and tear down steps os Level! checklist to complete work. 16$ a Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices a M5. Level 2 Install Partition over resilient asbestos flooring Level 2: A. Install partition over resilient a&estos flowing that becomes 6iable during the partition installation. totes This work practice must be used 1it conjunction wish General Procedures Wi,W9 and a lured 2 Worker Checklist. The worker checiHa Includes tasks that mm be performed before these workpractices are begun. Is might be more efficient to removeflooring using MI or M2 and then installpartition.1 IVorA tfaeffes 1. Perform Pre-work activities oa Level 1 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure WJfor standard toots, equipment and materials list). Anchoring devices/equjpment Non-asbestos adhesive i. Prepare week are wish drop doth- Do not irst&R drop doth -where watt wfil attach to floor. See General Procedure W9. 4. Race tools, equipment and materials seeded onto drop cloth. 5. Using garden sprayer with amended water, adequately wet flooring area where work is to be done. & Level off any minor high spots on floor using scraper. Do not sand or grind flooring. 7. Remove any damaged vinyl asbestos flooring in area of work using 0 A M work practice Ml or M2. 8. Fill any low areas using manufacturers recommended Leveling compound. 8. Install base plate of wall on full bed of adhesive aaj attach to floor using appropriate anchoring devices. fO. HERA vacuum any chips or dust generated during fastening operation. 41.-Complete instalfarion ofwafi. 12. Perform cleanup and tear down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 16? a MiseeSaneous ACM a Asbestos G&M Work Praelees a 1992 MISS M6. Summary Wet strip floor wax from resilient asbestos flooring Summary This work practice covers Che procedures for stripping floor wax or fiolsts from resilient asbestos flooring. Do not strip damaged flooring. Any loose or damaged flooring should be repaired or replaced before stripping is started. Wet snipping, If performed property, should not cause damage to resilient flooring, if any flooring damage occurs during stripping, stop work and make repairs using applicable work practiced). Do aM dry strip, scrape, sand, or grind reriUem afoestos flooring to remove any blemishes or imperfections. Ibis procedure is based on EPA's recommended Interim Guidance Memorandum for Maintenance of Asbestos-Containing Flow Coverings, January 25,1990. Example Level 1: .A. Stripping floor Wax or finish coat from resilient asbestos flooring that Is well adhered and in good condition. Related Work Practices MlReplacement of resilient asbestos flow tiles. 114 Install new resilient flooring or carpet over resilient asbestos flooring. M7 Buffing resilient asbestos flooring. MS - Cleaning resilient asbestos flowing. Worker One wo&er trained in wet stripping procedures forreriliem asbestos flooring. A Recommendations person with air monitoring training might be required. This person can be the worker. 168 * Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1892 NIBS M6. Level 1 Wet strip floor wax from resilient asbestos flooring Example Level 1: A. strip floor wax or fiQi&h coat from resilient asbestos flooring that Is welladhered and in good condidon. Notes Work Practice This work predict mass be used in ccnftnct&n with General Procedure Wl and a lavtl 1 Warier Cfteckftrt. The warier checklist includes tasks that must he performed before these work practices are begun. Stripping pads should he kept wet during use and rinsed thoroughly Immediately offer uu and prior to storage. Dispose ofpads, ifcontaminated* os ACM waste in labeled disposal bags.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Ldvd 1 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (tee General Procedure WJfor standard tools, equipment and materials list). "Csotioa - Wet Floorf signs Floor stripping machine Stripping Pads (least Abrasive pad possible) Buckets with water for rinsing Mops (for stripping, rinsing and polishing) Chemical stripper - recommended amount for area to be stripped Floor wax or finish Walk-off mats 3. Place tools, equipment and materials needed in work area. Place walk-off mats where required to prevent tracking of stripping solution to other areas, position "Caution - Wet Floor" signs. 4. After proper mixing of stripping chemical, adequately wet floor by mop applying liberal amourns of the solutioa Allow chemical to soak for amount of time recommended by manufacturer. If areas become thy, really solution to keep fleer adequatelywet 5. After wax or finish 1as softened, strip flooring using least abrasive pad and low speed setting (175-190 RPM maximum). Keep floor adequately wet during machine operation. Do not overstrip. Stop stripping when the old wax or finish is removed. Work small seas at a time. 6. Remove dirty stripping solution with wet vacuum or "strip" mop. 7. With "rink" mop, apply liberal amount of dean water to area stripped and remove water with wet vacuum of mop, Repeal rinse procedures. 9. If some spots of wax or finish remain, restrip chose areas. 9, If new flooring will be installed over the stripped floor, do not apply wax <* fim& When applying new wax or finish, do so according to manufacturer's recommendations. 1b. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level I checklist to complete work. 169 a Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos G&M Work Prsdees S1992 NS$ M7 Summary Dry or spray buffing resilient asbestos flooring Summary This work practice covers the procedures for spray buffing the polish to restore gloss on resilient asbestos flooring. Do not buff damaged flooding. Any loose or damaged flooring should be repaired or replaced before buffing Is started. Ibis practice assumes that the floor has adequate coats of polish, and that foe flooring itself will not be damaged or contacted by foe buffing equipment If any flooring damage occurs during buffing, stop wort and make repairs using applicable work practice*#. If polish is in poor condition, use work practice M6 or M8. Exampfe LBVGf It K Dry or spray buff the polish oo resilient asbestos flooring to remove minor surface imperfections and restore gloss. ffelgtetf Work Practices IK Strip floor wax fiom resilient asbestos flooring. 18-CkiaiflgfM21e asbestos flooring. Wofk&f One worker trained in spray buffing procedures for asbestos flooring. A persoa BeCOHironctei/OflS with air monitoring training might be required Ibis person can be the worker. 170 Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS M7 Level 1 Dry or spray buffing resilient asbestos flooring Eraropte Levels (sfcm Pneedant see page m K Dry or spray buff the polish on station asbestos flooring to remove mbs* surface imperfections and restore gloss. Notes This workpractice must be used In conjunction with General Procedure WS and a level 1 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that muss be performed before these workpractices are begun. Work Practice Dispose ofpods, ifcontaminated, as ACM waste in labeled disposal bags. 1. Perform applicable pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials; (see General Procedure WJfor standard took, equipment andmaterials list}. "Caution - Wet Root* signs Boor buffing machine - Buffing Pads (least abrasive - tan, red, or equivalent) Buckets with mop wringer Mops (for damp or spot mopping) Chemical cleaner Hand-held scraper Spray buffing compound, appropriately diluted, compatible polish and restorer chemical 3. Place tools, equipment and materials needed in work area. Position "CautionWet Boor' signs. 4. Pick up any large loose debris and place into disposal bags. Using scraper and water, remove all foreign matter Bom the finished surface (gum, tar, stickers, etc.). 5. -Spot v* damp mopto removestains TOdspitfe. Mix ctemteal cleaner or restorer with water and apply according to manufacturers recommendations. Spot os damp mop to remove stains and spills. If dry buffing will be performed, apply restorer diemica] as required. 6. Allow floor to dry thoroughly. 7. A. To spray-buff, spray small area with spray-buff solution and buff using manufacturer's recommended pad or brash ar recommended RPM. Repeat procedure until entire area is spray-buffed. 8. To dry buff, buff or dry burnish with manufacturer's recommended pad or brush at recommended RPM. 8. Perform applicable steps on Level 1 checklist to complete work. 171 a Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Wort; Pr&diees a 1992 HISS M8 Summary Cleaning resilient asbestos flooring Summary This work practice covers fbe procedures for leaning (or scrubbing) the polish on resBkm asbestos flooring prior to buffing or application of additional polish. Do not polish loose or damaged resiEeffi flooring. Any damage should be repaired before cleaning begins using die applicable work practiced Stop work If any damage occurs during cleaning and mate repairs needed. Example Level 1* A, Clean or scrub resilient asbestos flooring with adequate coats of floor polish oo flooring before buffing or application of additional polish. Related Work Practices W- Wet strip floor wax ftat rcsiUeni asbestos flooring. 147-Dry Of spray buffing les&ieat asbestos flooring. Worker One woffcer trained in deanhsg procedures for asbestos flooring. A person with Recommendations air monitoring training might be required. This person can be the worker. 172 a Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 01992 NS M8 Level 1 Cleaning resilient asbestos flooring Example Level 1: A. acan ot scrub resilient asbestos flooring with adequate coats of floor polish on flooring before buffing or application of a&itioaal polish. This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedure WJ sndaUretl Worker Checklist. The worker checklist Includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun.1 Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level I checklist Z Additional tools, equipment aM materials: (see General Procedure W1 for standard tools, equipment and materials UsO. "Caution - Wet Floor" signs Floor scrubbing machine Pads (least abrasive) Buckets with mop wringer Scraper 2-3" (50-75 mm) wide stiff blade Mops (for scrubbing, rinsing) Measuring device for mixing chemical cleaner Walk-off mss SW` Chemical cleaner 3. Mace tools, equipment and materials needed is work area. Place walk-off mats to prevent tracking of scrubbing solution to ocher areas. Position "Caution Wet Floor" signs. 4. install polyethylene sheet on adjoining floors for protection from any spilled cleaning solution. 5. Mix scrubbing chemical with water as recommended by manufacturer and apply liberal amount (do not flood) using mop. Allow to soak for amount of time-recommended by.maaufacJurat Seep floor.adequately wet by readying cleaning solution if drying occurs. Work small areas at a time'. 4. Using floor scrubbing machine, manufacturer's recommeafed pads and operating speed, clean floor to remove embedded dirt and surface marks. 7. Remove spew scrubbing solution with wet vacuum or mop. 8. Rinse area using clean mop and clean rinse water. Remove water with wet vacuum or mop. Damp mop area to dean up any remaining water or streaks. 9. Perform applicable steps on Level 1 checklist to complete work. 173 Misceflaneous ACM s Asbestos O&M Work Ptadbes 1982 NIBS M9 Summary Remove carpet over resilient asbestos flooring Swnmaty This work practice describes the proce&res to be used for removing a small area of carpet installed over resBJent asbestos-flooring for O&M work. These procedures assume that the carpet adhesive or mastic does not contain asbestos, and that contamination is sot presets on the top side of the carpel If a large area U involved, foe work might require that abatement procedures be used if carpet mastic contains asbestos, see W*rk Practice Ml. Removal of well-adhered carpet can pull up resilient asbestos flooring beneath foe carpet Examples Levs! 1: A. Remove carpet that 1$ non-adhered or weakly arfheed to resilient asbestos flooring. Level 2: A. Remove carpet adhered to good condition resilient asbestos flooring where mastic and/or a small number of tiles may be puHed or flooring may be pulled up without sepeatioa of backing and wear layer. Resilient flooring mastic may or may not contain asbestos. Level 3: A. Remove carpet-adhered to poor condition or loose resilient asbestos flooring and/or mastic that will break, tear or become friable during removal. Related Work Practices 111 Replacement of resilient asbestos floor tiles. H2 Replacement of vinyl shed flooring with ACM backing. M4 Installation of new resilient flowing or carpet over restilent asbestos Worker One worker for Level I work. One or two workers for Level 2 depending upon Recommendations safety and efficiency considerations. Two workers for Level 3. A person with ait monitoring training might be required. This person can be a worker. 174 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Pracites 01992 NIBS M9. Level 1 Remove carpet over resilient asbestos flooring Exwnple Level 1: K Remove carpet feat is noa-a<feered or weakly adhered to resilient asbestos flooring. Notes This workpractise must be used to conjunction with General Procedure WI and a la*etl Worker Checklist, The worker checklist includes taste that must be performed before these work practices art begun. Work Practice Review manufacturer's recommendation concerning installation ofnew carpet over old flooring and/or adhesive before proceeding with tide work. Ifasbestos^oniaintog adhesive must be removed, refer to wtuscraptog procedures to Work Practice Ml. Vse Work Praeske M31 ifHEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or ifbag orfilter needs to be replaced. 1. Perform Pre-work activities on level 1 checklist Z Additional tods, equipment aod materials: (see General Procedure Wl for standard tools, equipment and materials list}. Metal straightedge for use when cutting carpet Scraper 2-3* <50-75 mm)1wide stiff blade 3. Place tools, equipment sod materials needed in work area. 4. Find a seam or comer where carpet removal can begin. If no seams or comers exist, make a cut around the piece to be removed. Cut carpet using utility knife with a new blade. 5. Pry up comer or seam of carpet using scraper. Mi back a section huge enough (approximately one square foot [O.t m2]) to hang onto while removing carpet HEPA vacuum exposed flooring and back of carpet 6. Pull carpeting back slowly and HEPA vacuum exposed flooring & bade of carpet Remove carpet ie pieces no larger titan 299 square leet <4&6 7. If caipct and a&eaive are am-ACM, roll up carpet and dispose of as nonACM waste. If portions of asbestos-containing flooring remain attached to carpet backing, dispose of carpet as ACM or in accordance with applicable regulations. 8. HEPA vacuum surface of flooring after carpet is removed. If residua! asbestos-containing adhesive or residual felt backing needs to be removed, follow wet-scraping procedures in work practice Ml or M2, respectively. Allow substrate to dry before installing new flooring. 9. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on level 1 checklist to complete work. 175 a Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Prices a 01992 NIBS M9 Level 2 Remow carpet over resilient asbestos flooring ffcampte Level 2: A. Remove carpet adhered to good condition resitienf asbestos flooring where mastic and/or a small number full tiles may be pulled up, or flooring might be pulled op without separation of backing and wear layer. Resilient flooring mastic may or may not contain asbestos. This workpractice must be used in coryunction with General Procedures WL W4 and a Level 2 Worker Checklist, The worker checklist includes tasks that muff be performed befitre these work practices ore begun. Review manufacturer's recommendation concerning installation ofnew carpet over oldflooring and/or adhesive before proceeding with this work. Ifasbestos-containing *adhesive must be removed, refer to wet-scraping procedures in Work Practice Mi. Avoid foot tragic on any exposed mastic. Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist _ 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure WJfor standard tools, equipment and materials list). Scraper 2-3" (50-75 mm) wide stiff blade Metal straightedge fa use when cutting carpet 3. Prepare work area. Set General Procedure W4. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into work area. 5. Find a seam or comer wherever carpet removal can begin. If no seams a comers exist, a cut will need to be made around the piece to be removed. Wet the areas that need to be cut using amended water. Cut carpet using utility knife with a new blade. 6. Pry up comer or seam of carpet using scraper. Pull back a section large enough (approximately one square foot [0.1 m}D to hang onto while removing carpel, Arfequ^y wetlkxnlng-arUl'ta&temveoxpraed. 7. Puli carpeting back slowly and spray amended water on flooring and adhesive as they are exposed Remove carpet in pieces so larger than approximately 200 square fact (18.6 m*). 8. If carpet and adhesive are non-ACM, roll op carpet and dispose of as non- ACM waste. If portions of asbestos-containing flooring remain attached to carpet backing, dispose of carpet as ACM. Loose vinyl asbestos flooring shall be disposed of In disposal bags or containers. 8. HEPA vacuum surface of flooring after carpet is removed. If residual asbestos-containing adhesive or residual felt backing needs to be removed, follow wet-scraping procedures in work practice Ml or M2, respectively. Allow substrate to dry before installing new flooring. 10. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 17$ a t&ceitaneous ACM a Asbestos 0&M Woft Practices 01992 NIBS M9 Level 3 Remow carpet over resilient asbestos flooring Example Level 3: A. Remove carpet adhered to poor condition or loose resilient asbestos flooring and/or mastic that will break, tear or become friable during removal, Notes This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures WI, W9 and a Lend 3 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Review manufacturer's recommendation concerning installation ofnr# tctrpts over oldflooring and/or adhesive before proceeding with this work. Ifasbestos^onSaining resilientflooring adhesive must be removed, refer to wet-scraping procedures in Work Practice MI. Avoidfoot trafflc on any exposed mastic. WorkPractiC9 1. Perform Pre-work activities on level 3 checklist 2. Additional tods, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure W2 for standard tools, equipment and materials H*& Scapes 2-3" (50-75 mm) wide stiff blade Metal straightedge for use when cutting carpet latex palot in airless sprayer 3. Prepare work area with erect mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. 5. If carpet is, or will be contaminated after removal, spray with latex pain* to encapsulate and discourage reuse, 6. Enter enclosure aad find a seam or comer where carpet removal can begin. If no seams or corners exist, make a cut around the piece to be removed. Wet the areas that need to be cut using amended water. Cut carpet using utility knife with a new blade. -7. Pry up comer-or seamofcarpet.u&^gcraper. Pul! backs-secfon-la^gs enough (approximately one square foot [0.1 m']) to hang onto while removing carpet. Adequately wet flooring and adhesive exposed. 3. Pull carpeting back slowly and spray amended water on flooring and adhesive as they are exposed. Remove carpet in pieces no larger than area inside mlniendosure. 9. If carpet and adhesive are non-ACM, roil up carpet and dispose of as nonACM waste. If portions of asbestos-containing flooring remain attached to carpet backing, dispose of carpet as ACM. Loose vinyl asbestos flooring shall be disposed of in disposal bags or containers. 10. HEPA vacuum surface of flooring after carpet is removed. If residual asbestos-containing a<2)esivc or residual felt backing needs to be removed, follow wet-scraping procedures in work practice Ml or M2, respectively, Allow substrate to dry before installing new flooring. 11. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 1771 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos 0&M Work Practices $ 1992 NIBS M10 Summary Clean potentially asbestos-contaminated carpet Summary Utis work practice describes the O&M procedures to be used for cleaning small areas of asbesos-contaminated carpet If contamination is present due to a fiber ttteas&f u* weekpractice W9. Notft: EPA fx Green Book indicates that routine ate ofa .mecial cleaninv work practice is not required ifasbestos-containing dust or debris Is notpresent and deienomkm or damage io ACM is unlthety. WMe NIBS is not recommending its use as a rename mandatory asbestos control procedure in this case, the Level l work practice is being providedfor those operations and maintenance programs which choose to use is. Examples Level1: A. Clean potentially asbestos-contaminated carpet that has no visible contamination or analytical confirmation of asbestos contamination. ACM In room is ia good oonefitiaa. Level 2: A Clean carpet that has some visual or analytical evidence of asbestos contamination. Related Work Practices litS Remove carpet ova resilient asbestos flooring. M4 `install new realiem flooring or carpet over resilied asbestos Hooting. Worker One worker, A person with air monitoring training might be required, 'ffcis Recommendations person can be the worker. \ 178 9 Mlscet&f&oiss ACM m AsbesfosGSM Work Pr&fces 9 & 1892 NBS Ml 0 Level 1 Clean potentially asbestos-contaminated carpet Motes Level 1: A. Clean potentially a^eaos-contaminated carpet that has do visible contamination or analytical coafirmaiioo ofasbestos contamination. ACM Is toom is in good conrfition. This wort practice must be used in conjunction wizA General Procedure W1 and a Level I Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practice; are begun. RPA't fiwn tone* indicates that routine use ofa soecial demine wort omake is not required(fasbestos-containing dust or debris is notpresent and deterioration or damage to ACM is unlikely. While NIBS is not recommending its use as a routine mandatory asbestos control procedure in this case, the Level l wortpractice is beingproddedfor those operations and maintenance programs which choose to use tt Work Practice Use Work Practice MS! ifHEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or ifbag orfilter needs to be replaced. 1. Perform Pre-wort activities oa Level l checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure Wl for standard tods, equfyment and materials Iteg. Carpet attachment for HEPA vacuum 3. Race tools, equipment and materials needed Id work area. A. HEPA vacuum carpet using carpet attachment S. Perform applicable steps on Level 1 checklist to complete work. 179 i Misce&oeois ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practises 1992 NBS M10 Level 2 Clean potentially asbestos-contaminated carpet Example Level Z A. aeancaEpdttmh8S6oaK^sualora&3]yticaIeWde&ceofa^)e6tt>8 contamination. Notes This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures WJ, W4 and a Level 2 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that muss be performed before these work proaices are begun.* * Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 chackllgt. 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure W1for standard toots, equipment and materials lisp. * HEPA vacuum with beater bar or carpet steam cleaning equipment 9. Prepare work area with critical barriers. See General Procedure Wd 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into worts area. 5. Clean carpet using one of the following proce&res: A With HEPA vacuum, vacuum contaminated area in parallel passes with each pass overtopping the previous by one half die width of the beater bar. Vacuum the area a second time, in the same manner, in passes at right angles to the first passes. &. With steam cleaning equipment; clean carpet in accordance with manufacturer's equipment instructions. Clean in overlapping passes in ore direction, and then a second time in overlapping passes at right angles to the first passes. Water from cleaning operation shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable regulations. Sot General Procedure WJA 6. Perform clean-up and rear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete wort. 180 Miscellaneous ACM s Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS Mil - Summary ____ Remove asbestos-containing ceiling panels in lay-in ceiling system Summary This work practice covers the procedure for removing a small number of asbestos- cogaining ceiling panels in a lay-in ceiling system, such as a 2* x 4* or 2* x 2' (600 x 1200 mm or 600 x 600 mm) suspended ceiling for O&M work. The practices assume Chat surfacing ACM is not present above the ceiling. If surfacing is present, tee workpractice SI. Example# Level 1: A. Move one Of several panels in good condition that do not offer resistance to being moved, and where edges do not abrade. Level 2: A. Remove several asbestos-containing celling panels to perform maintenance work on or above ceiling where the panels) offer resistance to being moved aadte the edges are or will be abraded Level 3: A. Remove damaged, broken, or soiled asbestos-containing celling panels alone or in conjunction with maintenance work above celling. Belated Work Practices SI * Move one non-asbestos-containing ceiling pane! below a plenum space that *** exposed surfacing ACM. 1112 Replace asbestos-containing ceiling tiles attached with adhesive. M13 * Replace asbestos-containing ceiling tiles in spline ceiling system. Worker One worker for Level 1 work. One or two workers for Level 2 depending upon Recommendations safety and efficiency considerations. Two workers for Level 3. A person with air monitoring training might be required. This person can be a worker. 181 a Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS Mil . Level 1 Remove asbestos-containing ceiling panels in lay-in ceiling system Example Level it A. Move one or several panels in good condition that do not offer resistance to being moved, and where edges do not abrade. Notes This work practice must be used in conjunction wft* Gtnerai Procedure WX and a Level 1 Worker Checklist, The worker checklist includes tasks that mast be performed btfbre these work practices are begun. Work Practice Coordinate work with Otl M Work Practice SI ifsufficing ACM ispresent above celling. Use Work Practice MSI tfREPA vacuum needs maintenance,, or ifbag orJitter needs to be replaced. 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level! checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (tee Central Procedure WJfor standard tools, equipment and materials UsQ. Non-asbestos replacement ceiling panels, if reeded 3. Race tools, equipment and materials needed in work area. 4. Set up ladder or scaffold ia work area. 5. If panel will be replaced, remove ceiling panel and place into disposal bag. If paasi win be reinstalled remove carefolly and store for reinstallation. 6. HEPA vacuum area where tile was installed and any suspension system components exposed where tile was removed. 7. Perform maintenance work and reinstall existing panels or install new panels. 3. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 1 checklist to complete work. 1 s Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS Mil . Level 2 Remove asbestos-containing ceiling panels in lay-in ceiling system Example Level 2: K Remove several asbestos-containing celling paaefe to perform maintenance work on or above ceiling where the panels) offer resistance to being moved and/or the edges areor will be abraded Not$$ This work practice must be used in conjunction wish General Procedures Wt,W9 and a Lent 2 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist Includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Work Practice Coordinate work with OAM Work Practice SI ifsurfacing ACM ispresent above ceiling.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional special tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure W1 for standard tacts, equipment and materials list). - Stiff nylon bristle brushes Non-asbestos replacement celling panels, if needed 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth. See Gerund Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop cloth. Set up ladder or scaffold and adequately wet celling panels), if panel(s) will be replaced. 5. If paneKs) will be replaced, remove ceiling pand(s) and place into disposal bag. If panel(s) will be reinstalled, remove carefully and store for reinstaliatioa. 6. HEPA vacuum area where panels) were installed Wet wipe any suspension system components exposed where pane1(s) were removed. Use brashes to remove any debris that is not removed by wet wiping. Place wet wipes and any debris Into disposal bags. 7. Perform dean-up atriiearatown steps on Lcvet 2'checfciist'to-completework. 1$3 m M'sceHaneoiS ACM a Asbestos OVA Wait P&tfc&s a 1992 NJS$ Mil . Level 3 Remove asbestos-containing ceiling panels in lay-in ceiling system Example Level 3: K Remove damaged, broken, or soiled asbestos-containing ceiling panels alone or is coojuactkm with maintenance work above ceiling. Notes This work practice must be used in conjunction wUh General Procedures Wl, W9 and a Level 3 Worker Checklist The worker checklist Includes tasks that must be performed before these predicts are begun. Coordinate work with OdM Work Practice SI Ifsurfacing ACM is present above ceiling.1 Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure Wl for _ standard tools, equipment and materials list). Stiff nylon bristle brashes Non-asbestos replacement ceiling panels, if needed 3. Prepare work area with erect mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system and/br HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation. See General Procedure . W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. Eater enclosure and set up ladder or scaffold inskle enclosure. 5. Adequately wet celling panel(s) and remove. 6. HEPA vacuum area where panel(s) were installed. Wet wipe any suspension system components exposed where panel(s) were removed Use brushes to remove any debris that is not removed by wet wiping. Place wet wipes and any debris into disposal bags. 7. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 184 Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practces 1992 NIBS M12 Summary Remove asbestos-containing ceiling tiles attached with adhesive Summary This work practice covers the O&M procedures for removing a small number of asbestos-containing ceBing tiles attached with adhesive. These most commonly are 12" <13 mm) tiles glued to a substrate such as gypsum boafd or plaster. The procedures assume that the tile adhesive does not contain asbestos. Examples Level 2: A. Remove celling tiles that can be removed as whole tiles without breakage. Small pieces of tile may remain attached to adhesive on celling. Level 3: A. Remove celling tiles that win break during removal. 8. Remove bady damaged celling tiles. Related Work Practices Mil * Remove asbestos-conhdnjng ceiling panels In lay-in exiting system. M13 Remove asbestos-containing celling tiles in spline ceiling system. IA24 - Remove section of asbestos-containing drywall Worker One or two workers for Level 2 depending upon safety and efficiency Recommendations considerations. Two workers for Level 3. A person with air monitoring training might be required. litis person can be a worker. 185 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos OSM Work Practices > 1992 NIBS M12 . Level 2 Remove asbestos-containing ceiling tiles attached with adhesive Example L0V612: A. Remove ceiling tiles that can be removed as whole dies without breakage. Small pieces of tile may remain attached to adhesive on celling. Notes This work practice must bt used in conjunction with General Procedures Wl, W9 and a Level 2 Worker Checklist, The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun.1 Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure K7 for standard tods, equipment and materials lisp. Non-asbestos replacement cdting panels and adhesive Scraper or other tods as needed to remove tiles 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop cloth. Set up ladder or scaffold on drop cloth. 3. Adequately wet celling dies to be removed. 6. Cut away outer 1FT (13 mm) of tile on tongue and grove edges. Pry die away from substrate to break adhesive bond, remove ceiling tiles and place into disposal bags. 7. HEPA vacuum area where tites were installed. Wet wipe any smooth finished components exposed where dies were removed. Use scraper to remove any remaining adhesive or debris. 8. install new ceiling dies and perform dean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 18$ Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS Ml 2 . Level 3 Remove asbestos-containing ceiling tiles attached with adhesive Level St A. Remove ceiling tiles that will break timing removal. B. Remove badly damaged ceiling tiles. NOie$ This work practice must he used in conjunction General Procedures WJ and W9 and a Level 3 Worker Checklist. Work Practice The checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are used.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure WJfor standard tools, equipment and materials Us$. Non-asbestos replacement ceiling panels and adhesive Scraper or other tools as seeded to remove tiles 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth, erect mid^adosure and set up negative pressure system and/or HEPA tittered local exhaust ventilation. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tods, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. Enter enclosure and set up ladder or scaffold inride enclosure. 5. Adequately wet ceiling tiles to be removed. 6. Cut away outer 1/2" (13 mm) of tile on tongue and grow edges. Pry tile away from substrate to break adlifirive bond, remove ceiling tiles and place into disposal bags. 7. HEPA vacuum area where tiles were installed. Wet wipe any smooth finished components exposed where tiles were removed. Use scraper to remove any remaining adhesive or debris. Place wet wipes and debris into ACM disposal 6. Install new ceiling tiles and perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 18? Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos Q&M Wok Pncfoes 1982 NU& Ml 3 Summary Remove asbestos-containing ceiling tiles in spline ceiling system Summary This work practice coven the O&M procedure for removing small numbers of asbestos-coraadning ceiling'dies in a spline ceiling system. Procedures assume that die adhesive does not contain asbestos. Examples Level 1: K Remove one or several tiles that are designed for easy removal or have been previously removed Hies come out whole and edges will sot be abraded. Level 2: A. Remove tiles that can be removed as whole dies without breakage. Level 3: A. Remove ceiling dies that will break during removal. B. Remove badly damaged celling dies. Related Work Practices Hit - Remove asbestos-containing ceiling pands in lay-in ceiling system. M12 Remove asbestos-containing ceiling dies attached with adhesive. 1124 - Remove section of asbestos-containing drywaB. Worker One or two workers for Level 2 depending upon safety and efficiency - Recommendations considerations. Two workers for Level 3. A person with air monitoring training might be required. This person can be a worker. i$8 a Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices a & 1952 NIBS Ml 3 . Level 1 Remove asbestos-containing ceiling tiles in spline ceiling system ExBftipfe Level 1: A Remove one or several tiles that are designed for easy removal or have been previously removed Hies come out whole and edges win not be abraded Notes This work practice muss be used in conjunction with General Procedure Wl and a level i Worker Checklist The checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are used. Coordinate work Kiri O AM Work Practice SI ifsurfacing ACM is present above ceiling. Use Wort Practice MSI ifHEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or ifbag orfilter needs to be replaced* 1 Work PfSCtiCO 1. Perform Pre-work activities cm Level t checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure WIfor standard tools, equipment and materials Ust). Non-asbestos replacement ceiling panels and straight pins 1 Place tools, equipment and materials needed in work area. 4. Set up ladder or scaffold 5. Remove ceiling tiles and place into disposal bags. 6. HEPA vacuum or wet wipe area where tiles were installed and suspension system components exposed where tiles were removed. 7. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 1 checklist to complete work. 189 a Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 MSS Ml 3 Level 2 Remove asbestos-containing ceiling tiles in spline ceiling system Exsmpb Level 2: A. Remove tiles that can be removed as whole tiles without breakage. HQt6S This work practice must be used in conjunction wish General Procedures Wlt W9 and a Ijmei 2 Worker Checklist, The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Work Practice Coordinate work with OAM Wort Practice SI ifsurfacing ACM ispresent above celling.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see Genend Procedure W1 for . . standard tods, equipment and materials list). - ' Non-asbestos replacement ceiling panels and straight pins 3. Prepare work area with (hop cloth. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop cloth. 3. Set up ladder or scaffold and adequately wet cetiiog tiles to be removed. 6. Cut away outer 1/2" {13 mm) of tiles on edges set on splines. Remove ceiling tiles ami place into disposal bags. 7. HEPA vacuum area where tiles were installed. Wet wipe any suspension system components exposed where tiles were removed. 6. Install new tiles using pins into adjacent tiles to secure in place. 9. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 190 a Miscellaneous ACM Asbesfos O&M Work Practfces 1992 NIBS Ml 3 . Level 3 Remove asbestos-containing ceiling tiles in spline ceiling system Examples Level 3: A. Remove celling dies that will break during removal. B. Remove bfiy damaged ceiling tiles. Notes This workpractice must be used in conjunctson with General Procedures WJ, W9 and a level 3 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Work Practice Coordinate work with OAM Work Practice SI Ifsufficing ACM is present above celling.1 1. Perform Pie-wort: activities on Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure Wlfor standard tools, equipment and materials list). Non-asbestos replacement ceiling panels and straight pins 9. Prepare wort area with drop cloth, erect mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system anchor HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation. See General Procedure 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. Enter enclosure and set up ladder or scaffold inside enclosure. 5. Adequately wet ceiling tiles to be removed. 9. Cut away outer 1/2" (13 mm) of tiles on edges set on spline. Remove ceiling tiles and place into disposal bags. 7. HEPA vacuum area where tiles were installed. Wet wipe any smooth finished components exposed where tiles were removed. 8. Install new tiles using pins into adjacent tiles to secure in place. 9. Perform cleamupand tear-down .steps onXc^eU .efeeeUUtio.complete work. 191 Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos Om Wort Ptacifees 1992 N3SS Ml 4 Summary Cut or drill asbestos cement panels Summary This wort practice covers the procedures acting or drilling asbestos cement panels. Examples Level A. Drill asbestos cement board to install a new electrical panel. Level 3: A. Cut or drill asbestos cement pane! to install a vent through panel using power tools. Related Work Practices U15 - Remove asbestos cement ^ Cut or drill asbestos-containing drywall or <kywaR compound. Worker one worker for Level 2. Two workers for Level 3. A person with air monitoring Recommendations training might be required. This person can be a works*. if i 192 a Miscellanea ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Pratices 0 1992 NIBS Ml 4 . Level 2 Cut or drill asbestos cement panels Example Level 2: A. Drill asbestos cement board to Install a new electrical panel Not$$ This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures Wjt W9 and a Level 2 Worker Checklist TV worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun.1 Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure W1 far standard took, equipment and materials list). Hand or power drill as seeded (power tools should have a HEPA vacuum attachment) 3. Prepare work area with drop doth. See GeneralProcedure m. If accessible, install a drop doth on die back side of the panel below where hole will penetrate through panel. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop cloth. 5. Adequately wet both sides of area to be drilled using garden sprayer with amended water. Keep water away from any electrical cords or equipment. 6. Drill hole using hand drill or power drill with operating HEPA vacuum attached. Wet drilling area using amended water. As options, the following wetting meihods/controls may be used: A. For small teles, a wet sponge can be placed on both sides of the surface and the hole drilled through the sponges, 8. A HEPA vacuum hose may be used near the bit of a oon-HEPA equipped drill, and on the back side if accessible. C, Shaving cream can be sprayed on both sides of the drilling area to control dust and debris. Shaving cream must be wiped up and disposed of as ACM 7. Wipe debris off drill using wet disposable towels and place towels into disposal bag. 8. If back side was enclosed, insert wand of garden sprayer with amended water into back side enclosure and wet dust or debris. Remove back side enclosure and place into disposal bag. Wet wipe surfaces that were exposed inside back side enclosure. 9. Perform maintenance work and dean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete wort. 193 * Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices m 1992 NSS Ml 4 Level 3 Cut or drill asbestos cement panels Example Level 3: K Cut or drill asbestos cement panel to Install a vent through panel using power- tools. Notes 7his work practice mass be used in conjunction wish General Procedures Wl, W9 and a Intel 3 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun.1 Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-wort activities oa Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure Wlfor standard took, equipment and materials list). Hand or power drill as needed (power tools should have & HEPA vacuum attachment) 3. Prepare weak area with drop doth, ered mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system and/or HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation. See General Procedure W9. If accessible, enclose back side of panel to catch dust and debris where hole will penetrate through panel. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. $.* Enter enclosure and adequately wet both sides of area to be cut or drilled using garden sprayer with amended water. Keep water away from any electrical cords or equipment & Cut or drill hole(s) using saw or drill Power tools should have an operating HEPA vacuum attached. Wet cutting area duri&g drilling or cutting using amended water. As options, the following wetring methods/controls may be used: A. For small holes, a wet sponge can be placed on bod) sides of the surface and the hole drilled through the sponges. B. A HEPA vacuum hose may be used near the bit of a non-HEPA equipped drill, and on the back rich if accessible. C. Shaving cream can be sprayed on both sides of the drilling area to control dust and debris. Shaving cream must be wiped up and disposed of as ACM. 7. Remove panel piece and wet wipe debris off drill or saw using wet disposable towels and place towels and debris Into disposal bag. 8. If back side was enclosed, insert wand of garden sprayer with amended water into back side enclosure and wet dust or debris. Remove back side enclosure and place into disposal bag. Wet wipe surfaces that were exposed Inside back side enclosure. 9. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 194 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices a @ 1992 NIBS M20. Level 1 Remove asbestos-containing chalk board ExSiftpfe Level 1: A. Remow asbestos-containing chalkboard thaz Is non-adhered and easily removed Notes This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedure WI and a Lent / Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Use Work Practice MSI tffiEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or ifbag orfilter needs to be replaced. Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on level 1 checklist Z Additional tools, equipment arid materials: (see General Procedure Wl for standard tools, egutpmeut and materials list). Scraper 2-3" (50-75 mm) wide stiff Hade Stiff nylon bristle brushes 3. Place tools, equipment and materials needed in work area. 4. Adequately wet chalkboard unit using garden sprayer with amended water. Spray water around sides of board and at joint between wall and top ofbead to wet any debris behind board. 5. Remove any fasteners or moldings attaching board to wall and remove board. Some boards bit up cnit of a supporting tray or off of supporting clips to remove. Wrap board in two layers of polyethylene sheet for disposal. If board is adhered to wall, a Level 2 or 3 procedure should be performed. a. HEPA vacuum surface that board was attached to. 7. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 1 checklist to complete work. 213 a Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Radices 1992 NIBS M20. Level 2 Remove asbestos-containing chalk board Exafflpfe Level 2: K Remove asbcsios-coaraifling chalkboard that is adhered or may generate minor debris from removal. A/0@5 Work Practice 7%u work practice mu& be used in conjunction with General Procedures WI, W9 and a Level 2 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun.1 1. Perform Pre-woi* activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (tee General Procedure Wl for standard tools, equipment end materials Its#. Scraper 2-3" (50-75 mm) wick stiff Made Stiff nylon bristle bruAes Crow bar Bad screwdrivers 3. Prepare work area will) drop doth. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop cloth. 5. Adequately wet chalkboard unit using garden sprayer with amended water. Spray water around sides of board and at joint between wall and top of board to wet any debris behind board 6. Remove any fasteners or moldings attaching board to wall and remove board. Some boards lift up out of a supporting tray or off of supporting dips to remove. If board Is adhered to wall, use screwdrivers or crow bar to remove board Wet adhesive (using amended wafer) while prying board off watt. Wrap board in two layers of polyethylene shed for disposal. 7. If board was attached with adhesive, wet and scrape remaining adhesive off 8. Wet wipe and HEPA vacuum surface that board was attached to. 1 Perform clean-up and char-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 214 v Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Pradfces 1992 NS M20. Level 3 Remove asbestos-containing chalk board Example Leve/9; A. Remove asbestos-containing chalkboard that is in poor coadttka or strongly adhered to walL Notes Work Practice This workpractice must be used in conjunction wish General Procedures WJt W9 and a tevel $ Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks Shat must be performed before these work practices are begun. Perform Pre-wok activities on Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure Wlfor standard toeh, egafyment and materials list). Scraper 2-3* (50-75 mm) wide stiff blade Stiff nylon bristle brushes Crow bar and screwdrivers 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth, erect mim-endosure and set up negative pressure system. See General Procedure W9. Enclosure must be large enough to lay board on floor and wrap for disposal. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. 5. Enter enclosure and adequately wet chalkboard uaH using gardes sprayer with amended water. Spray water around sides of board and at Joint between wall and top of board to wet any debris behind board. 6. Remove any fasteners or moldings attaching board to wall and remove board. Some boards lift up out of a supporting tray or off of supporting dips to remove. If board is adhered to wall use screwdrivers ot crew bar to remove board. Wet adhesive using amended water while (vying board off wait Wrap board in two layers of polyethylene sheet for disposal. 7. If board was attached with adhesive, wet and scrape remaining adhesive off & Wet wipe -and HPA vaeaum -surface-that-beard was attached-to. 9. Perform dean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 215 Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos 0&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS M21. Summary Remove asbestos-containing fire door and/or door hardware Summary This procedure sets forth (he O&M wort procedures to remove an asbestoscontaining fire door or door hardware b an asbestos-containing fire dow. Cutting or drilling Into asbestos containing doors are included as Level 3 wort Examples Level 1: K Remove asbestos-containing rite door that is is good condition fix replacement. B. Replace lockset or closer on asbestos-containing fire door in good condition. Lockset does not penetrate asbestos cote ofdoor. Level 2: A. Remove asbestos-comaiaiog fire door that Is damaged. B. Replace lockset or closer oa asbestos-containing fire door in poor condition. Lockset may penetrate asbestos core of door. LevelSt K Cut a door to install new window. 6. Drill hole for new lockset through asbestos core ofdoor. Related time Work Practices Worker One wottfir for Level 1 and Level 2. Two workers may facilitate handling of Recommendations heavy doors being removed. Two workers for Level 3, A person with ek monitoring training might be required. This person can be a worker. 216 a Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices $ 1992 NiBS M21 . Level 1 Remove asbestos-containing fire door and/or door hardware Examples Level 1: A. Remove asbestos-comaining fire door that Is la food condition for replacement B. Replace lockset or closer on asbestos-containing fire door la good condition. Lockset does not penetrate asbestos core of door. Notes Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedure WJ and a Level 1 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Vse Work Practice M31 ifHEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or ifbag orfilter needs to be replaced.I. I. Perform Pre-work activities o& Level! checklist Z Additional tools, equipment aod materials: (see General Procedure W1for standard tools, equipment and materials 224 Screwdriver &ad tools needed for hardware or door removal 3. Place tools, equipment and materials needed is weak area. 4. If door is equipped with a closer, detach closer arm from door frame. Remove screws attaching closer to door. HEPA vacuum or wot clean screws, closer, and area where closer was attached to door, thoroughly clean closer and parts if they will be re-used. If closer wlQ not be re-used, dispose of as ACM 5. Remove lockset from door using procedures used for closer. HEPA or wet wipe vacuum lockset if it will be re-used or dispose of as ACM waste. S. Lay two layers of polyethylene sheet on floor for wrapping door. 7. .Remove.hinge,pins or screws attaching hinges to door frame. Lav door on polyethylene. 8. If hinges are to be re-used, remove from door following procedures used for closer. If hinges are lobe disposed of, leave lunges attached to door. 9. Wrap door for disposal. 10. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level I checklist to complete work. 217 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Wort Practices a 1992 NI8S M21 Level 2 Remove asbestos-containing fire door aidfor door hardware Examples Level A. Remove a$bcstos<omaiaing fire door that is damaged. B. Replace loekset or closer o& asbestos-coiaakting fire door in poor conditioa Loekset may penetrate asbestos core of door. $0$$$ Work Practice This workpractice must be used la coqfwtctien with General Procedures W2, W9 and a tend 2 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. 1. Perform Pre-wort activities on level 2 dwekiist 2.' AAfiriooal tools, equipment and materials (see General Procedure W]for standardtools, equipmentandmafrMs UsQ. Screwdrivers and tools needed for hardware and door removal 3. Prepare work ares Will) drop cloth. See General Procedures. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed on drop cloth. 5. Wet any damaged areas with amended water. $. If door Is equipped with a closer, detach closer arm hots door frame. Wet closer and area where closer is attached to doer using amended water. Remove screws attaching closer to door. Wet screws during removal and area behind closer once all screws are removed. HEPA vacuum and wet wipe closer and screws if k is to be re-used If closer and screws will not be re used, dispose of as ACM waste. 7. Remove loekset from doat using procedures used toe closer. HEPA vacuum loekset if it will be re-used os dispose of as ACM waste. 8. Lay two layers of polyethylene sheet on floor for wrapping door. 9. Remove hinge pins or screws aQachiag hinges to door frame. Lay door on potygtftytewe. 10. If hinges we to be re-used, remove from door following procedures used for closer. If hinges are to be disposed of, leave lunges attached to door. 11. Wrap door for disposal. 12. Perform dean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 218 s Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices $ 1892 NIBS M21 . Level 3 Remove asbestos-containing fire door and/or door hardware Examples Level 3: A. Cut a door to festal! new window. B, Drill hole fat new lockset through asbestos core ofdoor. Notes Work Practice This work prattles mast be used in conjunction with General Procedures WJr W9 and a lent 3 Worker Checklist* The warier checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist t Additional tools, equipment sod materials: (see General Procedure Wlfor standard tools, equipment and materials lisp. Ibols needed to cut or drill door, with HEPA filtered dust collection attachment if possible. New lockset or window X Prepare work area with drop, erect mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system and/or HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation. See General Procedure W9. Enclosures can be installed at door location, or door can be removed and taken into an enclosure. 4. place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. 5. Wet area where hole will be cot or drilled. 6. Cut or drill door as required. Wet cutting or drilling location during work. 7. Place cut piece of door or debris from drilling into ACM disposal bags. HEPA vacuum or wet wipe sew bole area and Ossa up any debris. 8. Install window or lockset and perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complexwork. 219 a kfocellaneous ACM m Asbestos O&M Work Practces 1992 NIBS M22. Summary Remove asbestos-containing built-up roofing Summary This work practice explains the work required to remove a snail amount of asbestos-containing built-up roofing or flashing for maintenance or repair work. Ej&Ttpfes L68i 1.* A Hemove sma3 section ofdamaged asbestos-cont&niBg buift-up roofing to perform patching, repair or install equipment level 2 A. Remove smalt section of asbestos-containing built-up roofing which is damaged to the extern that H has become friable. Related Work Practices Mt?~8emoYeei& replace asbestos <wxm roofshbtglcs. ^ Remove asbestos-containing asphalt shingles. Worker One worker is usually sufficient. Two or more workers may be needed to increase Recommendations efficiency or for additional health and/or safety considerations. A person with air monitoring training might be required. This person can be a worker. 220 Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Pradfces 1932 NIBS M22. Level 1 Remove asbestos-containing built-up roofing Exafflpfo Level 1: A. Remove smell section of damaged asbestos-containing built-up roofing to perform patching, repair or install equipment Notes TJUs work practice must be used in conjunction- with Gtnerol Procedure W3 and a Lord / Worker Checklist. The worker checklist Includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begwi Vsefall prevention measures (including safety bamesset, a warning line system wish stfety monitor, andfora motion stopping system} as requiredby OS&Afor roofing work Roofing removal wort shall be completedbefore any penetrations through the roof deck are made. Coordinate work with O i hi Work Practice S7 Ifsurfacing is present on underside ofdeck Vse Work Practice M3i ifHEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or Ifbag orfilter needs to be replaced. Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 1 checklist Z Additional tools, equipment and materials: (tee General Procedure WJfor standard tools, equipment end materials Us& Safely fcarness/warusg tine system and/or motion stopping system Hook knife Gardes sprayer wth amended water Scraper 2-3* (50*75 mm) wide stiff blade Replacement roofing materials and tools Rope foe lowering bags 3. Place tools, equipment and materials needed In work area. If feasible and safe, adequately wet roofing to be removed, The use of wetting and amended water for roofing work should limited for the following reasons: A. Wei roofing can create slip hazards B. Rooditg mastrcfeeoi taE/batumea-will *>otdtere to wet surfaces. 0. Water can damage materials below the roof membrane. However, regulations (such as NESHAP) require that RACM be adequately wet in disposal bags or containers. 4. Cut around area to be removed using hand tools. Note that several layers may be present 5. Scrape up roofing and place into tfisposal bags. Remove any remaining roofing debris in removal area using scraper and place into disposed bags. Lower bags to ground. 6. HEPA vacuum or wet wipe removal area. Use HEPA vacuum where seeded to clean up ACM. It may not be appropriate or necessary to use HEPA vacuum on non-ACM. 7. Perform maintenance/repair work and dean-up and tear-dawn steps on Level 1 checklist to complete work. 221 a Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices 01992 N5 M22 > Level 2 Remove asbestos-containing built-up roofing Example Level 2l A. Remove small section of asbestos-containing built-up roofing which 1$ damaged to the extent that it has become friable. Notes Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction wish General Procedures WX, W9 and a herd 2 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist Includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Usefaitprevention measures (including softs? harnesses, a warning tine system wish safety monitor, and/or a maim stopping system) as required by OSHAfor roofing work. Hoofing removal work shall be completed before anypenetrations through the roof deck art made. Coordinate work wish OAM Work Practice S7 Ifsurfacing ACM is present on underside ofdeck.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure W1for standard Ms, equipment and materials list). Safety haraess/waming line system andtor motion stopping system Hook knife Scraper 2-3" (50-75 mm) wide stiff Wade Replacement roofing materials and tods Rope for lowering bags 3. Prepare work area with barrier tape and seal any windows, HVAC units, air intakes or other openings that amid allow fibers from work area into building - See General Procedure W4. Do not seal any plumbing vents is work area. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed In work area. 3. If feasible and safe, adequately wet roofing to be removed using garden sprayer with amended water. The use of wetting and amended water for roofing work, giould limited for the following seasons: A Wet roofing can create slip hazanfe. 8. Roofing masdcfcoo! tar/Ntuman will not adhere to wet surfaces. C. Water can damage materials below the roof membrane. However, regulations (such as NESHLAF) require that RACM be adequately wet in disposal bags or containers. $. Cut around area to be removed using hand tools. Wet cuttiog area using amended water. Note that several layers may be present 7. Scrape up roofing section and place into disposal bags. Wet and remove any roofing debris is removal area using scraper. Lower bags to ground. 8. HEPA vacuum or wet wipe removal area. Use HEPA vacuum where needed to clean up ACM. H may not be appropriate or necessary to use HEPA vacuum on non*ACM. 9. Perform maintenance/repair work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. w 222 MisceBaneous ACM m Asbestos O&M Work Practices $ 1992 NIBS M23 Summary Remove asbestos-containing asphalt shingles This work practice describes die work required to remove a small cumber of a&cstosceniamiog shines for maintenance or repair work. Examples Level 1: A. Remove a$be$to$Hamtainiog asphalt shingles to install a new vent stack. Level 2: A. Remove asbestos-containing asphalt Singles in poor condition to repair roof leak. Shingles are damaged to the extent that they have become friable. Related Wtok Practice* HIT - Remove and replace asbestos cement roof shingles. "22 Remove asbestos-comainiag built-up roofing. Works? One worker is usually sufficient. Two or more workers may be needed to increase Recommendations efficiency or for additional health and/or safety considerations. A person with air monitoring training might be required This person can be a raker. 223 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practfces 1992 NIBS M23. Level 1 Remove asbestos-containing asphalt shingles Ex&Bpte Level 1: A. Remove asbestos-containing asphalt shingles to install a new vent stack. Motes Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedure WI and a l*wf l Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed b^ore these work practices ore begun. Usefallprevention measures (including safety harnesses* a warning Une system with safety monitor, and/or a motion stopping system) as required by OSHAfor roofing work Roofing removal work shall be completed before any penetrations are made bt the roofdeck Use Work Practice M31 $HEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or Ifbag orfilter needs to be replaced \ .. 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 1 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see Genera! Procedure Wl far ^ standard tools, equipment and materials list). Garden sprayer with amended water Scraper 2-3" <50-75 mm) wide stiff blade Roofing repair materials (shingles, roofing cement, nails) Hammer Pry bar Safety hamess/warning line system and/or morion sopping system Non-slip boots Spray encapsulate (if used) 3. Place tools, equipment and materials needed in work area. If feasible and safe, adequately wet shingles to be removed with amended water or encapsulate The use of wetting and amended water for roofing work should limited for the following reasons: A Wet roofing can create slip hazards. *B;RoGfrngTams&ttAxadtimm wtfiwt adhereto wet sarfeces. C, Water can damage materials below the roof membrane. However, regulations (sudi as N&SHAP) require that RACM be adequately wet in disposal bags or containers. 4. Slide scraper under bottom shingte and twist scraper to break shingle seal. Remove entire shingle or section* of 3-Tab type shingles. Perimeter of removal area must have clean, straight vertical cuts to allow installation of new shingles. Note that several layers may be present 5. Continue removing shingles one at a time following the steps used for the first shingle until area needed is removed. Place &li shingles into disposal bags. 6. Pry up tabs on shingles immediately above removal area to facilitate Instailing new shingles. w .... 2241 Misce&aneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 01992 NIBS M23 L&V$I 1~conIintNd 7. HEPA vacuum or w wipe saoval area. Use HE'A vacuum wtee needed to clean 19 ACM. Do not use HEPA vacuum on fibrous run-asbestos containing materials (such as fiberglass roof insulation) unless necessary. 8. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and rear-down steps on Level 1 checklist to complete work. Use roofing cement on tabs of existing shingles to seal them to new shingles. 225 a Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices & 1982 NIBS M23. Level 2 Remove asbestos-containing asphalt shingles Example Level Z' K Remove asbestos-containing asphalt shingles in poor coocSSon to repair roof leek. Shingles are damaged to the extent that they have become friable. Notes Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction wirA General Procedures WI, W9anda Level 2 WoHUr Checklist. The warier checklist Includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. UsefdHprevention measures (including safety harnesses, a warning line system with safety monitor, and/or a motion stopping system) as required by OSHAfor roofing wort Roofing removal work shaB be completed before anypenetrations are made In the roofhat1 1. Perform Pre-woik activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (tat General Procedure Wifor standard tools, equipment tad materials Usf/ Scraper 2-3" (50-75 mm) wide stiff blade Roofing repair materials (shingles, roofing cement, nails) Hammer Pry bar Safety hansess/warning line system and/or modon stopping system Non-slip boots Spray encapsulate (if used) 3. Prepare work area with barrier tape and seal over any windows, HVAC units, air Intakes or other openings that could allow fibers from work area into building. See General Procedure Wg Do not seal over any plumbing vents in work area. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed in work area. 5. If feasible and safe, adequately wet area of shingles to be removed with amended water or eacapsulant The use of wetting and amended water for roofing work should be limited for die following reasons: A. Wet roofing can create slip hazards. 8. Roofing mastic/cool tar/bituman wifi sot adhere to wet surfaces. C. Water can damage materials below the roof membrane. However, regulations (such as NESHAP) require that RACM be adequately wet in disposal bags or containers. 6. Slide scraper under bottom shingle and twist scraper to break shingle seal Remove entire shingle or sections of 3-Tab type shingles. Wet underside of shingles as they are removed. Perimeter of removal area must have clean, straight vertical cuts to allow installation of new shingles. Note that several layers may be present. 226 a Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS M23 L@V@f 7. Continue removing shingles one at a time following the steps used for the fint shingle until area needed is removed. Place all shingles into disposal bags. & Pry up tabs on shingles Immediately above removal area to facilitate installing new shingles. 9. HEPA vacuum or wet wipe removal area. Use HEPA vacuum where needed to clean up ACM. It may not be appropriate or necessary to use HH*A vacuum on non-ACM. 10. Perform maintenance work and clean-tip and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. Use roofing cedent on labs of existing shingles to seal them to new shingles. 227 c Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS M24. Summary Cut or drill asbestos-containing drywall, plaster or drywall compound Summary Ibis work practice covers toe procedures for cutting or chilling of asbestoscontaining drywall or piaster. Joint compounds and tape are also covered by this procedure. Examples Level 2: K Install new electrical receptacle or ceiling junction box in asbestos-containing drywaH of plaster using hand tools. 8. Drill holes to attach conduit to a$bestos<ontaifiing diywaD or plasty using non-powered hand tools. C. Drill holes la asbesto^ooflcaiahtg joist compoustd wtae<fcy*aB or piasteris non-asbestos. LBVel % A. Install conduit or ductwork through asbestos-containing drywall or plaster using power tools. Related Work Practices M14 Cut or drill asbestos cement panels. Ml5 * Remove asbestos cement panels. Worker /teCCMfiffiendatfons One worker is usually sufficient for Level 2. Two workers for Level t. Two workers may be needed to increase efficiency or for additional health and/or safety considerations. Workers should be trained is working with drywall and asbestos. A person with air monitoring training might be required This person can be a worker. 228 * Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS M24. Level 2 Cut or drill asbestos-containing drywall, plaster or drywall compound Examples Level 2: A. Install new eiecaical receptacle or cdling junction box in asbeaos-coataining drywall or piaster using hand tools. 6. Drill holes to attach conduit to asbestos-containing drywall plaster noting non-powered haad tools. C. Prill holes la asbestos-containing Joint compound where ckywaB or plaster is non-asbestos. Not$S Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures WJ, W9 enda herd2 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that muss be performed before these work practices are begun. It Is Important that this work practice be validated to determine iftt provides the desired degree ofworker and environmentalprotection. Level 3 might be necessary to perform this activity. Appendix G to OSHA regulation 29 CFP 1926.53 statest 'The training programfor the maintenance engineering stiffshould describe methods of handling asbenos-eontalning materials as well as routine maintenance activities that are prohibited when asbestos-containing materials are involved. For example, maintenance staff employees should be instructed: Not to driQ holes in a&csot-containing materials'.1 1. Perform Prc-worfc activities on Lewi 2 checklist. t. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure Wlfor standard tools, equipment and materials list). Hand drill or hole saw (as seeded). Power tods should have HEPA filtered dust collection Maintenance work materials Wet sponges or shaving cream (if used) 3. Prepare work area with drop Cloth. See General Procedure W9. If accessible, also install a drop cloth on back side of drywall if hole(s) will penetrate through wall. 4. Place tods, equipment and materials needed onto drop cloth. 5. Mark area to be cut or drilled. 6. Adequately wet area to be cut using garden sprayer with amended water. As alternate methods, holes can be driUotfcui through a wet sponge or shaving cream on both sides. 7. Cut new hole using utility knife, hand tools or power tools with HEPA filtered dust collection. Wet the cutting area using amended water during cutting or drilling. 8. Remove piece of cut drywall and place into disposal bag. Jf wet sponges were used, place sponges into disposal bag. 229 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices &1992NSS M24 Levs! 9. HEPA vacuum removal area and seas accessible ftom bole. 10. HEPA vacuum aod wet wipe up any accessible dust or debris generated oa back tide. Wet wipe drop doth aad surfaces adjacent to area where hole was cut or chined Remove drop doth and place into disposal bags. 11. Perform maintenance work and ckaa-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 230 Miscellaneous ACM * Asbeaos O&M Work Practices 1992 NBS M24. Level 3 Cut or drill asbestos-containing drywail, plaster or drywali compound Example Level 3: A. Install conduit or ductwork through asbcstos-comaining drywail or plaster using power tools. Notes Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures WI, Wb and a Level 3 Worker Checklist. The worker checkUsi includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Appendix G to OSHA regulation 29 CFR 1926.SS states: 'The Paining program for the maintenance engineering staffshould describe methods ofhandling asbestoscontaining materials as well as routine maintenance turivhks that are prohibited when asbestos-containing materials are involved. For example, maintenance steffemployees should be instructed: Not to drill holes in asbestos-containing materials.1 11 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure WJfor standard tools, equipment and materials list). Drill or saw (as seeded) with HEPA filtered dust collection attachment Maintenance wort materials. 3. Prepare work srea with drop cloth, erect mitti-enclosure and set up negative pressure system and/or HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation. See Gtneral Procedure W9, If back side of drywail is accesrible, enclose area if hoie(s) will penetrate through wall. Provide negative air in backside enclosure if possible. A giovebag may be used as an enclosure for small work areas. 4. Race tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. Include a second HEPA vacuum for any power tools to be used for cutting or drilling, 5. Enter enclosure and mafk area to be on or drilled. $. Adequately wet area to t>e cut using garden sprayer with amended water. 7. Cut sew hole using-utility .knife, hole -saw-Of drill operating HEPA vacuum attached during cutting. Wet the cuffing area using amended water during cutting or <billing, 8. Remove piece of cut drywali and place into disposal bag. 9. HEPA vacuum removal area and areas accessible from hole. 13. If dust or debris is generated on back ride, insert wand of garden sprayer into back ride of enclosure and adequately wet any <ksl or debris present Remove back-side enclosure, place into disposal bags, and wet wipe surfaces that were exposed inride enclosure. 11. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete weak. 231 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 9 1992 N8S M25 Summary Remove section of asbestos-containing drywail Summary This work practice describes the work required to remove a smalt area of asbestoscomahtiag cfcywaB, or gor-ACM drywail wtffh ACM joint compound In support of O&M work. *ampte$ Level 2: K Remove stosOi area of asbestos-containing drywail in good condition using ooa-powered hand tools. Low <&sfLevel expected Level Si A Replace damaged seOion of asbestos-containing drywaH or <&ywall adhered to studs Mrfng hand toots or power tools with HEPA vacuum dust coBcctkm attachments. Belated Work Practices M24- Cut or drill asbestos-containing drywail or drywall compound. Worker One worker Is usually sufficient for Level 2. Two workers for Level 3. Two cr Recommendations more workers may be needed to Increase efficiency or for additional health and/or safety considerations. A person with air monitoring training might be required. This person can be a worker. 232 i Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Pracfces 91992 NSS M25 Level 2 Remove section of asbestos-containing drywail Example Level 2l A. Remove small ma of asbestos-containing drywail is good condition using non-powered hand tools. Low dost Level expected Notes This workpractice muss be used h conjunction with General Procedures Wl, W9 and a Le?el2 Worker Checklist The worker checklist Includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun.1 11 Work Practice 1, Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure Wlfbr standard Seals, equipment and materials lid). Hand tools as needed Pry bars 1 Prepare work area with drop cloth. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto (hop cloth. & Adequately wet entire area ofdrywail to be removed using garden sprayer with amended water. 6. Cut around perimeter of area to be removed using hand tools. Wet cutting area with amended water during cutting. 7. If drywail remains attached to studs or substrate, use pry bar to pul! sheet out enough so edge can be gripped witii hands. Mist cavity behind drywail and back side of drywail to be removed with amended water. 8. Pull sheet out so sheet folds at fastener line or sheet is {Hilled away from fasteners. Adequately wet fold or holes from fasteners. 9. Repeat step $ at other attachment points, remove drywail piece, and package for disposal. f0. Remove fasteners from studs or substrate and place Into disposal bags. Clean 'any debris -left on studs or substrate using -amendedwater and oylen brush. 11. Pkk up any debris and place into disposal bags. HPA vacuum and wet wipe up any dust generated. 12. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 233 a Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices 01992 NIBS M25 . Level 3 Remove section of asbestos-containing drywail fyampla Level $: A. Replace damaged section of asbestos-containing drywail or drywail adhered to studs nsing hand tools or power tools with HEPA vacuum dost collection attachments. Hotes Work Practice 71& workpractice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures WI,W9 and a Level 3 Worker Checklist. TV worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these workpractices axe begun. 1. Perform Pre*wotfc activities on Level 3 checklist. 2. Additional tools, equipment and material* (See General /hwrfw WJ/er . standard tods, equipment and materials list)* Tools as needed Pry fears 3. Prepare regulated area with drop doth, erect mini-enclosure and set op negative pressure system. See General Procedure Wg, If bfidf side of drywail is accessible, enclose and provide negative pressure for enclosure, A Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. 5. Enter enclosure and adequately wet area of drywail to be removed using garden sprayer with amended water. 6. Cut around perimeter of ansa to be removed using utility knife. W cutting area during cutting. ?, If drywail remains attached to studs or substrate, use pry bar to pull sheet out enough so edge can be gripped with hands. Mist cavity behind drywail, and back side of drywail to be removed with amended water, 9. Pug greet oat so sheer ftrfds at fastener line or sheer is pulled away from fasteners. Adequately wet fold or holes from fasteners. Jk, .Repeat stqp 8 at other attachmentpoints, remove drywail piece, and package for disposal. 10. Remove fasteners from Muds or substrate and place into disposal bags. Oeas any debris left on Muds or sobstsste using amended water and nylon brush. 11. Pick up any debris and place into disposal bags. HEPA vacuum and wet wipe up any (host generated 12. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 234 a Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Wk Practices a 1592 N$ M26 Summary Remove asbestos-containing flexible duct connector Summary This work describes die work required to remove as asbcos-oniainhsg fabric flexible dies {aaracKJf. Examples Uraff: A. Remove flexible due* connector with duct work. B. Remove flexible diet connector la good condition where connector will not be damaged Lav$l 2 A Remove flexftle <fact connector where It may be damaged during removal. Level 2 A Remove flexible duct connector la poor condition. Related Work Practices TIO Remove diet insulation above lay-in ceiling for maintenance work. TM - Remove dud Insulation above plaster or drywaE ceiling for maintenance work, M28 * Remove contaminated Alters in KVAC unit serving plenum space with exposed ACM. Worker One worker for Level l and Level 2. Two workers for Level 3. A second worker R&cbfnmaffdStbftS 2 needed for large connectors. A pers&a with air monitoring tralolag mighi be required This person can be a worker. 235 a Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS M26. Level 1 Remove asbestos-containing flexible duct connector Examples Level 1: A. Remove flexible duct connector with duct work. B. Remove flexible duct connector in good condition where connector will not be Notes Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedure W2, 'Wdmda level l Worker Cfctddbt The worker checklist includes ta&s that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Coordinate work with proper O debt work practicefor removing duct insulation ifneeded to accessfasteners attaching flexible connector in place. 11st Work Practice MSI fftEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or ifbag orfiberneeds & be replaced.* 1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 1 checklist ""** 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see Gonend Procedure Wtfor standard tools, egtdpment and materials UsQ. Scrapes 2-3* (50*75 mm) wide stiffWade Stiff nylon bristle brashes Manual or power screwdriver with screwdriver bhs and hex bead sockets 1 Turn off, lock out and tag out HVAC unit. Install critical barriers in ductwork or HVAC unit adjacent to both sides of flexible connector (if possible). See General Procedure W4. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed in work area. 5. A. If ductwork win be cut to remove connector, cover flexible connector with polyethylene on outside, and on inside, if accessible. If connector is in good condition, follow step 5B below. DU away ductwork on both sides of connector and remove ductwork section with connector is place. Package connector for digwsa! as ACM. 8, For connectors in good condition, unscrew all screws holding flexible connector in place. Place screws into a disposal bag if they will not be reused, or clean with water and nylon brushes for reuse. Slide connector off ductwork, pul! out of space between ducts, and package for disposal as ACM. 8. KEPA vacuum interior of ducts accessible at both site where connector was Installed. 7. Remove critical barriers if installed inride ductwork or HVAC unit 8. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level l checklist to complete work. 236 Miscellaneous ACM * Asbestos C&M Work Practices 01992 NIBS M26. Level 2 Remove asbestos-containing flexible duct connector Exmflpli Level 2: A. Remove flexible <6tcf connector where h may be damaged during removal Notes This work practice must be used tn conjunction with General Procedures Wl, W9 and a herd 2 Worker Checklist. The wetter checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these wort practices are begat Coordinate work with proper 0 AM work practicefor removing duct insulation needed to accessfasteners attachingflexible connector In place. Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist. 2. AdtStional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure WIfor standard taels, cpripmettfandmaterials UeQ. Scraper 2-3" (50-75 mm) wide stiff blade Stiff nylon bristle brushes Manual or power screwdriver with screwdriver bits and hex head sockets %. Prepare work area with drop cloth. See General Procedure W9. Also, install critical barriers in ductwork or HVAC unit adjacent to both sides of flexible connector (if possible). 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into work area. 5. Adequately wet flexible connector with amended water or removal encapsulate, 6. Unscrew all screws holding flexible connecter In place. Place screws into disposal bag if they will not be reused. If screws are to be reused, dean with water and nylon brushes. 7. Rewet conncoot and metal flanges of flexible connector and slide off of ductwork. Pull connector out of apace and package for disposal as ACM. 6. HPA vacuum surfaceswhere flajjges wee attached end-interior of ducts accessible at both rides where connector was installed. 9. Remove critical barriers if installed Inside ductwork or HVAC unit 10. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 237 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS M26. Level 3 Remove asbestos-containing flexible duct connector Example Levei 3: K Remove flexible tot connector In poor coodtion. Not&$ Work Practice This work practice mast be used tit conjunction with General Procedures Wl, W9 and a Level 3 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices art begun. Coordinate work with proper 0 AM workpractice for removing duct insulation ifneeded to accessfasteners aaactoig flexible connector In place. t. Perform Pre-work activities oa Level 3 checklist. 2. Additional fools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure Wlfbr standard tools; equipment and materials list)' Scraper 2~3" (50-75 mm) wide stiff blade Stiff nylon bristle brushes Manual or power screwdriver with screwdriver bits and hex bead sockets 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth, erect mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system aadtor HEPA filtered local exhaust vexailadorn Enclosure must allow access to all saews attaching connector in place. See General Procedure Wfi. Also install critical hastes Is ductwork or HVAC unit argaceni to both sides flexible connector to be removed Qf possible). 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. 5. Adequately wet flexible connector with amended wafer or removal encapsulate. 4. Unscrew all screws holding flexible connector ia place. Place saews into disposal bag if they will sen be mused. If screws are to be reused, dean with water and nylon brushef f. Rewet connector and metal flanges of flexible connector and slide offof fluctwoffc. Tdh connector out of space *rs5padksge%r disposal*as SCM. 8. HEPA vacuum and wet wipe surfaces where flanges were attached and interior of ducts accessible at both sides where connector was installed 9. Remove critical barriers if installed inside ductwork or HVAC unit ID. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and icar-down steps oa Level 3 checklist to complete work. N--* 23$ j^isc^Ja/mis *CM a Astas&s 08M Work Practices * 1392 HBS M27. Summary Remove asbestos-containing ductwork taping cloth Summary This work practice covers fee steps required to remove small amounts of asbestoscoauiring duet tape from ductwork for maintenance work. Examples Level 1: A. Remove ductwork taping doth with duct section. B- Remove loose pieces of ductwork taping clofe. Lev# 2: A. Remove a small amount of ductwork taping cloth to good condition to install new duct attached to existing ducts. Level 3:. A. Replace damaged section ofductwork. H. Remove asbestos-containing paper-type duct wrap in poor condition. Related Wort facte** Worker M26 - Remove asbestos-containing flexible dec* connector. One worker U usually sufficient for Level 1 and Level 2. Two workers for Level 3. Two or more workers may be needed to increase efficiency or for additional health and/or safety considerations. A person with air monitoring training migte be required. This person can be a worker. 239 a Mtsceffcneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices a1992NSS M27. Level 1 Remove asbestos-containing ductwork taping cloth E&mpfeS Levtf f.* A. Remove ductwork taping ctotft with cfuct section. 8, Remove loose pieces of ductwork taping cloth. Notes 7liif workproctks must be used to wkk Centra? Procedure WX end a Level l Worker Cfeccfcfirf. 77k worker efeeckfcf idr/ade* ttafcr Aol nwr fce performed before these work practices are begun. Vie Work Practice MSI ifHEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or ifbag orfilter needs to bereplactd,1 Work Practice 1. Perform Pie-work activities on Level 1 checklist t Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure WX/dr standard tools, equipment and materials liil). Tin snaps %. Place tools, equipment and materials needed in work area. . 4, Using garden sprayer with amended water or removal encapsulate adequately v, wet any loose pieces of taping cloth to be removed $. If taping doth will be removed with duct section, follow step 5A. if loose pieces will be removed, follow step SB. A. Cover taping cloth with duct tape or polyethylene taped in place. Using tin snips, cut away ductwork on both sides of connector (do not an through taping doth) and remove ductwork section. Package for disposal as ACM. 8. Pick up wet pieces of taping doth ml place into disposal bag. 6. HEPA vacuum and/or wet wipe up any visible debris. 7. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and lev-down steps on Level t checklist to complete work. 240 s Miscellaneous ACM s Asbestos Q&M Work Practises a 1992 NIBS M27. Level 2 Remove asbestos-containing ductwork taping cloth Example Level 2: K Remove a amah amount of ductwork taping doth in good condition to install new duct enacted to existing ducts. NOlee Work Practice 17Us work practice must be used In conjunction with General Procedures WI, W9, WIT anda LereIX Worker Checklist. The worker chcckUs includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure Wlfor standard tools, equipment and materials tist). Tools and materials needed for duct wort Clovebags Scraper 2-3* (50-75 mm) wide stiff blade Stiff nytoo bristle brushes 3. Prepare work area with drop doth. Sec General Procedure W9. 4. Piace tods, equipment aad materials needed onto drop cloth. 5. Insert tools needed imo glovebag. Install glovebag over taping cloth to he removed. 6. Insert wand of garden sprayer with amended water or removal encapsulant into glovebag and adequately wet taping doth to be removed. 7. Using scraper inside glovebag. remove taping doth using glovebag procedures. See General Procedure WIT. Wei removal area during removal. 8. Gean remaining visible debris off ductwork using scraper and nylon brushes. 9. HEPA vacuum and wet wipe area where tape was removed. 10. Seal and remove glovebags from ductwork and dispose ofas ACM waste. 11. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps ots Level 2 checklist to rompSete-wDft, 241 s Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos 0&M Work Practices a 01992 NIBS M27. Level 3 Remove asbestos-containing ductwork taping cloth Examples Level 3: A. Replace damaged section of ductwork 8. Remove asbestos-containing paper-type duct wrap in poor conditioo. AfofeS Work Practice 7b& wort practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures Wlt W9, W17 and a Lerri 3 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks rhea must be performedbefore these workpractices ore begun. 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tods, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure wt far standard tods, equipment and materials tis$. , Tools and materials needed for duct week Scraper 2-3" (50-75 mm) wide stiff blade Stiff nylon bristle brashes Glovebags 3. Prepare work sea with drop cloth, erect rani-enclosure and set up negative pressure system and/or HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed Into enclosure. 5. Enter enclosure and insert tools needed into gtovebag. Install gkvebag ova: taping cloth to be removed. 6. Insert wand of garden sprayer with amended water or removal eocapsulant into gtovebag (if used) and adequately wet ACM to be removed. ?. Using scraper, remove taping doth using glovebag procedures. See General Procedure W17. 'Wet removal are during removal 6. dean remaining visible debris off ductwork using scraper and nylon bnt&es. 9. HEPA vacuum and wet wipe area where tape was removed. 10. Seal and remove,gk>veb%g& from ductwork anti dispose of as ACM waste. 11. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 242 M&efenefts ACM Asbestos C&M Work Pracfces # 1992 &$ M28. Summary Remove contaminated filters in HVAC unit serving plenum space with exposed ACM This work practice covers toe procedures for removing asbestos contaminated filters In HVAC unit serving plenum space with exposed ACM. ranp&$ leve/ 2r A. Remove prefabricated slip-in type filters from HVAC unit io mechanical room. B. Replace filters is HVAC unit in mechanical nxan with roll-type fitters. Related Work Practices None Worker Ottc worker. A second worker may be seeded for Uage, foil-type filters. A Recommendations person with air monitoring training might be required This person can be a worker. 2t$ b tescetiamus ACM Asbestes O&M Work Practices 1992 KtBS M28. Level 2 Remove contaminated fitters in HVAC unit senring plenum space with exposed ACM Exampfe$ Level Sb A. Remove pceftbricated slip-la type filters from HVAC trait la mechanical room. B. Replan filters is HVAC colt in mechanical room wife roll-type filters. Notes Work Practice This workpractice must be used in conjunction wish General procedures Wl, W9 and a lavd 2 Worker Cheekli&t, The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Coordinate work with proper O &.M work practicefor accessing type ofcelling present In work area. OSHA standard 29 CFP 192&.58 Appendix G states employees should be. instructed to not remove ventilation systemfibers dry and not to shake ventSatioa system'filters. L Perform fre-woric activities os Level 2 checklist *r 2. Actional tools, equipment and materials: (see Grrural Procedure W2for standard tools, equipment and materials Ihfr Scraper 2-3" (50-75 mm) wide stiff blade Stiff nylon bristle brushes Replacement filter material, if needed $. Prepare work area with drop cloth. See General Procedure W9. Verify that HVAC unit is shut off and locked out 4. Place tools, equipment and materials Deeded onto drop cloth. 5. Adequately wet filters to be removed & Remove filters and dispose of as ACM Cur away exposed portions of roll type filters, wrap in polyethylene sheet and dispose of as ACM. 7. Wet any dust or debris on drop cloth, and fold up drop cloth and dispose of as ACM. Is. H^A-vacqum asQ^w^^wpe arc* wtieat^ers ,wm.,gtflEtdaad^toce^W& surfaces in fiber chamber. 9. Roll sew filler material into place and cover remaining filter material. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete wort. 244 a Miscellaneous ACM * Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 19S2 NtBS M29. Summary Clean up debris from minor fiber release Summary This work practice describes the procedures to be used to clean up a minor fiber release generated by surfacing, IS! or miscellaneous ACM. If a major fiber release occurs, the APM or as asbestos designer shoukl develop cleanup procedures for the particular location and circumstances. Some regulations, such as AHERA, define maximum quantities for Oils activity. Regulations may also require that a fiber release report be prepared and made available to affected personnel. If fiber release needs Level 3 work practices, it should be treated as an abatement project, not as O&M work. Examples Level 1: A. Pick Up small amount of ACM debris that wiD stick to a small piece ofAct tape. Level 2: A. Clean up a small amour* of debris from delaminated, abraded or damaged surfacing. S. Clean up a small amount of debris from damaged pipe insulation. C. Clean up a small amount of debris from damaged drywalt. Related Work Practices S10 * Repair damaged surfacing ACM. 17 Repair damaged thermal system insulation os a boiler, duct or fine. Worker One worker. A person with air monitoring training might be required. This Recommendations person can be the worker. 245 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS M29 Level 1 Clean up debris from minor fiber release Example Level 1: A. Clean up small amount of ACM debris that win stick to a small piece of duct tape. Notes Work Practice This work practice/nus be used in conjunction with General Procedure WI and a Lovell Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that mast be performed b^orc these workpractices are begun. Coordinate work wish proper 0 A U workpractice to repair cense offiber release if repair is necessary.1 1. Perform Pre-wott activities ocLevel 1 checklist. ; - 2r Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see Geneni Procedure WJfor standard Ms, equipment and materials list). Hoot 3. Cover debris with &tcc tape and press to adhere debris to tape. Repeat with another piece of tape if needed Dispose of tape as ACM or in accordance with applicable regulations. 4. Perform applicable steps on Level 1 checklist to complete work. 24$ a Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Prec&es 1992 NIBS M29. Level 2 Clean up debris from minor fiber release Examples Level 2: A. Dean up s small among of debris from delaminated, abraded or damaged surfacing. B. Clean up a small amount of debris from damaged pipe insulation. C. Dean up a small amount of debris from damaged &ywaH. WdteS Work Practice 7W* wort practice must be used In conjunction with General Procedures Wl, W4 and a level 2 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that muss be performed before these work practices are begun. Coordinate work with proper O Aid work practice to repair cause erffiber release.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure Wl for standard tools, equipment and materials lisp. Scraper 2-3" (50-75 mm) wide stiff blade Stiff nylon bristle brushes S, Prepare work area with critical barriers. See GeneralProcedure W4. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into work area. 5. Adequately wet debris to be cleaned up using amended water. 6. Pick up any large pieces of debris and place into disposal bags. Use HEPA vacuum and wet wiping to clean up small debris and (hist 7. Wet wipe and HEPA vacuum all surfaces in contaminated area. 8. Perform any required repair work using appropriate work practice. Perform clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 247 Miscellaneous ACM i Asbestos O&M Work Practces a 1992 NIBS M30 Summary Replace asbestos-containing gaskets Summary This work practice describe! tte work required to replace A04 gaskets or ACM valve packings for O&M work Examples Leva} 1; A. Replace small aoa-adtercd gasket that can be removed intact. Level 2: A. Replace small valve packing. B. Replan gasket between two small or medium sire pipe flanges. C. Replace small damaged gasket Level 3; A. Replace large pipe flange gasket B. Replace gasket on boiler door. C. Replace well-adhered gasket Related Work Practices Tt - Remove insulation on exposed pipe for maintenance work T4 Remove insulation on exposed pipe In elevated location for maintenance work 77 Repair damaged thermal system insvJat&s on a boiler, duct or flee. Worker One worker for Level 1 and Level 2. Two workers for Level 3. A pesos with Recommendations air monitoring training might be required This person can be the worker. 243 Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Wort Practfces 1932 NIBS M30. Level 1 Replace asbestos-containing gaskets Exsmph Level 1: k Replace small non-adhered gasket that can be removed intact Notes TWr wort practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedure WI and a herd 1 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes teuks that must be performed btfore these work practices are begun. Coordinate work with proper OAM work practice ifother ACM must be removed prior to gasket replacement. Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities oa Level 1 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure Vilfor standard tools, equipment and materials *& Tools required to access gash* Nos-ACM replacement materials i Place tools, equipment and materials needed ic wort area. 4. Disassemble equipment as needed to expose entire gasket 5. Remove gasket and place into disposal bag. Wet-wipe flange where gasket was installed. w 6. Install new gasket, reassemble equipment and perform applicable steps on Level I checklist to complete work. 249 Miscellaneous ACM * Asbestos O&M Work Prices a 01992 NIBS M30. Level 2 Replace asbestos-containing gaskets Examples Level 2: A. Replace small valve packing. S. Replace gasket between two small or medio size pipe flanges. NotgS Work Practice wr*practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures W/, WP, Wi7 and a 1**12 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Coordinate work with proper 0 <5l M work practice ifother Add must be removedprior to gasket replacement. Ifactive electrical equipment is in work area, delete wetting {$ permitted by EPA)for this work.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 check!!st 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General procedure Wlfor standard Me, equipment and materials tie#. Scraper 2-3' (50-75 mm) wide stiffbfede Stiff nylon bristle brashes Toots required to access or remove gasket Noa*ACM replacement materials Gtovebag 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into weak area. 5. Disassemble equipment as needed to expose entire gasket. S. A. If entire gasket can be contained in a glovebag, install glovebag over gasket Adequately wet gasket and remove gasket and debris using gtovebag procedures. See General Procedure WS7. B. if gasket cannot be contained in a glovebag, adequately wet gasket, set up 'KEPA SKaedlar^~**hmtiS-vAnMeSia*..pnd mma*,qgAif*Bj 4AdS. Use nylon brakes and scrape- to dean surfaces to which gasket was attached7. HEPA vacuum and/or wet wipe surfaces to whkh gasket was attached 3. Install new gasket, reassemble equipment and perform clean-up and tesff-down steps on Level 2 checklist to compete work. 280 a M'tsceS&mvs ACM a Asbestos O&M WotkPtac&es a 1992 UBS M30 Level 3 Replace asbestos-containing gaskets Examples Levels: A. Replace targe pipe flange gasket 8. Replace gasket oa boiler door. C. Replace well-adhered gasket Notes Work Practice This work practice must bo used in conjunction with General Procedures WI, W9, WS7 and a Level 3 Worker Checklist The worker checklist Includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Coordinate work with proper OAM workpractice ifetherACM must be removed prior to gasket replacement. Ifactive electrical equipment is in work area, delete wetting if permitted by EPA)for this work.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tods, equipment and materials; (See General Procedure Wlfor - standard tools, equipment and materials Scraper 2-3" (50-75 mm) wide stiff blade Stiff nylon bristle brushes Tods required to access or remove gasket Non-ACM replacement materials Glovebag 3. Prepare workarea with drop doth, erect mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system an&'or HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. 5. Enter enclosure and disassemble equipment as needed to expose entire gasket 6. A. If entire gasket can be contained in a glovebag, install glovebag over gasket Adequately wet gasket and remove gasket and debris using glovebag-procedures. Sce Gtneral Procedure W17 8. If gasket cannot be contained in 8 glovebag, adequately wet gasket, set up HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation, and remove gasket and debris. Use nylon brushes and scraper to clean surfaces to which gasket was attached. 7. HEPA vacuum and/or wet wipe surfaces to which gasket was attached 8. Install new gasket, reassemble equipment and; perform maintenance work required and clean-up and tear-down steps oa Level 3 checklist to complete work. 251 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practees s $ 1992 NIBS M31 Summary Emptying and changing filter in HEPA vacuum or changing fitter in HEPA fan unit SuffHna/y This work praoice coven the procedures for changing the bag, filter and/or cleaning a HEPA vacoum, or changing the filter fa s HEPA filtered fan unit Examples Level 2: A. Empty HEPA vacuum bag using localized engineering controls. & Change filler In HEPA fan oniL C. Change filter or bag is HEPA vacuum using a glovebag. Level 3: K empty bag, change filter and ckas HEPA vacuum. 8. Change filter in a HEPA fan unit fa a minienclosure. Belated HTM* WorkPractkes Worker One wckka for Level 2. Two workers for Level 3. A person with air monitoring Recommendations training might be required This person can be the worker. 252 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1932 N$ M31 . Level 2 Emptying and changing filter in HERA vacuum or changing filter in HEPA fan unit ................................................................. .................................................................................................... xampfe$ Level A Empty HEPA vacuum bag using localized engineering controls. 6. Change filter b HEPA fan unit C. Change filter or bag in HEPA vacuum using a glovebag. Notes Work Practice 1his wort practice must be used 2k conjunction wish General Procedures Wlt W9 anda herd 2 Worker CkecklaC The worker checklist includes tasks tl& must be performed before these work practices are begun.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure WIfor standard tools, equipment end materials top. Manufacturer's instructions for unit having filter or bag replaced Tools as needed to remove filter or bag Replacement filters or bags Glovebag and hand operated spray bottle 3. Prepare work area with chop cloth and HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto (hop cloth, including HEPA vacuum or hut unit with filter or bag to be changed. If available, Include an operable HEPA vacuum for cleaning up any dust or debris from rite filter change operation. If filter or bag will be changed usng a glovebag, follow step 5A procedures. If a glovebag wiB not be used, follow step 5B procedures. 5. A Insert new bag or filter, wet wiping cloths, and a hand-operated spray book Into glovebag. Seal glovebag to unit to penult access to fitter or bag insidejgjovebag. Openvmt and-adecpiatelywet -filterer% Remove filter or bag and place in comer of glovebag. Wet wipe Inside of unit Install new filter or bag. Close unit and wet wipe inride of glovebag. Put wet wipes in comer of glovebag. Twist, and tape glovebag to seal bag/ftlter/rags from spray bottle. Cut and remove glovebag from unit Place glovebag into a disposal bag. B. Carefully disassemble unit as needed to access filter and/or bag. Adequately wet filter and/or bag, remove from unit and place into disposal bag. Using operable HEPA vacuum or wet wiping, dean area where filter or bag was installed 4. Install new filter and/or bag in unit, reassemble unit and perform clean-up and tear-dowc steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 253 Miscellaneous ACM n Asbestos O&M Work Practices ft1932NrS$ M31 . Level 3 Emptying and changing filter in HEPA vacuum or changing filter in HEPA fan unit Ex$n)pte$ L&V&I 3: K Empty bag, change flier and clean HEPA vacuum. 8. Change filter id HEPA fan unit in a mini-enclosure. tfOfgS Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction wish General Procedures WI, W9 md o |>vei 3 Warier Checklist The wrier checklist includes tasks that mussbe performed before these wort practices are begun. Thisprocedure may be performed in an existing mini-enclosure, ifavailable.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist 2/ Additional tods, equipment and materials: (Set Central Procedure WI for standard tools, equipment and materials list)Manufacturer's instructions for unit having niter or bag replaced Tbofs as needed to remove filter or hag Replacement filters or bags 1 Prepare work area with drop doth, erect mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system or HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation. See General Procedure WP 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop cloth. Including HEPA vacuum or fan unit with filter or bag to be changed If available, include as operable HEPA vacuum for cleaning up any dust or debris from die filter change operation. 5. Enter enclosure and carefully disassemble unit as needed to access filter or bag. Adequately wet filter andfo bag, remove from unit and place into disposal bag. 8. Adequately wet any remaining debris. Pick up debris or empty debris into a tihposaPbag. 7. Using operable HEPA vacuum or wet wiping, clean area where filter or bag was installed 8. Install new filter and/or bag in unit, reassemble unit and perform dean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 254 a Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos Q&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS M32. Summary Remove asbestos-wrapped wiring This work practice covers tbs work required to remove small amounts of asbestoswrapped electrical wiring for O&M work. Examples Level 1: A. Remove wiring in good condition on single stage spotlight Levs! 2: K Remove wiring in good coacfition on several sage spotlights* B. Remove asbestos wrapped wiring located to underground electrical vaults where wr^piag Is in good conditioa. See APM8 regarding confined space precautions. Leve! 3: A. Remove damaged wiring tn poor coofituHL B. Remove asbestos wrapped wiring located in underground electrical vaults where wrapping is Is poor condition. See ARMS regarding confined space precautions. Related Work Practices None Worker One wests for Level 1 and Level 2. Two workers are recommended for Level 3 Recommendations and/or if work occurs in a confined space. Workers should be trained electricians with asbestos training to perform this work. A person with air monitoring training might be required This person can be the worker. 255 i Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS M32. Level 1 Remove asbestos-wrapped wiring Example Level 1: A. Remove Wiling la good cosStke on single sage spotlight. Notes Work Practice This work practice must be used In tortfimctkm with General Procedure WI end a Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must be perfbrmed b&re these work practices are begun. i Verify I?** approval has been receivedfrom the EPA ifwetting will not be usedfor removing asbestos-containing electrical wiring. Use Work Practice MS) IfHEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or ifbag orfilter needs to be replaced1 1. Perform Pse-work activates on Level 1 checklist Z Additional tools, e^sspas&tt sad materials: {see General freeadar* Wifirr standard tacky equipment and material* Us#. Electrician's insulated gloves Screwdrivers Wire cutters Voltmeter Soldering iron for soldered connections 3. Place tools, equipment and materials needed in work area. Verify that deccical power vririog is shut voltmeter, locked oia. Test circuits uring 4. Put on insulated gloves and cut out exposed wiring to he removed Roll op wiring and place Into disposal bags. 5. Open any junction boxes or equipment as needed to remove wiring back to screw terminals or soldered connections, S, Cut or disconnect wiring from terminals or connections, dace wiring into disposal bags. HEPA vacuum any surfaces that wext in contact with wiring. T fWfona iB^menanct wwfraad dea^cp-andtcar^tewn steps-on bevel 4 checklist to complete work. 256 a Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS M32. Level 2 Remove asbestos-wrapped wiring Examples Level 2: A. Remove wiring in good condition on several stage spotiights. 8. Remove asbestos wrapped wiring located la underground electrical vaults where wrapping Is in good condition. See APM8 regarding confined space precautions. Notes This workpractice mast be toed in conjunction wish General Procedures W], W9 end e herd 2 Worker Checklist The worker checklist Includes tasks that must beperformed before these work practices are begutl Verify that approval has been receivedfrom the EPA ifwetsing will not be usedfor removing asbestos-containing electrical wiring. Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and material# (see General Procedure W2 for standard tools, equipment and materials lisi}. Bectridans insulated gloves Screwdrivers Wire cutters Voltmeter Soldering iron for soldered connections 3. Prepare work area with drop dofo. See General Procedure W9. Verify that electrical power to wiring is shut off and locked out Test circuits using voltmeter. 4. Race tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop cloth. 5. Put on Insulated gloves and cut out exposed wiring to be removed. Roll up wiring and place into disposal bags. i. Open aGyjuoctkm boxes or equipment as needed to remove wiring back to screw terminals or soldered connections. 7. Disconnect remaining wiring from terminals or connections. Race wiring into disposal bags. & KEPA vacuum any surfaces that were in contact with wiring. 9. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 257 Miscellaneous ACM s Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS M32 Level 3 Remove asbestos-wrapped wiring Examples Level 3: A. Remove damaged wiring in poor coodftioa. * 8. Remove asbestos wrapped wiring located in underground electrical vaults wterc wrapping U in poor coalition. See APM8 regarding confined space precautions. NQt$$ Work Practice This %w* practice mat be used m conjunction with General Procedures WJ, W9 and s Level 3 Worker Chec&kL The worker checklist Includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are frrgtw. Verify that approval has been receivedfrom the EPA $wetting will not be used on electrical wiring to be removed.1 1. Perform Pre-wort activities on Level 3 checklist " 2. Ad&tiooal tods, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure Wifor standard tools, equipment and materials Us$. Bectriaans Jasadattrf gloves Screwdrivers Wire cutters Voltmeter 3. Prepare work area with drop (doth, erect mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system and/or HEPA filtered local exhaust veraHarion. See General Procedure WR Verify that electrical power to wiring is shut off and locked out. Test circuits using voltmeter. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. $. Ester enclosure, put on insulated gloves and on out exposed wiring to be removed Roll up wiring and place into disposal bags. 6- Qpen anyjunction boxes or equipment as needed to remove wiring back to screw terminals or soldered connections. 7. Cut or disconnect wiring from terminals or connections. Place wiring into disposal bags. 6. KEPA vacuum any surfaces that were Us contact with wiring and any suspect visible debris. 9. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 259 a Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos C&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS M33. Summary Remove asbestos-containing caulking compound Summary This work practice describe* fee processes for removing small vootmtsof asbeatos-coniamlng caulking compound as required for maintenance or repair work. Exa/T?pfe$ Level il A. Remove a small amorist of ptUbfe caulking compound. Ho sanding will be performed. UvS/ 2: K Reglaze several small window panes. No sanding will be performed. 8. Remove small amours ofdry caulking compound Level 3: A. Iteglaze an entire window or several windows. ftefetetf Work Practices Hone Worker One worker for Level l and Level 2. Two workers for Level 3. A person wife air ReCQflWefXtetfons mediating training might be required. This person can be the worker. 259 a Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices a $ 1992 NIBS M33 Level 1 Remove asbestos-containing caulking compound Exafflpfe L&VBf 1: A. Remove & small amount of pliable caking compound. Ho sanc&ng will be peiformed , N0t6$ Work Practice This wori practice must be usediti conjunction with General Procedure W1 and a lerd / Warier Checklist,, The worker checklist includes tasks that must beperformed before these work practices are begun. Use Work Practice MU $HBPA vacuum needs maintenance* or ifbag orfilter needs to be replaced 1. Perform Pre-work activities oa level 1 checklist 2. Additional loots, equipment aad materials: (see General Procedure Wlfor . standardtools, ogufysuentandMaterials Us#. Scraper 2-3" <50-75 mm) wide stiff blade 3. Place tools, equipment and materials needed in work area. ." 4. Using utility knife or edge of scraper, cot away caulking and place into ' disposal bags. ' 5. Remove any residual caulking using scraper and knife and place caulking into disposal Mgs. 6. HEPA vacuum asdto wet wipe areas where caulking was removed. 7. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear*down steps oa Level 1 checklist to complete work. 260 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1952 NIBS M33 Level 2 Remove asbestos-containing caulking compound Examples Level 2l A. Reglsze several smatB window panes. No sanding will be performed, a Remove small amount of dry caulking compound. Notes This wort practice must be used in conjunction Kir* General Procedures Wl, W9 and a Level 2 Worker Otecklat. The worker checkSst includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices art begun.1 Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure Wtfor standard Sods, equipment and materials list}. Scraper 2-3" <30-75 mm) wkfe stiff blade Stiff nylon bristle brushes 3. Prepare work era with drop doth. See General Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop cloth. 5. Ester work area and adequately wet caulking to be removed using garden sprayer with amended water. $. Using utility knife or edge of scraper, cut away caulking and place into disposal bags. 7. Remove any residual caulking using scraper, knife and nylon brashes and place caulking into disposal bags. 8. HEPA vacuum and wet wipe areas where caulking was removed. 9. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 251 a Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices a C 1$92 NIBS M33. Level 3 Remove asbestos-containing caulking compound X8/npfe L$V$f 3: A. Reglsze an entire window or several windows Notes This workpractice muss be used to conjunction with General Procedures WJ, W9 and a Level 3 Worker Checklist The worker checklist Includes tasks that mast be performed before these work practices are begun1 Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities oa Level 3 checklist 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See Gtneral Procedure WJfir Standard tools, equfyment and materials lot). Scraper (2-3* wide stiff blade) Stiff nylon bristle brushes 3. Prepate work area with drop doth, mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure sy8sm aodfor HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation on ride of window with exposed caulking compound. See General Procedure W9. 4. dace tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure, 5. Enter enclosure and adequately wet caulking to be removed using garden sprayer with amended water. 6. Using utility knife os edge of scraper, cut away caulking and place into disposal bags. 7. Remove any residual caulking using scraper, knife and nylon brashes and pfece caulking iota disposal bags. 8. HEPA vacuum and wet wipe areas where caulking was removed. 9. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work 262 a ACM Asbestos CM WoffcPraefces a 1$$2 NIBS M34 Summary Clean room that has asbestos-containing dust Summary This work practice should be used for routine or special cleaning in rooms where asbestos-ceasaining dust is present or is assumed to be present The practices include the cleaning of furniture, fixtures, and other surfaces. Examples Level t: A. Clean aa office ansa where asbe$tes-<fltekiiflg dust has settled oa furniture due 10 air distribution ton a supply air plenum with fireproofing ACM B. Clean a mechanical room where dost is assumed to contain ACM from thermal systems insulation present in room. Related Work Practices $9-Clean room with exposed surfaces finished with ACM . IS6- Wet strip floor wax ton resilient asbestos flooring M7 Dry or spray buffing resilient asbestos flooring M9 - Cleaning resilient asbestos fiooriig M29 -Clean up debris ton minor release Worker One worker toned in special cleaning procedures. A person with air monitoring Recommendations training might be required This person can be the worker. 263 Miscellaneous ACM i Asbestos O&M Work Practices * $ 1992 NIBS M34 . Level 1 Clean room that has asbestos-containing dust Ex&nple$ Level It K Clean an office sea where asbestos-containing this has settled on furniture doe to air distribution from a supply &k plenum with fireproofing ACM. 8. Clean a meefcanical room where dustjs assumed 10 contain ACM from ' thermal systems insulation present in room. Notes Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction wish General Procedures WJ, WS and a level 1 Worker Checklist, The worker checklist Includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Vse Work Practice M31 \fHEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or ifbag orfiber needs to be replaced.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level l checklist. ,, 2. Adfitiooal tools, equipment and materials: (ue General Procedure Wifi* standard tools, equipment and materials Us& Dusting materials (cloths, listers, meps) that are damp or are treated with catatonic or ami-static dust attracted preparations. Furniture polish 3. Place Tools, equipment and materials needed In wort area. 4. Using damp or treated dusting materials, clean surfaces beginning from the top of the room and working towards the floor. HEPA vacuum surfaces that are not easily cleaned with dusting materials. Surfaces that are not routinely cleaned (such as blinds) shall be wet wiped or washed with disposable cloths, folding the cloth Inward until it h dirty on all surfaces and a new doth is needed Dispose of all dirty cloths and soiled dusting materials while still damp In ACM disposal bags. 5. Clean floes' with HEPA vacuum. See General Procedure WgL 6. Apply new polish where needed using standard procedures. 7. Perform dean-up and te&r-dows steps os Level l checklist to complete work. 264 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practfees 1992 NSS Summary Ml 5 - Summary Remove asbestos cement panels This work practice covers die procedures for removing a small number of asbestos cement panels to support O&M work. .This procedure can be used for asbestos cement range hoods. Examples Level 1: A. Remove corrugated or flat asbestos cement panels that are painted or in good condition, and have fasteners that out be easily removed Level 2t A. Remove conugated or flat asbestos cement panels in fair condition. Level 3l A- Remove corrugated or flat asbestos cement panels in poor contfiUon which have become friable and where dost or powder may be generated during removal Related Work Practices M14 - Cut or drill asbestos cement panels. M!8 * Remove asbestos-containing fire door. _ Wo/tef One worker for level 1 and Level 2, Two workers for Level 3. Panel size may RecOfnfYtendations necessitate two or more workers. A person with sir monitoring training:'might be required This person can be a worker. 195 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Wo* Practices a 1992 NIBS Vbhvrbb Ml 5 . Level 1 Remove asbestos cement panels c EXBtnpte Level 1: A. Remove com*gated or flat asbestos cement panels that are painted or in good condition, and have fasteners that can be easily removed. NolB$ This work practice must he used in conjunction with General Procedure Wi and a Level 1 Worker Checklist, The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun.1 ' Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-wort: activities on Level 1 checklist Z Additional tools, equipment aoj materials: (see General Procedure Wlfor standard tools, equipment end materials list}. Tools as needed to remove panel fasteners (darter's ripper, nail clipper, screwdriver) 3. Place tools, equipment and materials needed in work area. 4. Adequately wet panels to be removed with amended water. Remove fasteners bolding panel in place. Clean fasteners if they arc to be reused. Dispose of fasteners as ACM if not being reused. $. Remove panel and wrap in two <2) layers of polyethylene sheet for disposal as ACM. 5. Perform maintenance wort and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 1 checklist to complete wort. 196 Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practises @ 1$92 NfBS Ml 5 . Level 2 Remove asbestos cement panels Example Level 2l K Remove corrugated or flat cement asbestos panels in fair concfitkuL Notes This work practice muss be used in conjunction with Genera/ Procedures Wlt W9 and a Level 2 Worker Checklist, The worker checklist includes tasks that mast be performed before these work practices are begun. Ifactivated electrical equipment is in work area, delete wetting (ifpermitted by EPAjfir this work.1 Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-wort activities on Level 2 checklist. 2. Additional tods, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure WJfor standard tools, equipment and materials listf Tools as needed to remove panel fasteners (slater's ripper, nail dipper, screwdriver) 3. Prepare work area with drop Cloth. See General Procedure WR 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop cloth. 5. Adequately wet panels) to be removed using garden sprayer with amended water. 3. Remove fasteners holding panel in place. HEPA vacuum and wet fasteners as they are removed Clean fasteners using water If they are to be reused, Dispose of fasteners as ACM if not being reused. 7. Remove panel and wap in two (2) layers of polyethylene sheet few disposal as ACM. 8. HEPA vacuum and wet wipe surfaces Co which panel was attached. HEPA vacuum and wet wipe up any dust or debris from panel removal, 9. Perform maintenance \vork and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to-comp&c -wo*fc. 197 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS Ml 5 Level 3 Remove asbestos cement panels Example Laval & A. Remove corrugated or flat asbestos cement panels in poor condition which have become friable and where dust or powder may be generated during removal Notes This work practice mast be used in conjunction with General Procedures W), WP and a Level 3 Worker Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks that muss be performed before these work practices are begun. Work Practice Ifactivated electrical equipment is in work area, delete wetting (ffpermitted by EPA)for this work1 1. Perform Pre-wort activities on level 3 checklist. Z Additional tools, equipment and materials: (See General Procedure Wl for standard tools, equipment and materials list). Tools as needed to remove panel fasteners (shatter's ripper, call clipper, screwdriver) 3. Prepare work area with drop doth, mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system. See General Procedure W9. i. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. 5. Enter enclosure and adequately wet pancl(s) to be removed using gardes sprayer with amended water. 6. Remove fasteners holding panel is place. HEPA vacuum and wet fasteners as they are removed. Dean fasteners using water if they are to be reused. Dispose of fasteners as ACM if not being reused, 7. Remove panel and wrap is two (2) layers of polyethylene sheet for disposal as ACM. If panel breaks or chips and small debris results from removal, collect =dfSposaHregs w'xccntamers. S. HEPA vacuum and wet wipe surfaces to which panel was attached. HEPA vacuum and wet wipe up any dust or debris from panel removal. 3. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and rear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 198 Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practces a 1992 NIBS Summary Ml 6 Summary Remove cement asbestos cooling towers louvers This work practice covers the procedures Ibr asbestos cement cooling tower Examples Level 1: A. Remove asbestos cement cooling tower leavers in good condition. Level Z" A. Remove asbestos cement cooling tower louvers in poor condition, abraded or severely weathered. Related Work Practices Mts Remove asbestos cement panels. Worker One worker. Two or more for large panels or elevated work areas. A person with Recommendations training might be required. This person may be a worker. *w 199 Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practces 1992 NSS M16. Level 1 Remove asbestos cement cooling tower louvers ExamptB Level 1: A. Remove asbestos cement coding tower louvers in good condition, Notes Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction wish General Procedure W1 and a Level 1 Worker Cheekiest The worker checklist includes tasks dial must be performed before these work practices are begun. Use Work Practice Mil ifHEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or ifbag orfilter needs to be replaced. 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 1 checklist t . Z Add&ortaf tools, equipment and materials: (see Genera? Procedure Wlfor standard tools, equipment and materials list). Tools as Deeded to remove louvers Non-asbestos replacement louvers 3. Place tools, equipment and materials nee(fed in work area. Verify that cooling tower is shut off and locked out 4. Remove any fasteners bolding louvers in place. HEPA vacuum aai wet fasteners during removal. Clean fasteners foe reuse or dispose of as ACM. 5. Remove louvers and place into disposal bags or wrap In polyethylene sheet for disposal $. HEPA vacuum surfaces louvers were contacting and any dust or debris from louver icmovai 7. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level i checklist to complete work. '' ^ 200 a MisceUaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS Ml 6 . Level 2 Remove asbestos cement cooling tower louvers Example Level 2: K Remove asbestos cement cooling tower louvers la poor condition. Notes This work practice mast be used in c&tiunction with General Procedures W2, R9 tad a Level 2 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist 2 Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see Genend Procedure WJJbr standard took, efwpmext and material* list). Tbois as needed to remow louvers Non-asbestos replacement louvers 3. Prepare work area witii drop doth. Verify that cooling tower Is shut off and locked out See Genera! Procedure W9. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto (hop cloth. 5. Adequately wet louvers to be removed. 3. Remove any fasteners holding louvers inplace. HEPA vacuum and wet fasteners during removal. Clean fasteners for reuse or dispose of as ACM. 7. Remove louvers and place into disposal bags or wrap ia polyethylene sheet for disposal. Collect any large broken pieces or chips and place into disposal bags. 8. HEPA vacuum and wet wipe surfaces that louvers were contacting. HEPA vacuum and wet wipe up any debris or dust from louver removal. 9. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 20! m Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Wo* Practices 1992 NIBS Ml 7 Summary Remove or replace asbestos cement roof shingles Summary Tfrfe wort practice covers Ac proetdu^ &r removisg ot repladiig a snaD number of asbestos cement shingles from foe toof of a building to support O&M work Examples Level 1: A. Replace or remove a small number of asbestos cement roof shingles In good condition that are loose or can be removed with minimal breakage to perform patching, repair work, or install new vest or stack. Level 2: K Replace or remove asbestos cement roof shingles that are damaged aad may become friable during removal. Related Work Practices M14-Oit or drill asbestos cement panels. M15 * Remove asbestos cement panels. 1418 Remove and replace asbestos cement tiding. M22 Remove asbestos-containing built-up roofing. Worker One wotfcer is usually sufficient Two or more workers may be needed to increase Recommendations efficiency or for additional health and/or safety considerations, A person with air monitoring training might be required. This person can be a worker. 202 Mfece*at?eous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Pracfces P1992 NIBS Ml 7 Level 1 Remove or replace asbestos cement roof shingles Ex&npte Level 1: A. Replace or remove a small number of asbestos cement roof shingles in good condition that are loose or can be removed with minimal breakage to perform patching, repair work, or install new vent or stack. Motes This work practice must be used In conjunction with General Procedure WX and a Lewi X Worker Checklist, The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. Work Practice Use ofo safety harness is strongly recommendedfor working on sloped roofs. Hoofing removal work sholi be computed before anypenetrations are made In the roofdeck Vse Work Practicef43X IfHEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or Ifbag orfiXter needs to be replaced. 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 1 Aaekite, 2. Additional tools, equipment aad materials: (tee General Procedure WXfor standard tools, equipment and materials list}. Pry bars, stager's ripper andfor sail clipper Non-slip boots for roofing work Safety harness Replacement rooting Hammer Spray encapsulate Qf used) 3. Place tools, equipment and materials needed in work area. If desired, spray encapsulate on shingles prior to start of removal. 4. Starting at top of removal area, remove nails, cut nails or pry up edge of first shingle until edges can be gripped by hand. Remove shingle and place into disposal bags or polyethylene lined cardboard boxes and lower to ground level 5. Continue removing shingles using procedures In step 4. 6. Clean up any debris or dust using wet wiping or HERA vacuum. 7. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 1 checklist to complete work. 203 a Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Woft Pradtees * 1&92NSS Ml 7 . Level 2 Remove or replace asbestos cement roof shingles Example Leva/2: A. Replace or remove asbestos cement roof shingles that are damaged and may become friable during removal. Notes This workpractice must be used tit conjunction with Gerund Procedures W2, W4, W9 and a bend 2 Warier Chedd'at. The worker checklist includes tasks dun must be performed before these work practices an begun. Use ofa safety harness is strongly recommendedfor working on sloped roofi. Roofing removal work shaft be completed b^ore any penetrations are made in the roofdeck.1 Work Practice 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checfcBst Z Additional tools, equipment and materials: (tee General Procedure Wlfor standard teds, equipment and materials list). Pry bars, slater's tipper aaVor nail dipper Non-stfp boots for tooting work Safety harness Replacement roofing Hammer Spray encapsulate (if used) 3. Prepare work area with barrier tape and drop doth. See General Procedures W4 and W9. Drop doth Should be below removal area to catch any debris generated during removal. Seal any roof penetrations, air intakes or windows in work area with polyethylene. Do not seal ova plumbing vent stacks. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed into work area. 5. If feasible, safe and desired, encapsulate or adequately wet shingles to be removed 6. Starting at top of removal area, remove nails, cut nails or pry op edge of first "shingle tmfit>et^*c*fi%e'gripperi!byhaal "Spray esmaderfwawtefccf shingle. Remove shingle and place into disposal bags or polyethylene hoed cardboard boxes. 7. Continue removing shingles using procedures in step 6. 8. Clean up any debris or dost using HERA vacuuming and wet wiping. 9. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete work. 204 Miscellaneous ACM * Asbestos O&M Work Practices e 01892 MBS Ml 8 Summary Remove and replace asbestos-cement siding shingles Swmwy This work practice covers the procedures for removing small amounts of asbestos cement sk&ng shingles from the exterior of a building to support O&M wort. Examples Level 1: K Replace or remove a small number of asbestos cement siding shingles In good condition Chat are loose or can be removed with minimal breakage to perform patching, repak wok, or to Install a new window or door. Level 2: K Replace or remove asbestos cement siding shingles that are sufficiently damaged and may become friable during removal Related Work Practices U14 - Cut or drill asbestos cement panels. 1115- Remove cement asbestos ponds. lit? Remove and replace asbestos cement shingles. K22 Remove asbestos-containing built-up roofing. Worker One worker is usually sufficient Two or more workers may be needed to increase Recommendations efficiency or for additional health sod/or saftty considerations. A person with air monitoring training might be required. This person can be a worker. 205 Misceftaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS Ml 8 Level t Remove and replace asbestos-cement siding shingles ExampfS Level 1: A. Replace or remove a small cumber of asbestos cement skiing shingles in good condition that are loose tv can be removed wish minimal breakage to perform patching, repair work, or to install a new window or doa. Notes Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedure WI and a level i Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks that must beperformed befort these wort practices are begun. Use Work Practice Mi/ &HEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or ifbag orfilar needs to be replaced* 1 ____ i____ __ ____ 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level! checklist 2. Additional tools, equlpmem and materials: (tee General Procedure WJfor standard tools, equipment and materials lisp. Pry bars, slate's ripper anchor nail clipper Replacement siding, if required Spray encapsulate Of used) 3. Place tools, equipment and materials needed is work area and set up ladder or scaffold if needed. If desired, spray encapsulate on siding panels. 4. Starting at top of removal area, remove aaBs, cut nails or pry up edge of first pawl until edges can be gripped by hand. Remove panel and place into disposal bags or polyethylene lined cardboard boxes and lower to ground level 5. Continue removing panels using procedures in step 4. 6. Clean up any debris or.dust using wet wiping or HEPA vacuum. 7. Perform maintenance west and clean-up and tear-down steps on level 1 checklist to compete woik. 206 Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NS Ml 8 * Level 2 Remow and replace asbestos cement siding shingles Example Level Z' A. Replace or remove asbestos cement siding shiagies thai are sufScjeaSly damaged and may become friable during removal Notes Work Practice This work practice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures Wl, TO and a Lord 2 Worker Checklist. The worker checklist includes tasks rfaj must be performed before these work practices are begun. 1. Perform Pre-work activities oo Levd 2 checklist. 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure Wlfor * standard tools, equipment and materials Ust). Pry bars, slater's ripper andtor sail dipper Replacement skng. If required Spay encapsulant (if used) 3. Prepare work area with drop cloth. See General Procedure TO Drop cloth should be below removal area to catch any debris generated during removal Set up ladder or scaffold if needed. Seal over any penetrations, air intakes or windows in wort area with polyethylene. Do not cover over exhaust vents. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop doth. 5. Apply spray encafsulant, to or adequately wet siding to be removed $, Starting at top of removal area, remove rails, cut nails or pry up edge of first pane! until edges can be gripped by band. Spray amended water on fry?* of panel. Remove panel and place into disposal bags or polyethylene lined cardboard boxes and lower to ground level. 7. Continue removing ponds using procedures In step 6. 9. Clean up any debris or dust using HEPA vacuuming and wet wiping. . -Perform majmenance^work and cican-upand tear-down-steps on-level 2 checklist to complete work. 207 Miscellaneous ACM * Asbestos O&M Wo* Practices 1992 NSS Ml 9 Summary Remove hlgh-temperature resistant (HTR) asbestos cement panels. Summary This work practice covers the procedures for removing smaH amounts of high temperature resistant asbestos panda for maintenance work. These panels typically have a high asbestos content Examples Level 1: K Remove HTR asbestos cement panels in good condtion that can be removed with minimal breakage. Level 2: A. Remove HTR asbestos cement panels that are damaged and may become friable during removal. LeVSf$: k. Remove HTR asbestos cement panels in poo? and friable condition Inside a mini-enclosure. Related Work Practices M14 Cut or drill asbestos cement panels. M1S *R*0* asbestos cement panels. 1117 Remove and replace asbestos cement dangles. U22 Remove asbestos-containing built-up roofing. Worker One worker for Level 1 work. One or two workers for Level 2 depending upon Becommentfstions safety and efficiency consderations. Two workers fix Level 3. A person with air monitoring training might be required. This person can be a worker. 20$ Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Wo* Practices 01932 NIBS Ml 9 Level 1 Remove high temperature resistant (HTR) asbestos cement panels. Example Level 1: A. Remove HTR asbestos cement panels la good condition that can be removed with minimal breakage. Notes Work Practice This work practice must be used In conjunction with General Procedure W| end a level 1 Worker Ckeekbst The worker checklist includes tasks thatmust beperformed before these workpractices are begun. Use Work Practice MSI ifHEPA vacuum needs maintenance, or ifbag orfiber needs to be replaced.* 1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 1 checklist 2. Additional tools, eqnipmeot and materials: (see General Procedure W2for standard tools, equipment and materials fit#. Tools needed to remove panels and fasteners Spray encapsulant (if used) 1 Place tools, equipment and materials needed in work area and set up ladder or scaffold if needed. If desired, spray amended water or encapsulant on panels before starting removal. 4. Remove fasteners seeming panels In place. Wet fasteners during removal. Remove panels and place info disposal bags or wrap in polyethylene. 5. Clean up any debris or dust using wet wiping or HEPA vacuum. $. Perform maintenance work and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level \ checklist to complete work. 209 * Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos Q&M Work Practices a 1992 NIBS Ml 9. Level 2 Remove high temperature resistant (HTR) asbestos cement panels. Example Level Z A. Remove HTR asbestos cement panels that arc damaged and may become friable during removal. Notes Work Practice This wort practice jnwr be used In conjunction with General Procedures WJW9 and a bevel 2 Warier Checklist The worker checklist includes tasks thas must be performed before these work practices are begun.1 1. Perform Pre-work activities on Level 2 checklist. 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: (see General Procedure W) for _ standard (oela, #9uipment and materials iki). Tools needed to remove panels and fasteners Spray encapsulate Of teed) 3. Prepare work area with drop doth. See General Procedure W9. Drop doth should be below removal area to catch any debris generated &ring removal. Set up ladder or scaffold if needed. 4. Place tools, equipment and materials needed onto drop cksh. 5. Adequately wet panels to be removed using spray encapsulate or amended water. $. Remove fasteners securing panels hi place. Wet or HEPA vacuum fasteners during removal. Pull panel away slightly, spray amended water cm back of panel, remove panel and place into <$posal bags or wrap in polyethylene. 7, Clean up any debris or dust using HEPA vacuuming and wet wiping. 8. Perform maintenance work and dean-up and tesr-down steps on Level 2 checklist to complete weak. 210 s Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Work Practices 1992 NIBS Ml 9 . Level 3 Remove high temperature resistant (HTR) asbestos cement panels Ex&npfa Level 3: A. Remove HTR asbestos cement panels in poor asd friable condition Inside a mlci-enclosure. UotBS Work Practice This workpractice must be used in conjunction with General Procedures Wi, W9 and a Level $ Worker Checklist, The worker checklist includes tasks that must be performed before these work practices are begun. t. Perfbna Pre-work activities on Level 3 checklist. 2. Additional tools, equipment and materials: fS G^wnil Procedure Wlfor standard toots, equipment and materials ilstj. Tools needed to remove panels and fasteners Spray encapsulate (if used) 3. Prepare work area with drop ciofii, erect mini-enclosure and set up negative pressure system. See General Procedure W9. 4. Race tools, equipment and materials needed into enclosure. Set up ladder or scaffold if needed. 5. Enter enclosure and adequately we? panels to be removed using spray encapsulate or amended water. $, Remove fasteners holding panels in place. Wei or HEPA vacuum fasteners during removal. PuH panel away slightly, spray amended water os back of panel, remove panel and place into disposal bags or polyethylene Sited cardboard boxes. Spray any loose or broken panel pieces with amended water and place into disposal bags. 7. Clean up any debris or dust using HEPA vacuuming and wet wiping. 6. Perform maintenance wort and clean-up and tear-down steps on Level 3 checklist to complete work. 211 a Miscellaneous ACM Asbestos O&M Wort Practices 1932 NSS M20 Summary Remove asbestos-containing chalk board Summary Thiswork prsctia describes the work required to remove a chalkboard (hat U made of asbestos-coBtaiamg materia. Examples Level 1: A. Remove a$besto8<oaliung chalkboard that is coo-adhered and easily removed. Level 2 A. Remove a^estos-owsaining chalkboard that is adhered or may generate minor debts from removal. level A, Remove a^es<0!s^ag chafihoaid fiha is to poor coaftfra or strongly adhered to wall folate! Work Practices None Worker One worker for small boards or mechanically attached units. Two waters to Recommendations toga* boards or adhered units. A person with air monitoring training might be required. This person can be a worksr. 212 Miscellaneous ACM a Asbestos O&M Work Practices #1992 NIBS Appendices Appeal* A Job Request Form for Maintenance Work................ Appendix B * Maintenance Wok Authorization Form..................... Appendix C Evaluation of Work Affecting Asbestos-Comaifllcg Materials.......................................... AppencBl D Waste Tracking Form.............................................. Appendix S Gtossay................................................... *............. Appendix F * References ................................. .............................. Appendix G - General Safety Consaderetioas.................................. Appencftx H Definitions 0/ Smalt-scale, Short-duration Operations Appeal*! - Regulations.......................................... ..................... Appendix 4 Minority Opinions............................................... . Appendix K - NIBS Fe&ack Form............................................ /'"N \) 267 269 m 273 275 280 283 289 293 299 317 266 s Appendices s $ 1992 NIBS Appendix A Job Request Form for Maintenance Work (from EPA Green Book) 267 s Appendices $1992 NIBS Job Request Form for Maintenance Work Nam**-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Cale----------------- TdQADM Ho. - .... .....-- .................... ..... fob *"!>**% Rented starting dale;_______ ______________________________ ___ A"kip*ed fimihdst*----- -- Addfeo, baiidii*, *ad room Humberts) (or description ofarea) where work is to he performed; Description ofwfc Description of any asbesios-cootesniag material that might be affected, if toown (mdude location and type): Name aad telephone Dumber of requestor: 'Name aab telephone number Cf sopemsor. Submit this application to: CP* Aahfgce Propas Maea^e) NOTE: Ad app&caooo must be submitted for ail maintenance work whether or Dot csbestos<ootaiaiag material might be affected. Ac authorisation must then be received before any work can proceed. ______Qraoud (Job Request No. \ .... With coodrttoae* -- Denied *Cooc&tioss: __________ ____________ _____ _______ ______ 266 Appendices @ 1992 NIBS Appendix B_______________________ Maintenance Work Authorization Form (from EPA Green Book) 269 Apperuce$ 1992 NIBS WortAuthorization Form JUftHOfUZATlOM f^ynUlaab glwfl toprewed.*&0 M|twtoftMM***fc No. KESENCE OFASKSWCOUTMflHG WIWLS __ m aot preeeai ia (be vtoafty erf the meaaiecteace vofc ______ACM i* frees*. but Ha dktwUocc k oa urtidj** bowev*. if ccoti&ai efeeage. da AebeBoi Pragma Meiagrr w3 ravalnate to oct repeat peta to ?racsaae> . _ ACM U peae*. rad any be dtaBbai Wo*ftvtoa I M&**We*rt*WRgIM(Ua An ** *n fgevisg tract pncticea tofi be employed voM or aiatalie rftavfeiag thenar Ptiaond Pfc^K^Jefi 9 ibbeeto'CenttfotogUateriait As Pw*d Tbe foSowieg eqoJpa*glkfe<hee toS be ised/wora rforiag tbe wk to pot** worfcm: (iruBaili ce peaoad frtoetcoe caa be tafervaced) SpaeaPrartkw&idkrEsulpawa ReiM: Siased: (A&esuM ftogfus Muuget) 270 ft Appends ft 1902 NIBS _ Due:. Appendix C Evaluation of Work Affecting Asbestos-Containing Materials (from EPA Green Book) 271 Appendtees s 1992 NiBS Ev*uftel Weil Affecting UmtefrConfeWng UM* TU* *t*u*on covm die feOooieg msfiwneearri week Lakrf*ciW(^i&.b^^TOTiBmbU>,gBea4toa^ioe); fWS tJ ......... ... ........................... Work ifpoval forts oamber; _ BwJoetSo* ofafc pn>t*k*s employed V> etrtis&la of *A**or Evafeetioa *t work predices ee^toyeti to coottie reVasrt Gixa tad to due *p fee work ire* Evafottios c< eqtupmrat tad procefeats osl to protect vestas: Fenced tip mocfUrug remits: fe-bouse worker or ccetna?) Wate Bene___ __ __ Water seme___________________________________ HewSag s atonge of ACM wen* _ Si&ed:Dm* (Asbestos ftogrem Manger) Results;_ Remits:. 2721 Appen^ces * 01992 NIBS Appendix D Waste Tracking Form 273 Appendices 1992 NIBS Waste Tracking Form Pan 1 - To be coasted by wortot: M^Uuace WocU Atfhafizukw Ma a <a Area: ,_ _......... Tpeef ACMReaeve* Qoucoy e/Wate gaumed: Otbcc eeautaeic Wfcfla transported to: ............................... -...... -.............. TVaaspecled by: Trading Rarm pvea to: --____ Pan 2 To be comalaerf bv AAuw Program Maeam Vk Fropoty Packaged * Labeled: Y ___ No EXCEPTIONS:_______________________________ Vuu Storage Locatim: Was* Disposal Location: Was*Stepouej Jtecadi Pfn-iv^t1 Due:___________________________________ SIGNSD:_ ASBESTOS PROGRAM MANAGER DATE: Bap 274 Appendices a $ 1992 NIBS Appendix E Glossary Acoustical Piaster Sound absorbing finishing material miU-formuiaied for application in areas where a redaction in sound reverberation or noise intensity Is desired- These materials usually are applied in a minimum thickness of 1/2" (13 mm). The finish material is applied over gypsum piaster, plaster brown coat or other base piaster. The surface material is usually finable and has a rough surface appearance. Acoustic Tile TUe-shaped blocks of sound absorbent material used for ceilings or as wall facing. May be glued to substrate or laid in a rigid grid work. ACM (AC8M) Asbestos-Containing Material (Asbestos-containing Building Material). Any material containing more than one percent asbestos. Adequately Wet Adequately Wet means sufficiency mx or penetrate with liquid to prevent die release of paniculatea. tfvisitte emissions-are observed coming from asbestoscontaining material, then that material has not been adequately wetted. However, the absence of visible emissions is not sufficient evidence of being adequately wet Air Monitoring The process of measuring the fiber contest of a specific volume of air. Amended Water Water to which a surfactant has been added for use in wetting ACM to control asbestos fibers. Asbestos Ovysotile, amoshe, croddoiitfl, tremolite asbestos, anthophyllite asbestos, actioolite asbestos and any of these minerals that has been chemically treated and/or altered Asbestos-Containing Waste Material MiS tailings or any waste that contains commercial asbestos and is generged by a source regulated under NESHAP. This term includes filters from control devices, friable asbestos waste material, and bags or other similar packaging contaminated with commercial asbestos. As applied to demolition and renovation operations, this term also induces regulated asbestos-containing waste and materials contaminated with asbestos including disposable equipment aid clothing. Asbestos debris Pieces of ACBM that can be identified by color, texture, or composition, or means dust, if the dust Is determined by an accredited inspector to be ACM. Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) An EPA regulation published in the October 30, 1987 Federal Register covering asbestos-containing materials in schools. AKERA requires local education agencies to identify ACM ia their school buildings, develop an asbestos management plan and implement this plan. An O&M program is one permitted response action, where appropriate. 275 n Appendix E - Glossary m Q1992 NSS Asbe$t0$O&M Work .Cleaning, ... fwaint/mm, repair or rcaovsaHoa work involving asbestos cofiaiateg materials where the intern of the activity is not to remove asbestos. NESHAP requires that the owner or operator of a demolition or renovation activity conduct a thorough inspection of the affected facility car part of die facility where demotitioa or renovation will occur. Asbestos Program Manager (APM) a building owner or designated representative who supervises ail aspects of the facility asbestos management and control program. Breathing Zona A hemisphere forward of the shoulders with a radios of approximately 6" to 9" (150-230 mm). Sliding encapsulaitf aq eacspsuiare that forms a discrete layer os the surface of an In rim asbe'Sos matrix. Concealed Suspension or Concealed Bp&ttCe&ng System presents a monolithic ceiling sisface, unobstructed by the cross-hatching of exposed grid members, tiles are typically 12" x 12" (305 x 305 mm) or 12" x 24" (305 x 630 mm) with slots or kerfs cut into the edges of tiles for the purposes of accepting flat or T* splines to support the tiles. *onfeWtiSpace A spaoslnanas limited openings for entry and exit, unfavorable natural ventilation andfor a space not desgned for continuous worker occupancy. Examples include boilers; furnaces, pits, septic tanks, manholes, rilas and utility vaults. Critical Barrier One or more layers of polyethylene taped In place over openings into a work area. Openings to be covered include doors, windows, diffusers, and any other opening that could allow outside air Into a work area. Decorative Acoustic Finish: RmsWng material mifl-formglared and 9*3? applied up to about 3/8" (10 mm) thick over gypsum waflboard Material has a rough surface and is similar in appearance to acoustic plaster but is not designed for sound absorption Delamination Separation of one layer from another. Disposal Bag Propcriy labeled 6 mil (0.15 mm) thick (or thicks) leak-tight plastic bags used for transporting as&eara waste from wrir and to disposal rite. Drop CiOih A layer of polyethylene on the floor of a work ares to protect the floor bdow from contamination and to facilitate foe clean-up of dust or debris generated during the wort. Encapsulate A material that surrounds or embeds asbestos fibers in an adhesive matrix, to prevent release of Abes. Enclosure the construction of an air-tight, impermeable, permanent barrio around asbestos-containing material to control foe release of asbestos fibers torn tire air. EPA VS. Environmental Protection Agency Excursion Unit (EL) Tbe OSHA teem used to define a maximum airborne concentration of asbestos in fibers per cubic centimeter as averaged over a sampling period of thirty minutes. Fiber Release Any uncontrolled or unintentional disturbance of ACBM resulting in visible emission. 278 a Appendix e . Glossary 1992 NIBS i Fireproofing Material applied to strucstral elements or systems which provides Increased fire resistance, usually serving no structural fimdoo. This material is typically applied using spray equipment Friatf* Asbestos (See "Regulated ACM") Gftvebag A polyethylene or polyvinyl cbkride bag-like enclosure affixed around an asbestos-containing source (most often, TSI) so that the material may be removed while snoimiriQg release of airborne fibers to rite surrounding atmosphere. HEPA Filter High-Efficiency Paniculate Air Fitter. Such filters are rated to e^p M least 99.97% of aQ particles OJ microns <0.3 pm) in diameter or larger. Medical Surveillance a periodc comprehensive review of a water's health status. The required elements of an acceptable medical surveillance program are listed in the Occupational Safety and Health Administration standards for asbestos. MinI-Enclosure An enclosure constructed of polyethylene sheeting used for small scale, short duration asbestos maintenance or renovation -work. -Mim^etsSosures canbesmaii enough to restrict entry to the asbestos work area to one worker. Appendix G to OSHA regulation 29 CFR 1926.58 discusses mini-enclosures and recommends that a change room be constructed contiguous to the minienclosure. Miscellaneous ACM Interior asbestoscontaining building material on structure! components, structural members or fixtures.such as floor and ceiling tiles; does not include surfacing material or thermal system insulation. Negative Pressure System a local exhaust system intended to prevent the escape of contaminated air to the summadiog environment, ft utilizes HEPA flltrariott capable of maintaining a pressure differential widi a lower pressure inside the Work Area than in any adjacent area. This system recirculates dean air andtor generates a constant flow of eir from adjacent areas into the work area. Negative Pressure Respirator a respirator in which the air pressure inside die respiratory-islet covering 1s positive (hiring exhalation in relation to the sir pressure of die outside atmosphere and negative during lohaUdon in relation to the air pressure of the outside atmosphere. MESHAP National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants - EPA Rules under the Clean Air Act NK3SH The National Institute fa Occupational Safety and Health, which was established by the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. Primary functions of N10SH are to conduct research, issue technical information, and certify respirators. Operations A Maintenance (0AM) Program A program of work practices to maintain ACM in good condition, ensure elm up ofasbestosfibers previously released, and prevent further release by minimizing and controlling ACM (fistuxbance or damage. Occupied Area An area where personnel are present and are performing their normal activities intended for the area (such as In a typical office area from 8:00 to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday). OSHA Occupational Health & Safety Administration 277 t AppWKfix E * Glossary a Q1992 NIBS Pengtrstfng Encapsulart An eocapsuiant feat is absorbed by fee in situ asbestos matrix without leaving a discrete surface layer. Percent Air Samples As sir sample taken wife s sampfespumpdteaefiy attached to the worker with the collecting filter and cassette placed in Che worker's breathing tone, these samples are required by the OSHA asbestos standards and the EPA Worker Protection Rule. Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCI!) a method of analysis using a tight microscope, used to find the concentration of airborne fibers. Does aot distinguish among asbestos and other fibers. Used by OSHA to find personal exposures, and by S*A to find area levels for AHERA prefect clearance. Plenum Any Space to convey air in a buikfisg or structure, the space above a suspended cdfing is often used as an air plenum. This term is also used in the wort practices to refer to spaces above a ceiling not used to convey air. Polarized light Microscopy (PLM) A method of analysis using a light microscope to find the chemical or mineral types of samples, including the concentration of asbestos in bulk ..materials. Used by EPA for AHERA and NBSHAP, and by OSHA to see if asbestos is involved in a project Protection Factor the ratio of the ambient concentration of an airborne substance to the concentration of the substance inside the respirator at the breathing zone of the wearer. The protection factor Is a measure of die degree of protection provided by a respirator to the wearer. Regulated ACM {RACUJ As defied by NESHAP in the November 20, 1990 Federal Register, regulated asbestowntaWng material (RACtS) means (a) Friable asbestos material (b) Category 1 nonfria&e ACM that has become friable, (c) Category 1 aonfiiabie ACM dm will be or has been subjected to sanfeog, grinding, cutting, or abrading, or (d) Category 11 txmfriabte ACM that has a high probability of becoming or has become crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by the forces expected to act on the material in the course of deoeoHtiofl or renovation operations regulated by thissubpart (Note: Xegukied ACM is an BPA NESHAP concept OSHA makes no distinction betweenfriable and non-Jriable asbestos). "Cutting' mesas topeaetrsse with a sharp-edged instrument and includes sawing, but does not Include shearing, dicing or ptmdtihg. "Grinding" means to reduce powder or small fragments and includes mechanical cilppping or drilling. Friable asbestos material means any material containing more man J percent gsbestos as determined AHERA (40 CFR Hat 76X Subpart F, Appendix A, section 1, Polarized light Microscopy) that, when dry, can be crumbled, pul verized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure. If the asbestos content Is loss tim 10 percent as determined by a method other than point counting by polarized light microscopy (Phil), verify fee as bestos content by point counting using PLM. 27$ a Appendix E - Glossary a 1992 NIBS Category {nonfriable asbestos- Suspended "T" Bar Ce&ng System A containing matertti (ACM) means fala or dropped ceiing composed of asbestos-containing packings, acoustic files laid into an inverted gaskets, resilient floor covering metal "T" bar grid frame suspended by and asphalt roofing products wires from building framing members. containing more than 1 percent asbestos as determined using the method specified under AHERA Surfactant A chemical wetting agent added to water to improve penetration, thus reducing the quantity of water Categoiy t aonfriable ACM means - required for a given operation or area. any material, excluding Category I nonfriable ACM. containing more than I percent asbestos as determined using the methods specified under AHERA, when Temporary Banters One or more layers of 6 mil polyethylene installed to Isolate a wort area from other portions ofa facility. dry, carnjot be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure. Thermal System insulation (TSI) Thermal system insulation - asbestoscofiaijficg material applied to pipes, Remove For Operations and Maintenance work on ACM, "remove" refers to the removal of ACM as needed to perform a maintenance or tings, boilers, breeching, tanks, ducts or other interior structural components so prevent heat loss or gain or water condensation. repair O & M activity. Time Weighted Average (TWA) Is air Removal Encapsulate a penetrating sampling, this refers to the average air encapsulant specifically designed to concentration of contaminants during a Ml*- minimize fiber release during removal particular time period. of asbestos-containing materials ratter than for In situ encapsulation. Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) A method of analysis using as Repair Returning damaged ACBM to an undamaged coalition or to an intact state so as to prevent fiber release. Respirator A device designed to electron microscope, used to find end analyze the concentration of airborne or bulk asbestos fibers and structures. Distinguishes among asbestos and other materials; can detect smaller asbestos protect the 'wearer from the inhalation fibers feast doesfCM Used by~EPA of harmful particulates. to find area concentrations for large Small-scale, Short-duration AHERA project clearance. (See Appendix H) Work Area The area where asbestos- Surfacing ACM Asbestos-containing material that is sprayed-on, troweled-on or otiierwise applied to surfaces, such as acoustical plaster on ceilings and fireproofing materials on structural related work or removal operations are performed which U defined and/or Isolated to prevent the spread of asbestos dust, fibers or debris, and entry by unauthorized personnel. member, or other materials on surfaces for acoustical, fireproofing, or enter purposes. Work Practices Procedures designed to be followed to avoid or minimize fiber release during activities affecting ACM. 279 i Appends E Glossary m 01992 NIBS Appendix F References pda Ramtfations United States Environmental Protection Agency, Asbestos Abatement Projects; Worker Protection; Final Rule ("Worker Protection Rule") 40 CFR 703.120-126, Washington D.C, 1987. United States Environmental Protection Agency, Notional Emission Standardsfar Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) 40 CFR 6U40-IS7. Washington D.C., 1984, revised 1990. United States Environmental Protection Agency, Asbestos-Containing Materials tn Schools; Final Rule and Notice (Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act AHERA) 40 CFR 763.30-99. Washington D.C.. 1987. EPA GukteOCB Documents (Order by Calling TSCA Assistance HotBne in Washington, DC ssd-idWX UnHed States Environmental Protection Agency, Managing Asbestos in Place ("Green Book") EPA Publication #207-2003, Washington DC* 1990. United States Environmental protection Agency, Guidancefir Gontrvtibtg AsbestosContainlng Materials in Buildings ("Purple Book") EPA publication #5608-85-024, Washington D.C.. 1985. United States Environmental Protection Agency, A Guide to Respiratory Protectionfor the Asbestos Abatement Industry ("White Book) EPA publication #S60-OPTS-86-00I, Washington D.C., 1986. United States Environmental Protection Agency, Simplified Sampling schemefir Surfacing Materials (Pink Book") EPA publication #56Q/5'85`Q3Qaf Washington JDXUJSttl United States Environmental Protection Agency, EPA Guidance fir Service and Maintenance Personnel EPA publication #560/5-85-018, Washington D.C., 1985. United Slates Environmental Protection Agency, Model training course materials for accrediting Asbestos Building Inspectors and Management Planners in accordance with AHERA, Washington D.C., 1987. United States Environmental Protection Agency, Abatement ofAsbestosContaining Pipe Insulation, Asbestas-in-Bulidlngs Technical Bulletin 1986-2, Washington D.C., 1986. w 280 Appendix F References 1892 HBS 0$HA Regulations Occupational Safety and Health Administratis Asbestos Regulationsfor the Construction Industry 29 CFR 1926.58, Washington D.C* 1986. Occupational Safety and Health Administratis Respiratory Protection 29 CFR 1910.134, Washington, D.C., 1978. Occupational Safety and Health Administratis Hazard Communication Standard for the Construction Industry 29 CFR 1926.59, Washington D.C, 1987. U.S. General Services Administration (PUSE) Documentation Packagefor Asbestos Operations ft Maintenance Programs, Washington D.C, 1990. Asbestos (Air monitoring guidance, etc.) information Center '^0 Miscellaneous References Institute for Environmental Assessment, 433 Jackson Street, Anoka, MN 55303: f. Suggested Operations and Maintenance Procedures Z Guide to Asbestos Personal Monitoring 8. Recognition ofDamage, Deterioration and Delamination 4. Aerodynamic Characteristics ofAsbestos Keyes, Dale L. and Chesson, Jean. Guide to Monitoring Airborne Asbestos in Buildings, Tuscon, AZ, 1989. , Health Effects Institute Asbestos Research, Asbestos in Public and Commercial Buildings A Literature Review and Synthesis ofCurrent Knowledge, Cambridge, MA, 1991. 281 Append F - References 1992 NIBS O&M Program Elements References ' Element AfigAppofntmsnU Training WotorT/afatog BMng Inspections Assessment Occupant Notification t Commurtication Jfeanf Coamtrica&on Program WorivProtection Program Respiratory Protection Program ItotMSunaManca WortP*fm8System Waste Disposal JtecordkHptog BbatRoteasaa Periotic Sunken* A ftetespacBons A^gonttoring Continad Spam Garter*/Safety Hazards Regulations * Guidance Documents Purple Book, AHERA. Vhke Book Green Book Guidance P**.7423-2S Purple Book, AHERA. White Book Purple Book. AHERA. Ride Book Fp. 23-25 H? AHERA Pgi 12-13,28-29 OSHA 29 CPS 1910.1200 A OSHA 29 CFR 1926.39. OSHA 29 CFR 1926.5* Pf-22 P*fc 17-18,38 While Book. OSHA 29 CFR 1910.234, 1926J8 P*fc 17-18 OSHA 29 CFR 19205* EPA NESHAP 40 CFR 6U45.I50 OSHA 29 CFR 1910.1200, DOT 49 CFR PcuHl Alta AHERA Purple Book, AHERA Purple Book. AHERA P$. V P$> 15 Pf-28 22 P**. 20 * 21 P*. 14 Purple Book, AHERA OSHA 29 CFR 1926.58 r.^,,1 tAA OSHA Proposed Rules While Book Appendix D OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926 Pi*. 10.14 - J5 -.. 2B2 Appwitix F Reterenc&s a 1$$2 NIBS Appendix G General Safety Considerations (This section Is reprinted from Appendix D of the EPA'sWhte Book for use by personnel performing 0 & M activfttesj 203 s Appendix Q Genera! Safety Considerations 1992 NIBS General Safety Considerations Ronald LStanevleh NtOSH QMslon <* Safety Research ttiie guide was primarily develop** to provide recommendations concerning woiksr respkaoty protection within the a&estoa lament industry. However, employers must not bee eight ofthe safety hazardstheb erriptoyees an aaqjoaed^. loin perfomrice ofthefe work. Asbestos abatement operations can take place in a variety of In&stri^, commercial and pubfc setting *>h has unique potential aatety hazards th*the emptoysr must control. However, needy afiabsaenws operation* have some common safety hazards. With proper job planning and eipervteion. the employ* can centretboth lb* beafth hazards end the safety hazards faced by Mr work**. The more common safety hazards associated wtei abatementoperationsandgeneralrecommendationstocontrolthemarediscussedbelow. Sourcesfortno specificsafety Homrtion era Batedto supplement and support the app&eble OSHA regulatory standards. 1. Elevated Work Surface# The natureofasbestos abatementtasks ueuaSyree^reeworkerstoworkfromladders. eeaffokte.rrafiSfts,or other elevated outfaces, which cresses Pie potential for teS injuries. Stipa and tafia from ladders, scaffolds, and oh* elevated surfaces resirit in a rrajor portion of Pie construction todusfty injuries. Many of these can be prevented by implementing a tow control measures: A. Gartered (1) Avoid use of mai*sri#t wait ptoftorms by provaJteg portabte tedde/a af scsrfWda. <2} Ensure that job-buflr elevated work surfaces are inspected by a corrpetem person othat thanthe todfckkial who (3) Avoid working from elevated surfaces where poss&e. Consider use of wands for spraying amended water or scrapers wSb extended handles. Eitfity percent of ladder-reisMed accidents result from improper use or application. (1) Workers should face the ladder when dinting up, down, or working from ft. (2) Workers should not carry objects to Mr hands while ascending or descending ladders. Whiie working from a ladder they should hold on with m least one hand. (3) Ladders should not be used as a substitute for planks, runways, or waJfcboards. (4) LadderssriouWbe matotefoetfto g&xicon&bn. Detoctfve tedderssborridb*destroyed** thatnoon*peesthem by mistake. (5) Udders should have safety feet to good coodUon to keep the tedder from slipping and cutting through polyethylene floor covers. (6) Udder rungs/steps shouldbe kept free of centamtoates such as amended water and buildup of asbestos waste. (?) Employees should work no higher than the fourth etep/rung from the lop of the tedder. {3) Employees should no! attempt to 'reach* distant objects from e tedder; other platforms should be used 2W Append*<? &fefy`Consi<fcrafofls *0m2NIBS {0} Wood or ffeerglasa ladder* should be provided to help control exposure to electrical hazards. (10) Employees Should not etradcle the spaw between a ladder andsnorter object (11) rr*>toyees should make a visual inspection of ladders before each ehfc Addtional information sources: Ladders' - pubScation no. ISBN 0-919465-066 Construction Safety Association of Ontario 74 Victoria Street Toronto. Ontario Canada M5C 2A5 *$dety Requirements for Portable Wood Ladders* - A^&1 A14.1 - 1982 "Safety Reqursmerits forJob*Wade Ladders* - ANSI AM.4 -1979 Sadety Requirements for Portable Reinforced Plastic Ladders* - ANSI A14.6 -1962 American National Standards Institute, Inc. 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10019 "Portable Udders* - Industrial Safety Data Sheet 9665 National Safety Council 444 North Michigan Avenue Chicago lUncss 60611 Efwkonmentei Health andSafety Chfefoe Georgia Tech Research Institute Georgia Institute of Technofogy Atlanta, Georgia 30332 C. Scaffolds FaJU horn scaffolds resut In about 2,000 injuries per month in * United States. These can be reduced by (1) providing guardrails around the perimeter of the-work surface regardless of scaffold height (3) keeping scaffold uprights vertical and pinned together when stacked (4) ensuring vertical members are braced to keep the scaffold plumb and level (6) decking the entire top portion of the work surface In lieu of using minimum planking dimensions (6) extending planks at least 6* (160 mm) over their support and dealing or restraining them from movement (7) ensuring that manufacturer built-in {adders are In good ccncfitfen (6) maintaining mobile scaffold casters in good coriditfon with position looting devices secured when employees are working from the scaffold 265 Append G - General Safety Considerations 1992 NIBS <9} keepftig mcble caf?oJng helgM less than four times the mMmam baas ^mansion _a^ wto adequate... crese-bratang {10} never Interchanging scaffol&tg pans from (Stores unto (11) never using defective scaffolding (12) donating only "Competent* persons 1o perform scaffolding repairs. Addtlonal information sources: 'Manually Prepetted MobSe ladder Stands and Scaffolds" * ANSI A92.1 -1977 "Manually Propelled Elevating Wo* Pfetom*" - ANSI A82.3-1980 SeS-PropeRed Elevating Work Platforms" - ANSI A92.6 American National Standards Instftute, Inc. 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 a. Electrical Hazard* Asbestos abatement * often related to renovation or remodelng activities. Normafiyftie equipment* machinery, overhead ^fahg folures. and auxffiary fumish/ngs are removed* fadfltate the abatement w*fc However, ft is becoming more convnon that industrial end commercial buddings remain pani&By occupted whUe abatement operations are perfomted In eithersituation,theabatementoperatormusttake pos$ve actionstoprotect employeesfromaceideatiycoming intocontact with energized electrical circuits. A. General (1) Perform a pre-work waft-through of the abatement area to look for pre-existing electrical hazards invoked with the work. (2) De-energize as many circuits as possftto. (3) Verify that the circuits have been de-energized with a "Field Current Sensing Device' drcuft tester. Either lode outAag out aS de-energized circuits to prevent them from accktentaSy being energized. (4) Use non-conductwe tools such as scrapers and 'vacuum attachments made at wood, plastic, or rubber. 45) .Jtewlcte wiring or equipment. .Ad^rboatfeftdter^t&Kas-wba4tt(ft muabe done .amuad-^tatyied (6) Prohibit accumulation of puddee of wateronthefloor. Workers should be trainedthe intelligentuse ofamended water. No water should be used around energized cftcute. 8. Permanent ButWag CtfcuHry <1} Ensure that aS permanent circuits are provided with a grounding system. This can be determined with a portable ground tester. (2) Ensure that electrical outlets are tightly sealed and taped to avoid water spray. 266 Appendix G - General Safety Considerations 1992 NIBS (3) Dstenrine what equipment must remam energized during the abatement proeese. (4) heutale or guard energized equipment and Wiring from empires contact and other conduct*#* objects. (5) Avoid damaging permanent buUting wiring during the work. (6) Consider dry removal methods h the vicinity of electrical equipment which must remain energized C. Terrporary Power 0) Aft temporary circuits provided by die abatement operator must be provided with s grounng system and protected by ^ourtd taut circuit interrupters. (2) Avoid stringing temporary wiring acres* floors (3) Elevated w%ing should not be fastened with staples, nub, or wire. (4) Use care not to damage the wiring insulation during Instaftaflon or abatement work. D. Electrical Cords end Toole (1) Provide extension cords which have e ground conductor. (2) Ensure that cords ere not damaged, contain no spScee. end that die groung lug on the male plug is fntatt. (3) Position extension cords to aMiafe stumfe&iptrippjng hazards end to prefect them tom damage by mevtog scaffolds. (4) Provide electrical toots which ere efther grounded or of the doi&fe*inst4ed type (5) Use shatterproof, guarded bulbs and heavy duty wiring for terrporery Ughtlng. (6} Where plugs enter receptacles, ensure #vat the connection is protected by use of duct tape or by other means. Additional information sendees: "National Electrical Safety Code" - ANSI C2-1964 National Electrical Code" - ANSW4FPA 70-1964 American hUriioaAl&andards Institute, bv. 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018 Temporary Electric Wiring for Construction Sites* - Industrial Safety Data Sheet #515 National Safety Council 444 North Michigan Avenue Chicago. Illinois 60611 287 a Appendix G - Genera Safety Cwsxferaffcns a 1992 MBS ffi. Mouefcaeptag _ ...................................... ...................................................... Asbestos abatement operations present continuous housekeeping problems. The accumulation of asbeetoetnd other (Sebns on pofyethylene^owred floors create entree slipping and taping hazards. ft isessential that accumulation of such debris be beggedandremoved from the floor as soon as poss&fe. wndwuph ftfeas&flymayWtiatyraguheitw effort, It make feel cteam? easier andthe wo* area safer. Addtional information source; Supervisors Safety Manual* National Safely Council 444 North Michigan Avenue Chicago, Illinois 60611 IV. Emergency Planning The abatement operator should develop emergency procedures fix fires or seveHy injured employees. Since abatement wofk areas must be seated off. therabyWoclcwp normal axfts. ih* operator mat fcamSarize She wa/kw* with procedures forsafe dt m case of tire. Furthermore, Vie operator should develop plans for obtaining emergency aid Hi case of severe enpkyee injury. The plans should be wrpaffete w& decontamination procedures yet provide for quick medical aid Additional information source; Environmental Health and Safety Division Georgia Tech Research Institute Georgia Institute of Technology Atlanta, Georgia 30332 285. Appendix G General Safety Considerations 1992 NIBS Appendix H Definitions of Small-Scale, Short-Duration Operations This section setsforth the EPA and OSHA definitions ofsmall-scale, shortduration operations - the scope ofwork intended under this manual All references are to the Code cfFederal Regshsdons (CFR), the Federal Register (Fed. Reg.), or the OSHA Compliance Manual (OSHA TNSTR.) This manual Is intended for use only with operations qualifying as "smallscale. short-duration' projects under OSHA and SPA regulations and regulatory guidelines. A summary of these regulations and guidelines am set forth below. The complete regulations should be consulted for full * information related to these definitions. The reader should review this Appendix in its entirety for a complete understanding of the current regulatory picture, &ad of the proposed changes to those regulations. The reader should also consult the regulations at the time of use m ensure;that these definitions are still in place. Local and state guidelines and regulations should also be consulted 1. OSHA DEFINITIONS A^ikurem D^brtion The definition contained In Appendix G of the construction asbestos standard <29 CFA. 1926.58) it as follows: For the purposes of this appendix, small-scale, short-duration renovation and m&tatemmce activities are tasks such as. but not limited to: Removal of asbestos-containing insulation on pipes: Removal of small quantities of asbestos-containing insulation on beams or above ceilings; Replacement of an asbestos- containing gasket or valve; Installation or removal of a small section of drywall; Installation of electrical conduits through or proximate to asbestoscontaining materials. 29 C.F.R. i 1926.58, App. G. R Problems Vfitb the Current OSHA Definition OSHA has been under court order since February, 1988 to amend Its definition of its exemption from the negative pressure enclosure requirement for small-scale, shortduration operations, because, as the court found, "the exception as now worded seems to erase the rule." See Building and Construction Trades Department, AFL-CIO v. Brock, 838 P.2d 1258, 1279 <D,C. Cir. 1988). OSHA is currently revising its definition as part of a rulemaking procedure begun in 1990-sbdit expected ft) promulgate a new regulation in 1992. OSKA's proposal is set forth below at t.D. C. Clarifications Contained in OSHA INSTRUCTION CPI 2-2.40 OSHA has issued only (me compliance directive on the asbestos standard; the directive further defines small-scale operations as follows: 29 CJP.R. 1926.58(cX6)(iv)grams exceptions from the requirements of establishing negative-pressure enclosures and designating a competent 289 Spends H - Definitions ot S-S/SD a 1992 N$ person, if the operation 3$ smah-scak, short-duration. fw the purposes of this standard a "snail-scale, shortdurafion* operation Is defined as: (1) Maintenance or renovation tasks, where the removal of asbestoscontaining materials is sot the primary goal of the job (c-g., repairing a valve which emails the removal of asbestos, installing electrical conduit which sing be fastened to asbestos cement siding, etc.) (2) Activities where the employees' exposures to asbestos can be kept below the action level1 via worker isolation techniques, such as glove bags or other methods described in Appendix G, (3) An operation which has been included in die employer's asbestos maintenance program (as required In Appendix G) of &U employees who are claiming an exemption from the requirements of 29 C.RJR. 1926.58<eX6). {4} Nonrepetitive operations (viz.: not' a series of small-scale jobs, which if performed at one time would have resulted In a large-scale removal). OSHA Instruction CPL 2-2.40 ^SeptemterX.1^. 0. OSHA* Proposed Revisions to the Current Definition NOTE: This sections describes Proposed rut# that art not legally binding as qf September J991 OSHA may change this definition in thefinal rules. (1) Regulated Areas OSHA has proposed to require regulated area protections for all maintenance work covered under the construction asbestos standard, including small-scale, short-duration operations, regardless of measured exposure levels. (55 Fed Reg. 23,752 (1990), Proposed Definition of Smsft-Scsle, Short-Duration Operations OSHA's proposed definition fust sets forth genera! criteria, then lists specific operations that Ml within those criteria. (55 fed. Reg. 29,717.) The genera! criteria are tha the operations are: nou-repetinve; affect small surfaces or volumes of material containing asbestos, trcmotite, amhophylifce, or actioolite; and win be completed within one work day; and ait not expected to expose . bystanders to significant amounts of asbestos." (&) The proposal includes the following as illustrations of small-scale, shondoration operations: repair or removal of asbestos on pipes that is less than 21 linear feet (6.4 m); repair or removal of asbestos panel that is less than 9 square feet (0.8 ms); pipe valve repair or replacement -Sf pipe vjflves containing asbestos gaskets or electrical work that disturbs asbestos that is completed by one worker in less (ban four hours; removal ofdrywall which is completed for the facility within an eight-hour workday; renovation projects involving endcapping of pipes and tile removal that is completed in less than four hours; and installation of conduits that is completed within an eight-hour work shift. 290 Appendix H Definitions ol S-S'SD a 1992 MB$ 55 Fed. Reg. 29,751 (1990). 2. EPADeftoiitoftS A AHERA Hie EPA definition under AHERA (40 CFR 763 Appendix B to Subpan E) repeats die basic OSHA definition (contained la i.A., above), but adds the following clarifications: Small-scale, short-duration malnteranos activities can be further defined, for the purposes of this subpan, by the following coaskJeratioiis: (1) Removal of small quantities of as4estos-<xmtaining materials (AOf) . only if required is the performance of another maintenance activity not intended as asbestos abatement2 (2) Removal of asbestos-containing thermal insulation npt to cxceefl amounts greater dan those which can be pnataiperi in a single glove lag.2 (3) Minor repairs to damaged thermal system insulation which do not require removal. (4) Repairs to a piece ofasbestoscontaining wallboard. (5) Repairs, involving encapsulation, enclosure or removal, to small amounts of friable asbesos-awaaiai'fjg material-only if-reqaiasd in the performance of emergency or routine maintenance activity and not intended solely as asbestos abatement Such work may not exceed amounts greater than those which can be contained in a single prefabricated minienclosure. Such an enclosure shall conform spatially and geometrically to die localized wort area, in order to perform its intended containment function. 40 CJF.R. 763, App. B to Subpart E (emphasis added). B. Worker Protection Rule TheEPA Worker Protection Rule (40 CJUL 763.121-126) regulates worker protection for those public employees not coveted under the OSHA regulation or under ante plan programs, on abatement jobs other than in schools. The rule covers only abatement fobs and does not apply to small-scale, short-duration operations. The implicit cut-off point is in the reporting requirement to EPA: foe rule requires pre-job reporting of abatement projects, except ones that involve "less than either three linear (1 ml or three square feet f(X3 m2) of friable asbestos" or an emergency project 40 CJFJt 6 763;i24. C. Majorilllnof Fiber Release Categories Under AHERA epa also utilizes the 3 square or 3 linear feet cut-offin its regulations covering operations and maintenance is schools (40CJUR. 753.91). Paragraph <0, which regulate "fiber release episodes," defines a "major fiber release episode* requiring a trained abatement worker, as "the foiling or dislodging of more than 3 square (0.8 m4) or 3 linear feet (1 m) of friable ACM " (40 C.F.R. 763.91(f)(2).). 0. -HESHAP National Emission Standards fear Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESKAP), 40 CFR Part 61, applies to demolition or renovation activities, and "individual nonscheduted operations" (such as O&M or emergency renovation operations work). SBSHAP applies If the renovation or demolition involves more chan the following amounts of regulated asbestos* containing material (RACM) on a single project, or if the combined addttfw? atnotmt of RACM to be 291 a Appendix H Definitions ol S-S/SD a $ 1992 NIBS removed or stripped during a calendar year of January 1 through December 31 exceeded * {1) Alkag 80 fits* meters <260 linear foet) ob sipes or at least 15 square meters (160 square feed on other facility amsponeats. or P) At kart 1 cubic atm (35 coble feet) off facility cttapoaenfa where the length or area could not be measured previously. NESHAP also requires: {1} A thorough Inspection of tig affected facility, or part of tig fudlity where the demolition or renovation operetion wffl occur, for the presence of asbestos including Category I and Category & noth triable ACM. (See Appendix E for definitions), (2) Written notification to the EPA prior to the start of operations regulated under NESHAP(40 GFR 61.145 (b)), (3) Wetting RACM when it is stripped from a facility component while it remains is place in the facility during the stripping operation. In renovation operations, wetting fa mi required if: **' Prior'mteta appft^teabgtiflBd from the EPA if wetting would unavoidably damage equipment or present a safety hazard.I. * 3 b. a feed exhaua ventilation system designed and operated to capture the particulate asbestos produced by the stripping and removal of tig asbestos materials. c. A glovebag system fa used. d leak-tight wrapping fa used to contain all RACM prior to tifamanflemenf. See 40 CFR 6U45 (c) (3) for specific details on these options. {4} A person trained in foe NESHAP provisions on-rite during gripping, removal, or other handling or disturbance erfACM k a NESHAP regulated facility. (3} RACM handling, wage packaging and wage tracking requirements. (8) If the asbestos content of a material fa determined by Polarized UgbtbfteQscopyiiislazjQCFR Part 763, Section 1, Appendix A, subpat F method) to be less than 10 percent, verify foe asbestos coraem by point counting using Polarized Light Microscopy. Alternatively, the material may be assumed to be, and treated as, ACM f w I. QSHA`ifit)pcNei(vviikwttei6eDMactioatib0aMitoeiriiPOttMi^upottc6ooiiBjptace remdfe-- of iw^flgad auaowgc tetria. See ID. 3. Tto t*qoijt<fie?tf peraBci* pangnph e.1. of fee OSHA conp&aoce diream, 3, Tlai nqwneMBt pet&ete fee ncc*ttuadtk>B of fee fiPA Grett Bode od fe* HEX Repost a "****. AU*a*a*eR*^*irfS>T5fe^ Koovtodge,* Keeife Effectt butibde Afecetot ReMacck 54S (1951). 292 Append H DeMons ri S-S/SD a i2 N$ Appendix I Regulations Note: This information is reproducedfrom chapter 6 ofthe Green Boat Building owners are govmsed by s variety of federal, stete, and local regulations which influence (he way (hey must deal with ACM in their facilities. Some of these regulations, particularly at Ok stale and local level, may change frequently. Building 'owners should contact their state and local government agencies, in addition to organizations such as the National Conference of State Legislatures (NCSL), the National Institute of Building Sciences (MBS), or EPA environmental assistance centers, for updated information on these requirements. OSHA Regulations and the U.S. EPA Worker Protection Rule There are several important Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and EPA regulations that are designed to protect workers. OSHA has specific requirements concerning worker protection and procedures used to 'Control ACM. These ftsclwfctitc OSHA construction industry standard for asbestos (29 CFR 1926.58), which applies to O & M work, and (he general Industry asbestos standard <29 CFR 1910.1001). State delegated OSHA plans, as well as local jurisdictions, may impose additional requirements. For most operations and maintenance activities Jn building areas where only non-friable ACM is present or where friable ACM is in good condition, applicable OSHA permissible exposure limits are not likely to be exceeded. However, it is possible that some 0 & M activities will disturb ACM to such an extern that the OSHA limits are exceeded, unless good work practices are followed. The OSHA standards generally coves private sector workers, and public sector workers, and public sector employees in states which have an OSHA state pflan. Public sector employees, such as diy or government employees, or certain school employees, who are not already subject to a state OSHA plan are covered by the EPA "Worker Protection Rule* (Federal Register: February 25, 1987; 40 CFR 763 Subpait G, Asbestos Abatement Projects; Worker Protection, Final Rule). Note: At tins time, OSHA is considering a substantial number of changes to its regulations. The OSHA standards and the EPA Worker Protection Rule require employers to address a number of kerns which areTrtggered by exposure of employees to asbestos fibers. Exposure is discussed in terms of fibers per cubic centimeter (cc) of air. A cc is a volume approximately equivalent to that of a sugar cube. Two main provisions of the regulations fall into the general category of "Pennissible Exposure Limits (PELS)* to airborne asbestos fibers. They are: 1. 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA) limit - 0.2 fiber per cubic centimeter (Ucc) of air based on an 8-hour TWA sampling period. This is the 293 AppendsI Regulations $ 1992 NIBS maiSaum level of airborne asbessos.on average, that any employee may be exposed to over as 8-hour period (normal work shift). 2. Excursion limit (El) -1.0 tfcc as avenged over a sampling period of 30 minutes. These levels trigger mandatory requirements, which include the use of respirators and protective clothing, the establishment of "regulated areas," die posting of danger signs as well as the use of engineering controls and specific work practices. OSHA regulations also establish an "Action Level"; 0.1 flee for an 8-hour TWA. Employee training is required once the action of 0.1 tfee and/or the "Excursion Limn* is reached This training must include topics specified by the OSHA roles. If an employee is exposed at or above the action level of a period of 30 days or more in a calendar year, medical surveillance is required according to OSHA construction industry asbestos standard OSHA also requires medical examinations under its "General Industry Standard* for any employee exposed to fiber levels in the air at or above the OSHA 'action level" <0, l Vtx) and/or the "excursion limit" (t.O t&ocX .foejrtSan-tewel and excursion limit - the OSHA medical examination requirement applies if the exposure occurs for at least one day per year. The OSHA '"Construction industry Standard* <29 CFR 1926-58) for asbestos, is generally applicable for the workers who cany out the kinds of work discussed in this 0 & M guidance document. The OSHA construction industry asbestos staaiard applies to demolition and asbestos removal, enclosure or encapsulation projects, as well as to repair*. .... maintenance, alteration, or renovation if ACM is involved ACM spills or emergency cleanup actions are also covered by this regulation. Accortfing to these regulations, participation in a medical surveillance program Ss required for any employee who k required to weara negative pressure, air-purifying respirator. Preplacement, annual, and termination physical exams are also required for these employees. However, a termination exam is only necessary under foe construction industry standard (which applies to custodial and maintenance employees) ifa physician recommends it While not mandatory, SPA and SWSH recommend physical examinations, iociudi&g cardiac and pulmonary tests, for any employee required to wear a respirator by the bunding owner. These tests determine whether workers will be unduly stressed or uncomfortable when using a respirator. Additional requirements of the OSHA asbestos standards, such as the use of air filtration systems and hygiene facilities, involve procedures which are most applicable to large-scale asbestos abatement projects. However, these rules also include a number of recommendations for procedures which xqjght beagptqpciate for a variety of O&M programs for buildings. Small-scale Short-duration Projects (OSHA) Appendix G of OSHA regulation 29 CFR 192658, discusses work practices and engineering controls for small-scale, short-duration asbestos renovation and maintenance activities. The OSHA regulation requires negative pressure enclosure and full scale decontamination when asbestos is disturbed and either the OSHA Penn/ssftte Exposure Limit or Excursion Limit is exceeded or may 294 AppewSx I fkgm'tons a > 1932 NIBS reasonably be expected to be exceeded. Appendix 0 is mandatory for snail' scak, short-duration activities that exceed, or may reasonably be expected to exceed, these limits if an employer wishes to be exempt from paragraph (eX6) (establishing a negative pressure enclosure) and paragraphs 0X1)0) or (j)(2)0) (foil scale dccontamioatira) of this regulation. OSHA states that it expects the engineering and work practice consols in Appendix 0 to reduce asbestos exposure levels below the Action Level. OSHA has proposed in its forthcoming rule that Appendix G become mandatory for ail smallscale, short-duration activities and sot be based on exceedance of particular asbestos exposure levels. Small-scale, short-duration projects are sett currently precisely defined in terms of either size or duration, although their nature and scope are illustrated by examples presented is the text ofdie regulation. Properly trained maintenance workers may conduct these projects. Examples may include removing small sections of pipe insulation or covering for pipe repair, replacing valves, installing electrical conduits, or patching or removing small sections of drywaB. OSHA issued a clarification of the definition of a '`small-scale, short-duration" (SSftD) project in 8 September T9S7 asbestos directive. The directive focuses on intern, stating that in SS/SD projects, the removal ofACM is not the primary goal of the job. If the purpose of a small-scale, riwrt-duration project is maintenance, repair, or renovation of the equipment or surface behind the ACM - not abatement of ACM - then the appendix provisions may apply, if the intern of the work is abatement of the ACM, then the fullscale abatement control requirements apply- In any event, this appendix section of the OSHA construction standard outlines requirements for the use of certain engineering and work practice controls sudr as glovebags, minienclosures, and special vacuuming techniques. Similar information on these procedures may be found in the EPA's AHERA regulations for schools. (See final AHERA rate. Appendix B, for SS/SD projects.) U.S. EPA National Emission Standards (or Hazardous Air PolhtianlS {NESHAP) (40 CFR 61 SubpartM) EPA's rates concerning the application, removal, and disposal of RACM, as well as manufacturing, spraying and fabricating of ACM, were issued under foe asbestos NESHAP. The asbestos NESHAF regulation governs asbestos demolition and renovation projects In all facilities. The NESHAP rufe usually requires owners or operators to have all friable ACM be removed before a building is demolished, and may require its removal before a renovation. For renovation projects where friable ACM will be disturbed, the NESHAP rale requires appropriate work practices or procedures for the control of emissions. It is prudent to note that any ACM which may become friable poses a potential hazard that should be addressed. TfcebuiWH*g<swflerbouid consider that in many instances, the removal of friable ACM prior to demolition could be less expensive than removals while the building is still occupied and being used. Notification EPA or the state (if the state has bees delegated authority under NESHAP) must be notified before a building is demolished or renovated. The following information is required on the NESHAP notice: 1. Name and address of the building 295 * Appendix 1 * Regulations a 1992 NIBS owncr.ot manager;......................... 2. Description and location of fee building 3> Estimate of the approximate amom offriable ACM preset In feefadlity; 4. Scheduled starting and completion dates of ACM removal; 5. Nature of planned demolition or renovation and metfrod(s) to be used; & Pwcedures to be used to comply with the requirements of the regulation; and 7. Name, address, and location of the disposal she where the friable asbestos waste material will be deposited. The notification requirements do not apply if a building owner plats renovation projects which will distuib less than the NESHAP limits of 160 square feet (15 m3) of friable ACM on facility components or 260 linear feet (80 m) of friable ACM on pipes (quantities involved over a one-year period). For renovation operations in which the amount of RACM equals or exceeds the NESHAP limits, notification is required as soon as possible. Emissions Ccsfrol and Waste tteposai The NESHAP asbestos rule prohibits visible emissions to the outside air by "reqeunag CTfesfon comnfi procedures and appropriate work practices during collection, packaging, transportation or disposal of friable ACM waste, AU RACM must be kept wet until sealed In a leak'tight contains* that includes the appropriate label. Note: The information below is based on Department ofTransportation (DOT) regulations and interpretations. DOT recently revised Its hazardous materia! regulations (HMR; 49 CFR 171-180), and will amend it further as * coalitions warrant Packaging of ACM trust meet general HMR requiremaas and be protective, marked and labeled* except as noted below: Smaffquantities: Samples over t ounce (30 grams) each are subject to the HMR. A "small quantity" dtipment of samples is exempt from the HMR if the samples are each 1 ounce (30 grams) or leas in cushioned, securely sealed sd packed inner containers ofplastic (at feast 8 mil (02 mm) thick), glass, metal or earthenware. The entire, strong package must weigh 64 pounds (29 kg) or less, and be mailed as required Limbed qwmfcies: A'limited quantity" shipment is exempt from marking if it is 66 pounds (30 kg) or fess wife inner packaging* tip to 11 pounds (5 kg) each in the strong outer packaging, lx U also exempt from labeling and placarding if ills not being shipped by air. Labeling: Packages must generally have a class 9 label, unless excepted. Itarfcfeg: Packaging, except for iinujeri Quantities, must be marked whh "RQ" (for waste), "waste" or the EPA hazardous waste marking tro vrasflrfec^appmgTBfflerW identification number, and, usually, the consignee or consignor's name and address. See below for details. Placards: Starting October 1,1994, bulk packaging, freight containers, and transport vehicles must have "class 9" placards, except for "small quantity" and limited quantity" shipments, and motor vehicle or freight container shipments less than 1001 pounds <454 kg). 296 Appendix I - Regulations 1992 NIBS Shipping flmfistions: Shipping "blue- or 'brown- asbestos (as defined below), other than "small quantity" shipments, is forbidden from aircraft or passenger-canying railcars, and "white" asbestos is limited to 440 pound (200kg) shipments by such modes, the HMR defines duysodle, actinoJite, anthophyltite and tremolite asbestos as "white asbestos," crocidoiife asbestos as "blue asbestos," and amosite and mysorite asbestos as "brown asbestos." Vehicle martin?. A vehicle transporting asbestos-containing waste must be marked with asbestos danger signs during loading and unloading of me waste. Waste shipment record: The record must be completed for each shipment of ACM waste. A copy signed by the transporter must be given to the building owner or operator (e.g.. maintenance or abatement contractor) when the waste leaves the building site, and a copy signed by the disposal site must be received in 45 days. Exceptions: The HMR does not cover asbestos Immersed or fixed in a binder material such as cement, plastic, asphalt, resins or mineral ore <e.g., nonftiabte ACM that has not become crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder), manufactured products containing asbestos (e.g., pipe gaskets), and shipments of less than 1 pound of fnAble ACM. Packaging of ACM must conform to specific requirements, but need not meet HMR performance oriented packaging specifications for Packaging Groups H and HI. Shipping papers and marks: Entries used in the hazardous material description on shipping papers and marks are: RQ, (Reportable Quantity, if 1 lb or more of friable asbestos) WASTE (For transportation of waste material, if applicable) WHITE (or BLUE or BROWN) ASBESTOS (Shipping name; the DOT asbestos descriptions; listed in "shipping limitations," above) MIXTURE (For asbestos mixed with a binder or filler, etc.) * (Class 9, Miscellaneous Hazardous Materials, Includes asbestos) 297 Appends I Regulates 1992 NIBS Uf8S90(orUN2212r <*UN22t$, PG EltofS. orB), LTD QTY, ............ (United.Nations Jdentiflcadoa numbers for the 3 DOT asbestos descriptions) (Packaging Groups for the 3 DOT asbestos descriptions; B and HI are medium and minor, use Q if mixed * (Limited quantity, if applicable) 20 02 (Total quantity of material described; may abbreviate unit) When asbestos of two or more DOT descriptions are mixed in a shipment, each is listed, for example. "RQ, Waste blue and white asbestos, 9, UN2212 and UN2590, PGB.UdQty.21bs." Where utccrtainty exists in a particular situation, regulatory advice should be obtained, 298 a Appendx i Regulations a 1992 NIBS Appendix J Minority Opinions Minority opinions by project committee members are permitted under the consensus rules of the Institute. Minority opinions must pertain to issues addressed in die members' ballot comments and be judged by the project committee to be relevant to the scope of the project The relevant comments were evaluated at a meeting of the project committee and categorized & persuasive, non-persuasive, or editorial. The minority opinions contained herein address comments judged lo be nonpersuasive by the project committee. Comments judged to be persuasive and editorial have been incorporated into the text The project committee chairman urged dissenting members to coauthor minority opinions on the saute subject Several dissenting members chose to independently submit separate minority opinions. NIBS staff, is the exercise of its editorial discretion, combined separately submitted minority opinions on the same subject into one common statement on that subject. The minority opinions contained in this flppc&fix are solely those of the authors. These statements may, or may cot, represent the opinions of the organizations with which the authors am affiliated Neither die project committee nor the Institute has verified the accuracy of facts and statements contained in the minority opinions, and furthermore none of the minority opinions represent the consensus of the project conmsSaee. The address and telephone number of the members submitting minority opinions am listed at the end of this appendix. 299 Appendix j Minority Options 1992 NSS Minority Opinion Subject Minority Opinion Subject Walter D. Anderson; RtdBenl Floor Offering Institate G. WSBam Balm Woodrow* Managements, toe. Cheryl JJUTmbcy; Armstrong World Indastries, lac. Sarah Bospodor; NtikMttl BeaSy Committee Wort Practice Levels (page 8) Objection The wort practice levels do not provide meaningful guidance to users of the Manual on bow to comply irith the OSHA asbesos standards. Rationale The levels are oot based on the quantitative exposure criteria in die OSHA standards. Rather, the levels are based on qualitative descriptions which, depending on the circumstances, may or may oot correspond fo die OSHA standards. With the exception of resilient flooring and roofiogteidmg removal wort practices, the arignroenr of work practice levels and their examples is based on Hole or no air* monitoring data to determine OSHA compliance. As a result, the work practice levels generally <fe not fulfill their stated talent of assisting Manual users in complying with anient OSHA a&estos regulations. Recommended Alternatives The Manual should be organized to include work practice levels clearly based on the OSHA asbestos standard. Tunes Ao&ast; American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees Jim E. Lapping; The RuERHug and Coostraction Trades Department, AfL-CIO Nora Leylaad; Sherman, Dunn, Cohen, Letter St Yeffig John B. Moran and Bill Kojols; Laborers' Health & Srfety Fund of North America Scott Schneider; Occupational Health Foundation OSHA permissible exposure limits (PELS) Objection When referencing the OSHA permissible exposure limits, the Manual fails to advise the reader that these limits do not eliminate signifleam risk to workers, but rather, were set at the limit of technological feasibility .exist!* in 19S6. Rationale OSHA stated dearly in die Preamble to the 1986 construction asbestos standard that (1) significant risk is not eliminated at the PEL of 0.20 ffee, ami (2) selection of that level as the PEL was based cm evidence that the 0.20 See Emit is the lowest limit that can be achieved by the use of engineering controls arid work practices. OSHA also found significant risk to workers at the action level of 0.10 ffee, aid the agency reiterated this finding in 1990, when it proposed lowering the PEL to 0. JO See, Both findings have been upheld by the Federal court. The reader cannot make an informed derision about whether simply meeting the OSHA limits is sufficient, without having the above information as to the exact meaning of and basis for those limits. Recommended Alternative: Whenever the OSHA permissible exposure limits are referenced, the Manual should note that these were set at the level which was deemed technologically feasible in 1986, and that it is OSHA's and the Federal court's opinion that these levels do not eliminate significant risk to those exposed to asbestos. 300 a Appendix J * Minority Opinions a 01992 NSS Minority Opinion Stf$0Ct Subject James August; American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees Adequacy of dw Guidance Objection On a comber of critical issues the Manual falls to provide adequate guidance and does not make recommendations essential to protect custodial and maintenance personnel, as well as other building occupaxfts from the health risks caused by asbestos exposure. Rationale Managing ACM in place is not always simple or inexpensive. Ihe infrastructure to properly manage asbestos in place does not yet exist. Regulations governing O & M activities are inadequate. With dm exception of schools, there are no federal requlremeas that bwb&ngs be inspected for asbestos or that 0 & M workers receive asbestos training. Critical personnel, such as asbestos program managers, do not have to be accredited. There is as absence of a model training curriculum, oversight for training providers, and meaningful enforcement A number of factors can compromise the effectiveness of anO& M jprqgram; such as a lack of asbestos awareness, cost and dme constraints, and reluctance to disrupt bulhfing activities. Recommended Alternatives This Manual should err on die ride of caution. The least burdensome options recommended should be fully protective ofcustody? and maintenance workers. Definition Level l {page 8) Both tire EPA's "Purple Book" and Objection Guidance offered is "Green Bock* (she companion to this inconsistent with the definition of Level Manual) state that proper respiratory 1 regarding both training and respiratory protection is an integral pari of a!1 protection. custodial and maintenance activities involving potential exposure to asbestos Rationale Hie definition of Level \ and that respirators be required during clearly states that disturbance of ACM is initial cleaning and whenever personnel not Intended. However, the possibility come ia contact with ACM -of-unintended disturbance, witbjm unqualified level of exposure, is Recommended JBtew8w$ Maimenance acknowledged as a distinct possibility. and custodial staff should law 0 tit M training for any task that disturbs, or The minimum training recommended by may disturb ACM. Ihe amount and the Manual is "Awareness'1 training content of the O & M training should which is intended to make building correspond to the type of ACM to be service representatives reognize activities that disturb, or may disturb encountered and should emphasize hands-on methods. Respiratory ACM and therefore should be avoided. protection should be recommended f<s Awareness training does not instruct most situations that are now being personnel how to actually perform tasks classified as Level 1. that disturb, or may disturb ACM. 301 a Appends J * Minority Opinions $ 1992 NfSS Subvert Worker General Proee&rres; WI4 page 47, W17-page 50. Objection The Worker General procedures do oot address file minimum number of workers needed Rationale A second worker is necessary to perform proper decontamination. A second worker provides assistance with glovcbag tasks and should be available to deal with emergency leaks. the O & M Manual is Inconsistent with the Model Guide Specifications published by NIBS/ Recommended Alternatives Work practices referencing either WI4 or W17 should recommend a nuuSmumof two workers. Inappropriate Level 1 work practices Objection Level 5 is not appropriate for (he foUotriBg work prvoices: S), 53. S4, SI0. M2, M4, and M29. Level 1 may be inadequate for the following work practices: M6, MS, M9, and M!0. Rations^ When encountering an unknown situation such as Si, S3, A 54, it is prudent to assume a higher level of precaution until it Is proven unnecessary. The SI summary clearly states that contamination of ACM dust and/or debris may be encountered. The GSHA construction standard requires that maintenance staff performing small-scale, short-duration operations be instructed to wear respiratory protection and clear the area. Repairing damaged surfacing ACM <S10) is an intentional disturbance of ACM which most likely will be friable. The worker will not know the condition of ACM backing until alter work begins on M2. Respiratory and other protective measures are necessary. Cleaning asbestos-containing chips and dust generated during M4 constitutes a minor fiber release episode. AHERA requires that personnel perforating cleanup of minor fiber release episodes (M29) have a minimum of 16 hoars of training and wear protective equipment The same level of precaution Is warranted isi public and commensal buildings. Studies have shown that floor cleaning and maintenance operations <M6 & MS) can produce slgeifteamiy elevated asbestos fiber tevete. The conditions which the worker will encounter in M9 are hidden until the work actually begins. Aside from visible suspect debris, there is go way fora custodku or maintenance person to know if a carpet is contaminated (M10). Recommended Alternatives Delete "UvS-1 ^orS3,^S3, sad M29. Work areas should be cleared for M$ & M8. M6.M8.M9, & MID should begin at Level 2 and only be downgraded when there is validation the Level 1 is appropriate. 302 * Aopefldar J Mtootky Opkttm * g 199S MBS Minority Opinion Subject Subject Subject G. WBBam Bain; Woodnont Managements, lac. Sarah Kspodor, National Realty Committee Usefulaess of the Manual Objection The recommendations are excessively complex and burdensome. The papcnvorfc, work permit process, and checklists are too long and detailed. Many work practices have so Level 1. Rationale Many buifcfings have only a part-time maintenance/custodia* employee and adequate supervision may not be available to oversee die recordkeeping and training aspects of the program. Prior site inspection for routine maintenance tasks U an unreasonable expectation. An employee on a small project is unlikely to call the APM prior to every routine task, such as removing a ligu fixture, for whkh he/rite is trained and has equipment Recommended Alternatives Provide small buMsg operations more flexibility to design programs that are manageable and tit realistic needs. Simplify tite paperwork; limit checklists and documentation repeats to one page. Recommend more Level 1 work practices. Air Clearance for Level 3 (Figure 1, page 9) Objection It is not necessary to perform air clearance for all Level 3 activities. Rationale In areas where quick laboratory turn-around is not available, imnl-eontalnmera cubes must be left up overnight or longer. The APM should have the flexibility to judge actual site conditions ami past experience in determining the need for clearance air sampling. Extensive data indicates that clearance sampling is not always warranted Unnecessary expenditures of time and analytical costs win discourage good O & M practices. Recommended Alternatives Change to "AS NEEDED". Respiratory Protection and Protective Clothing for Level 1 (page 9) Objection S*oviding maintenance workers who have been instructed to avoid disturbing ACM with respirators or protective clothing. Rationale O & M programs calling for outside contractors to perform all work that disturbs asbestos should not be required to provide respirators or protective Nothing to in-house -staff. Recommended Alternatives Add appropriate explanatory note. Settled Dust Sampling (page 28). Maintaining sealed dust sampling records (page 27). Objection An implied recommendation to perform settled dust sampling and the suggestion that settled dust sampling records be maintained are inappropriate. Rationale Settled dust sampling is an experimental technology and accepted standards for interpreting results do not exia. Even the ASTM standard regarding settled dust only applies to the methods of sample collection ami jo methods of microscopic examination. Neither ASTM nor anyone else provides guidance 303 a Appends* J - Minority Opinions $ 1932 NIBS Subject Subject Subject regarding the meaning of dust sampling maintain experimental data but it is results is terms of health risk to die .. .. unreasonable to expect, ct imply.timi genera! public or to workers. Until building owners in a competitive agreement is reacted on the environment should maintain records of significance of settled <tet questionable value. sampling,maintenance of such data serves no useful purpose to the building owner. It may be appropriate for research iastitutioos to garter and Recommended Alternative* Settled dust * sampling is mentioned cm page 11. All ' other references to and discussions of ' settled dust sampling should be deleted. S5 - Attach hem to ceiling finished with ACM (page 73) S7 - Cm or drill hole Jnsurfedrig ACM (page 80) Objection Both work practices are excessive. Rations!* The Manual includes a Level 1 for S6 which is similar work to SS and S7 bat neither has a Level l work practice. Data are available to demonstrate that minor objects can be attached while maintaining fiber counts well below the OSHA Action Level. Adcfitional data demonstrated that tract closet doors can be attached si Level 2 using wet methods and local HEPA vacuum control Experienced workers can (kill small holes using wet methods and local HEPA control at Level 1. Data validating fids conclusion are available. Recommended Alternatives liutude 8 Level 1 fat S5 and S7. Downgrade Example C In S5 from Level 3 to Level 2. MIO - Clean potentially asbestoscontaminated carpet (page 178) Objection The work practice is excessive. Rationale It is not necessary to HEPA vacuum carpet without visible or analytical confirmation of the presence of ACM. This Level 1 procedure is in consistent with the logic of $9 & M34. Recommended Alternatives Delete Level 1; downgrade Level 2 to Level 3. Design of O & M program,(pages 10 & 15) Objection inappropriate statements are made to the effect that some building owners may choose to simply achieve regulatory compliance while otters may establish programs with more precautionary criteria; and users of the Manual may have operations and maintenance pregram objectives more protective than the minimum regulatory requirements. Rationale The statements misstate the "desires of some building owners", they promote the "suae of the art" myth, and provide no measurable standards in a constantly changing set of program parameters. Building owners1"jad'^perwora^ftpaanagasuratte standards and dear guidelines to evaluate art execute 0 & M activities. Such statements imply that 0 & M programs striving to comply with recognizable applicable standards are less than adequate. Recommended Alternatives Delete the objectionable statements and stale that other objectives regarding die building environment may also be considered. 304 appendix 4 - Minorty Opinions 1992 NEBS Subject Subject Subject Health effects of asbestos Objection There is no mention of health effects of asbestos and how they might relate to risk assessment in the. Manual Rationale The purpose of the Manual is to protect health of workers.- People responsible fa* O&M programs need health related information upon which 10 base decisions regarding relative risks of exposures to asbestos during the course of routine maintenance tasks. Many repots have published data that provide valuable information for assessing relative risks. One such report concluded that, at least based on currently available information, short fibers (shorter than 5 microns) have much less carcinogenic activity than longer fibers and may even be relatively inactive. It is also important to note that the "average* maintenance person usually only inireegtentfy performs tasks that could disturb asbestos and place the person at increased risk. Again, published data indicate that to most cases, there is a dose-response relationship to asbestos. OSHA 8-hour Time-Weighted Averages assume exposure 5 days per week. Such constant exposures are uncommon in most O&M settings which means that toe relative risk is further decreased. Recommended Alternatives Adda balanced discussion of health effects as they might relate to risk assessments for maintenance workers. Work Practice Levels (page 8) Objection The work practice levels do not provide meaningtol guidance to users of the Manual on how to comply with toe OSHA asbestos standards. Rationale The levels are not based oo OSHA standards. The levels are based on qualitative descriptions which, depending on toe circumstances, may or may not correspond to the OSHA standards. Wito toe exception of resilient flooring and rooffsidtog removal work practices, toe assignment of work practice levels and their examples is based on tittle or so airmonitoring data to determine OSHA compliance. Recommended Alternatives The Manual should be organized to include work practice levels dearly based on the OSHA asbestos standard. Maintenance of 0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter of dr inside toe respirator is common practice, (page 21) Objection NiOSH docs not have a "maximum permissible exposure limit" The statement regarding "common practice" is not based on verifiable facts. Ho survey was presented to indicate that such is indeed a common industrial hygiene practice. Rationale Permissible exposure limit is an OSHA term and is misleading in this context. OSHA has set 0.1 fibers per cubic centimeter of air as toe "action level" for employee asbestos exposure to toe work place. Respiratory protection is not currently required until a fiber concentration of 0.2 fibers per cubic centimeter is reached. The PEL is measured outside the respirator. As stated, the sentence can lead to confusion. A complete discussion of this issue would be too $05 a Append J Minority Opinions $ 1992 NIBS Subject Minority Opinion Subject lengthy to add here. A would be more Recommended Alternatives Strike the useful to delete the se&eoct rather than - sentence or aid a dfccosfioa about risk have inaccurate oc potentially assessment that includes ctweatly confusing statements. available information. M24 Cut or drill asbesos-contafoiiig diywaJl, plaster or drywall compound (page 228) Objection No clear distinction is made between asbegos containing (frywaii and drywall that does not contain asbestos separate and apart from the drywall taping mud. There should be a allowance f<x Level 1 procefoares where the drywall core does not com&in asbestos. Rationale there is much less potential forfiber release where only the taping mud contains asbestos and the dtywaH core does not contain asbestos. Also, no data was presented demonstrating that wet methods and HEPA vacuums are not effective in controlling smalt amounts of ACM dust when removing small sections of drywatL There is no * basis for not adding a Level 1 procedure for removing small sections of drywall, especially where the ACM is limited to joint compound and ACM is not contained in the core offoe drywall. Recommended Alternatives Change foe Level 2C example to Level Make a clear distinction between asbestos containing drywall and drywall that does not contain asbestos in its core. James Fite; White Long Association Potential health effects information and training (page 12) Objection The absence of Information on health risk and hazards for maintenance and custodial personnel who will be performing these work practices. Rational Workers should be given .atesr aacaiagaf fte-tofth risks afofcfr have been linked to working on asbestos-containing materials. The adverse health effects related to asbestos exposure have been discussed in medical literature for well over five decades. Asbestosis, mesothelioma, and lung, stomach, throat and otto cancers have all been associated with asbestos exposures. The so-called "third-wave*' epidemiological studies prove that custodial and maintenance workers are at significantly higher risk than foe general population, unless they are adequately protected. The VS. government requires that asbestos-handling workers in schools be taught that there Is no known safe level of asbestos exposure. Workers using this Manual must understand that asbestos of all types is hazardous and dangerous and that failure to adhere to the work practices will be harmful to themselves and others. Worker training should Identify and explain foe potential health risks to all maintenance and custodial workers who may be exposed to asbestos fibers by disturbing asbestos containing building materials. 30$ a /^endard-Mewfy Options a!9&N$ Minority Opinion Subject Subject Recommended AftemsOves Inclusion of text dearly describing the various health effects associated with exposure to asbestos. Inclusion of clear health risk warnings to workers and training needs on this subject This Manual should recommend that ah users of the Manual receive fourteen hours of AHERA Maintenance/ Operations Training. Jim E. Lapping; The Betiding and Cooslnie&m Trads Department, AJL-CJ0 Nora Uyisfid; Sherman, Dann, Coben, Ldfer St YcBIg John B.Monan and BiSX^de; Laborers' He*lti} & Safety Fund of North America Scott Sdnaider; Occupational Bealth FounditioB Critical Barriers for Level 2 Objection the requirement for use of critical barriers for Level 2 work practices should be included in the "Guidelines for 3 levels of Work Practices' (Bgure I), and the Level 2 Worker Checklist. Rationale Critical banters consist of putting plastic over openings through which asbestos might escape, such as windows, doorways, and HVAC vents, usually within a tea-foot radius of the work operation. Although most Level 2 operations utilize glove bags, some do not and asbestos could easily escape through these openings. Even where glove bags are used, there is risk of escape, as glove bags can tear or leak. NIOSH, for example, recommends back-up containment during glove bag use, based on the institute's study showing the uncertainty of exposures levels when using glove bags. Recommenced Alternative Critical Barriers should be required for all Level 2 operations. Number of Workers Recommended Objection The Manual fails to recommend a sufficient number of workers when dry decontamination is used, and when glove bags are used. Ratsonafe Tte Manual correctly recommends a minimum of two workers in situationinvolviag-coafifted spaces and where mini-enclosures are used Is order to be consistent with good practice and recommendations made in the model guide specifications published by NIBS in 1988. the Manual should also recommend two workers for situations calling for dry decontamination and where glove bags are used. In addition, some jurisdictions, such as Allegheny County, Pennsylvania, require a minimum of two workers for glove bag use. Recommended Alternative In action to confined spaces ,and situations In wlticfc mini-enclosures are used, two workers should be recommended whenever dry decontamination or glove bags are recommended. Because dry decontamination is specified for all Level 2 operations, this recommendation applies to gll Level 2 work practices (except those where two workers are recommended already). The Level 2 work practices which specify a glove bag, but which do not recommend two workers are: S2, T7. M27, M30, ami M31. 307 a Appendix J Minority Opinions $ 1992 MBS Sutfect Subject Definition ofLevel tpandScope of....... The second major problem is feat many Level 1 in Specific Work Practices for of fee Level 1 work practices call for Friable Materials Level l workers to package and label Objection Level! should not include afeestos waste aodfo clean tools, activities lavoZvnsg the iBXea&ooai equipment and work areas by wet disturbance of friable materials. wiping or HBPA vacuuming. The OSHA standard requires training, Rationale The fed that the current defini respiratory protection, protective tion of Level One, as well as the Scope ctofeiflg, gflgifiasrigg cofitroJs, and a of Operations for many Level 1 tasks, vacated area for these activities. Again, permits the accidental or intentional this Manual requires none of these disturbance of friable asbestos, is at odds protections for Level 1 activities. with fee Jack of training sad protections afforded Level 1 Workers, as well as Recommended Alternatives First, Level bystanders on Level 1 jobs. Such l activities should be restricted to work training and protections are mandated by practices "intended to avoid a the OSHA construction asbestos standard (Ssfcirbaace of ACM and release of for jobs such as these where a fell scale asbestos fibers* consisted wife fee negative pressure enclosure and felt scale EPA Green Book. Second, Lewi 1 decontamination are not used. procedures is the work practices listed below should be performed asLcvtf 2 The first major problem with many of procedures. these wort practices Is that the worker cannot know in advance whether he or Alternatively, Level 1 protections must she win be exposed to asbestos. FOr include: (1) O&M training for Level 1 example, work practice SI permits a workers; (2) respirators and personal worker to lift a ceiling tile below a protective equipment for Level I plenum space that has exposed surfacing workers; (3) notification of personnel ACM. Because fee worker has no way feat Level 3 asbestos work will be of knowing whether the ACM has performed in the area; and (4) vacating deteriorated and is tying on top of the fee area In which Level 1 work w2i be panel to be moved, the worker cannot performed know In advance whether asbestos wfll In addition to SI, other Level 1 work be disturbed in this process. practices which permit the possibility of The OSHA construction asbestos intentional disturbance of asbestos wife wotkensay no protection to the worker, and to not engage in ibis activity without which fins recomroen&flton wearing the proper respiratory protection, apply include: S3, S4, S6. SS, S10. S12, clearing fee area of other people, and MIO, M22 (Note: Level! should not be observing asbestos removal waste performed on damaged roofing. disposal procedures. The Manual, Damage of this material usually connote however, requires none of these friability), M29, and M34. protections. Scope of Work Practices For Non*Friable by the work practice. In these Materials situations, fee work practice should sot Objection it is difficult to predict la advance whether some eon-friable begin as a Level I procedure, wife no protections in place. materials will actually be rendered friable 306 a Appends J - Minority Opinions g 1392 NIBS } Subject Subject Rationale Many of the Level 1 work demonstrated that the material can be practices covering non-friable materials handled easily without damaging or are limited to situations in which they do disturbing the asbestos. The following sot become friable. The major objection work practices ate covered by this to permitting some of these operation to recommendation: Ml, M2, (Note: If (he be classified as Level1,is the inherent backing separates from die wear layer, difficultly in predicting, before a job this operation should absolutely not be begins, whether or the operation wtil downgraded to a Level One: the fob cEsturb asbestos. It U unrealistic to backing is Itself a friable material; U., expea that, once the job has begun and it once adhered to the floor it cannot be is discovered that asbestos is actually removed, even by "non-aggressive being disturbed, the job will be halted methods* without being rendered and more protective measures put in friable), M3, M6, M9 (Note: tore the place. operation should be Level 2 until it is Recommended Alternative Our recommendation, therefore, would be to have these jobs begin as Level 2 established that die carpet is not adhered to resilicot asbestos flooring). Mil, M!3, M26, M27, M30. operations, which can be downgraded to Level i (respirators removed, etc), alter the work has commenced and it has been Explicit limitations cm the Size of Many implication dun the Level 3 operation Work Practices carries no size limitation at all. Objection Many of the wort practices are Recommended Alternatives The not explicitly limited in size or scope. following work practices should carry Rationale Work practices which are not specific sze limitations in (he examples explicitly limited in size and scope could given on the stand-alone work practice easily become foil scale abatement jobs sheets, such as "a small area, "several" done under die guise of O&M work if or "a few:" Si - Urals 2 (Example B) not so limited. Even though the and 3 (Example B). S10 - Level 3 Summary sheets do reference "several" or (Example Q, Ml - Level 2, M2 - all `a few* as size limitations, these Levels, M3 - Level 3, M9 - all Levels, restrictions are.notrepeatedinihe.stand Ml! Level 3, M12 - Urals 2 and 3, alone work practice Sheas for the various Ml - Uvefe 2 and 3, MW - Leva 2, levels of operations. And, In some cases. M15 - all Levels, Mid - Levels 1 and 2, Levels One or Two contain a size limit M17 - Level 2, MIS Uvei 2, and but Level 3 docs not, with the M!9 - all Levels, Definition of a disturbance of ACM Objection The Manual foils to include ACM dust in its definition of a disturbance of ACM. Rationale ACM dust can cause signifi cant exposure if disturbed. Several studies have demonstrated that resuspension of settled fibers is one of the main sources of exposure to asbestos in buildings. Recommended Alternatives The Manual should define a disturbance of ACM as "any activity (hat disrupts the matrix of ACM, or risible ACM debris or dust * 309 Appends J Minority Opinions c 01992 NIBS Sutyec* Minority Opinion Subject Minority Opinion Subject Maintaining Asbestos in Place versus vigilance as the asbestos eventually Removal of Asbestos. deteriorates, the appropriate resources Objection The Manual fails to discuss the must be committed to the proper relative burdens of maintaining asbestos management of the asbestos and proper in place versus simply amoving the protection of those workers who must asbestos. deal with the io~pface materials. Rationale Ooc of the major arguments Recommended Alternative* The Manual against asbestos abatement has been that should recommend dial owners evaluate asbestos can be managed in place with whether removal by as experienced, less risk to workers and the environment reliable contractor would be less than may be caused by abatement burdensome than the cost, time and Managing asbestos in place entails a vigilance required of those owners who good deal of cost, attention to detail, and chose to manage asbestos in place and who do so property. Marilyn F. MaeBer; Supradur Manufacturing Corporation Work Practice Lewis (Page $) Objection The Manual's weak practice levels do not conform at all with the OSHA regulations governing worker exposure to asbestos. As written, there Is no measurable criterion upon which to base a decision concerning Ok choice of work practice levels; therefore, subjective interpretation is necessary and this win likely exacerbate the confusion already existing in the field. Rationale One of the Manual's stated objectives is that the work practices are intended to assist In meeting the current OSHA regulations applicable to O&M work. As currently written, there is no correlation between OSHA regulations and the Manual's wort: practice levels; therefore, this Manual is not meeting its own stated objectives. Rcconwnded Alternatives Revise the Manual to set forth work practice levels and guidelines winch include and correspond to the baseline standard for asbestos exposure to workers as promulgated in the OSHA regulations. B-1. ftgg*, Asbestos Information AssoclafiorPNafUt America Definition of Work Practice Levels. (Page 8) Objection The definitions of work practices, which are key to implementation of the Manual's procedures, have no relation whatsoever to OSHA asbestos standards. The definitions are completely subjective and left to the interpretation of the user offoe Manual. They provide no baseline or standard for implementation of the general procedures set forth. 310 Appends J Minorty Opinions a 1992 N18S Minority Opinion Subject Subject Rationale Historically* OSHA has provided exposure levels to asbestos as the basis for implementing specific requirements to {voted workers, e.g. medical surveillance* training, respiratory protection, regulated areas, labeling, etc. The definition of work practice levels do not contain exposure levels. The Manual states fiat the weak practices are intended to assist in meeting the current OSHA regulations applicable to O&M wort. The Manual actually goes beyond any relevant federal regulations and, therefore, only contributes to contusion, overreaction, and unnecessary effort and expense In the field John Welch; Safe Buildings Alliance (SBA) Usefulness of the Manual Objection The Manual's work practices are excessive and complicated Bather than setting forth simple work procedures for the variety of minor operations that typically involve asbestos-containing material (ACM) is buildings, most of the Manual's recommended practices are needlessly complicated and mirror precattions required for full-scale asbestos removal projects. The Manual will be counter productive because its complexity is a disincentive to the use of O&M programs. Rationale Exposure data compiled by real estate associations and SBA show that workers who perform small-scale, short-duration activities involving "ACM do so infequemfyTmd forsuch short periods that exposures rarely exceed 0.1 f/cc, (the eight hour timeweighted average level that OSHA has recently proposed to reduce exposure risk during such operations). Exposure data, hugely generated by OSHA, demonstrate that episodic expenses (hiring O&M activities, and 8-hour time-weighted average exposures, are welt below the current and proposed OSHA standards. In sum, these data demonstrate that asbestos exposures (hiring O&M can be efficiently controlled through any of a variety of simple wort practices. Recommended Afternatives The usefulness of the Manual would be enhanced by the inclusion of simple, flexible work practices based on existing Occupational Safety and Jieafch Administration (OSHA} regulations. Work Practice Levels (page 9) Objection The Manual's guidelines do not include work practices allowed by OSHA and do not inform users of the OSHA requirements for O&M activities involving ACM. This information is needed for the Manual to provide comprehensive advice and be an effective tool for those who make asbestos management decisions. The guidelines for tftree levels of work practices omit these baseline OSHA requirements, and prescribe work practices exceeding virtually all regulatory requirements. Rationale Inclusion of OSHA regulations in defining work practice levels would make the Manual more 311 Append j Minority Opttons 1992 NIBS useful so that building owners and Recommended Alternatives Add two asbestos program managers can know OSHA-based work practice levels to the legal baseline before they choose to complement the existing tivec levels in consider more than just the OSHA the Manual, This five level approach regulated exposure levels. would be more useful because it sets In foe work practice levels shown in forth: (t) work practices required by Figure 1 (page 9) the Manual does not law; and (2) recommended track clearly inform users of what is practices that could be applied in currently allowed and required by particular situations regardless of OSHA's asbestos construction standard - exposure level. The proposed The Manual does not use federal additional levels are defined as follows: regulatory requirements as one of die OSHALawM: Wort: practice is Got essential elements of developing an expected, given protective measures in O&M program, place and according to exposure The Manual recommends work practices that greatly exceed OSHA regulatory requirements. The Manual sets forth three wok practice levels keyed to 'fiber release potential" For all but Level 1 operations, the work practices are comparable to those monitoring or objective data, to expo any employee to an airborne concentration of asbestos fibers in excess of 0.2 fiber per otitic centimeter of air as an 9-hour time-weighted average as determined by methods prescribed by OSHA. required for large-scale, long-duration OSHA level 2: Work practice is asbestos abatement projects. Many expected, despite protective measures activities involving certain types of in place and according to exposure ACM, such as surfacing materials, and monitoring, to expose an employee re all activities Involving thermal system an airborne concentration of asbestos insulation, are never assigned Level 1, fibers in excess of 0.2 fiber per cubic and are precluded from the less centimeter of air as an 8-hour time- rigorous standards of that level. The weighted average as detennlned by proliferation of "yeses" indicated for methods prescribed by OSHA. work practices for Levels 2 and 3 in Figure 1 (setting forth the work practices required for various operation levels) demonstrates how burdensome and unrelated the Manual is to the The following table summarizes the engineering controls and practices recommended for this alternative. These would be the two additional levels of the five level approach. Safe Buildings Alliance's Alternative: Guidelines For Levels of Work Practices ITEM OSHA LEVEL 1 OSHA LEVEL 2 Fiber Release Potential Less Stan 0.2 f/cc More than 0.2 ficc Training (APM5) As instructed for work practice O&M HVAC System Off <W3) No No Vacate Area (W4) No No Critical Barriers (W4) No If Feasible 312 Append** j - Mtnorty Opinions i 01932 NIBS Deliseated Wort Area (W4) No Respiratory Protection (W5) No Protective Clothing No Initial Monitoring (W7) Yes Periodic Monitoring (W7) Only,if Actiyity/ Process changes Preclean (W8) No Use HEPA Vacuum (Wg) Optional Wet Methods (W8) If Needed to meet 02 Work Area Protection (W9) Remove moveable objects Local HEPA Exhaust (W9) Optional Lockdown (W1I) No Personal Decontamination (W!4) No Area Decontamination No Visual Inspection (W15) No Air Clearance (W15) No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Optional Optional Regulated Area Optional No Yes No No No 313 Appends J Mhorly Opinions C 1992 NIBS Uinor&y Opinion Authors A Organizations Walter D. Anderson Resitiest Floor Covering Institute 966 Huagerford Drive RockviBe.MZ? 20850 302/340-8580 James August American Federation of State, County & Municipal Employees. AFL-CIO 1625 L Street. NW Washington. DC 20036 202/429-1215 Q. William Bain Woodmont Managements. Inc. 1050 Ralston Avenue Belmont. CA 94002 415/592-3960 James Fite White Lung Association P. O. Box 1483 Baltimore, MD 21203-1483 410/243-5864 Cheryl h R. Hersbey Armstrong World Industries, Inc. P.O.Box 3511 Lancaster. PA 17604 717/396-5507 Sarah E. Hospcdor National Realty Committee 1250 Connecticut Ave., NW. Suite 630 Washington. DC 20036 202/785-0808 The Resilient Floor Covering Institute (RFC!) is a national trade association the members of which arc manufacturers of vinyl tile and sheet vinyt The American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees (AFSCME) is a labor union of more than \2 million members. AFSOCB represents employees of state and local governments, school districts, public and private hospitals, universities and non-profit agencies who work in a cross section ofjobs ranging from Woe collar to clerical, professional and paraprofesrionaL Woodroont Managements. Inc. provides property management services for multi-family apartments and commercial buildings. The White Lung Association is a national, non profit association which represents former asbestos workers and ocher persons with asbestos-related health problems aod legal claims. Armstrong World Industries, lac. is a manufacturer of interior furnishings, including interior furnishings, including resilient floorcovoing, acoustical ceilings, ceramic tile, and furniture, headquartered In Lancaster, PA. National Realty Committee serves as a rotmdabte in Washington for public policy issues vital to real estate. NRC members are real estate owners, advisors, builders, investors, lenders, and managers, 3U a Appm&c J Mfitor^Opetfcm i # 1092 NIBS John B. Morac and Bin Kojola Laborers' Health and Safety Fond of North America 905 16th Street, NW Washington, DC 20006-1765 202/628-5465 The Laborers* Health & Safety Fbnd of North America is a joint labor-management organization, comprised of the Laborers International Union of North America anti contractors who employ members of tie union, which provides technical assistance on workplace health anti safety issues. Jim E. Lapping Building & Construction Trades Department. AFL-CIO 815 16th Street. NW. Suite 603 Washington, DC 20006 202/347-1461 The BCTD represents fifteen labor unions which have over five million members working In all phases of the construction industry, Including plumbers, carpenters, sheet metal workers, general laborers, electricians, iron workers, bricklayers, painters, boilermakers, plasterers, operating engineers, insulation/asbestos workers, roofers, teamsters, and elevator constructors. Nora Leyland Sherman, Duns, Cohen, Leifer & Yellig 1125 15th Street, NW, Suite 801 Wari0ngton.DC 20005 202/785-9300 Attorney to the Buikfing & Construction Trade Department, AFL-CIO. Marilyn F. Mueller Supradur Manufacturing Corporation 411 Theodore Fremd Avenue; P.O, Box 908 Rye, NY 10580 914/967-8230 Supradur Manufacturing Corporation is a former manufacturer of asbestos-cement roofing and sitting shingles. The company now manufacturers their entire line of fiber-cemem shingles with asbestosfree, fiber-cemem technology. Bob J. Pigg Asbestos Information Association/North America 1745 Jefferson Daws Hwy., Suite 509 Arlington, VA 22202 703/979-1950 AIA/NA is an incorporated/noa-profit organization representing firms which manufacture, sell, or use asbestos-containing products or mine, mill, or sell asbestos fibers. AIA/NA provides industry wide information and cooperates with government agencies developing and implementing asbestos standards. Scott Schneider, CIH Occupational Health Foundation 1126 16th Street, NW, Suite 413 Washington, DC 20036 202/887*1980 The Occupational Health Foundation is a non-profit, labor-sponsored organization in Washington, DC which provides technical assistance to labor unions on issues of occupational safety and health. 315 Appends J Minorty Opinions * 01392 NIBS John F. Welch Safe Baildirgs Alliance 655 15lh Street, NW, Suite 1200 Washington, DC 20005 202/879*5120 Fouled in 1984 to promote a sdcntiSc approach (o fl* issues of asbestos In buildings, the Safe BuBdings Alliance is an association of companies which formerly manufactured asbestosconsigning materials. 516 Appendix J Minor&y Opinions a 1992 NIBS Appendix K - Feedback Form TTus form is to be used to provide comments to NIBS concerning use erf the Guidance Manuaf: Asbestos 0AM Wort Practices. CommeMs and suggestions sitoSted wfi be considered during Mure revisions to toe manual Any relevant data dewed from the use of the work practices may be dratted. Oat* __________________ Work Practice $ applicable):Level: 1 2 3 Comment/reccmiendslton:. Snorting data or information; Submitted by: Phone: Please Return to: NIBS 12011 Street, N.W. Fourth Row Washtogon, D.C. 20005 317 * Appendix K - Fee&ack Form $ 1992 NIBS Project Committee *Steering Comna&e Member* Chairman: 1William HL Hoffman, QuestCo, lac. Vice-Chairman: 'Richard P. Pedate, The Port Authority of NY & Nl Secretary: 1 Roger G. Morse. AIA, Entek Environmental & Technical Services, Inc. Vicki Aioslie - Georgia Tech Research tostitute/Environ. Science & Tech. Peter F. Allard PJE., CIH - Scott, Allard & Bohannan, Inc. Walter D. An&rson - Resilient Floor Coving Institute Charles L. Anderson, PE. - SSM/Spotts, Stevens & McCoy, toe. Robert Angkme - Asbestos Disposal Agency, Inc. Bruce Atlas - NYC Deptof General Services, Bureau of Bldg. Design lames August - American Federation of State, County & Municipal Employees David S. Babcock - Babcock Environmental Engineering, Inc. G. William Bain - Woodmont Managements, toe. William J. Basta - Environmental Science & Engineering, toe. Earl R. Beil USDA Farmers Home Administration Ken Bolton, PE. - Management international Walter F. Brian - Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Joseph R. Bridgewater, P.E - Bridgewater & Associates 'James 0. Bynum - MD Department of the Environment 1ESH Albert N. Caro - Caro Associates, Inc. William T. Cavness - The Asbestos Institute Frank A. Cellini - Illinois Department of Transportation WeHia P. Chang - M. E. Rinker, Sr. School of Building Construction Frank Chmelik - Converse Environmental West Dr, Aiieen T. Compton - Vtttanova University 'Zachary S. Cowan, 10 - National Asbestos Council, toe. R, Wayne Crandlemere - Certified Engineering & Testing Co., toe. J3tenM. Davis -.NewEngland Telephone Mark L. Demyanck, CIH, CSP - R.J. Lee Group, Inc. R. Landoa Doggett - Law Associates, Inc. Paul Bkourie - BellSouth Services James B. Evans - O'Brien & Gere Engineers, Inc. Mary A. Finn, CEH - CHART Services, Ltd. James Fite - White Lung Associations John R. Folkner, P.E. Law Associates Neal B. Freuden - EaviroSdence Consultants, Inc. *Warrco Friedman, Pfc.D., CIH - General Services Administration Christopher K. Gale Gale/Jordan Associates, Inc. William C. Gallagher - Environmental Hazards Consulting, toe. C. Michael Gambone - James River Asbestos Services, Inc. James Goemas The Brand Companies, Inc. 319 Project Committee d 1992 NtBS /osepft D. Great, CIH, CSP - Occupation Health and Hygleae Corporation of America PkSjp Hagan - George Washington UniversicyMer&cal Center........ -............ Jack L. HalliweU, P.E. - HaBiwefl Engineering Associates, Inc. Gay L. Hamper Port of Seattle Olat R Hansen - The Hahn Company 'Rkfcasd L. Hatfield - Law Associates, Inc. Pauj Heffersan - Paul Heffentan Consulting *Oicryi 3. R. Hershey - Armstrong World ladaflries, Inc. Richard W. Holme EovfcoSafe Ccrp Sarah R Hospodor - National Realty Committee Craig F. HuU, AICP - Engineering Management Corporation James A. Hutchison, HI. P.E. - JAED Corporation Henry 0. Irwig - Beacon Construction Company Wade Jensen - Naval Facilities Engineering Command Cheryl L. Jc&osob - West Vh&hia Univ. Inst fee Safety Sc Health Training Norbert W. KsOeta - Gold Bond Building Products Tim Kelleher - Hygienetics, loc. Marvin Kennebeck * American Welding Society Homer Diaries Knox, SI Susquenita, PA School District BID KojdU - Laborers' Health and Safety Fund of North America John P. Kuogit - Directorate of Engineering and Housing. US. Army Garrison *J. Brest Kynoch - Asbestos Abatement Services, Inc. Mr. Lynn L. Lammer Midwest Asbestos Constants. Inc. Jim & Lapping - AFL-CIO/Buikfing & Construction Trades Department Nora R Leyland - Sherman. Dunn, Cohen, Leifer Sc Yeffig Lance L. Luke - Lance L. Luke & Associates, Inc. J. Robert Matthews, PR - Bellcore Timothy J. McCormick Michigan State University Physical Plant Mahaenance Michael McGuifioess, CIH - RK Occupational Sc Environmental Analysis, loc. Culien B. McWhite, IB - Anderson, S.C. * School Districts 2.3,44 Marilyn F. Mueller - Supr&dur Manufacturing Corporation Thomas S. Norman Stewart Environmental Consultants, l&c. H-ester A. Obst -Toitn'^.'MiS^u^ls'Ctjmpany Kyle E. Parker. P.E. - Volkert Environmental Group, Inc. B. J. Pigg * Asbestos Information Aasodation/North America Rita D. Pinilk) . Department of Veterans Affairs Chris A. Purvis - Northeastern Analytical Corporation (NAC) Robert D. Rader - Dorchester County, MD - Board of Education Robert J. Repas - Harck, Inc, Robert E. Robb, Jr, - Environmental Training Center of Souths Ohio & Kentucky Nancy Roisum Arlington County, VA - Government David ML Rook - Cook County, !L - Dept of Construction, Maim. Sc Open. Gordon L. Rosby, A1A - ABC, Inc. Environmental Consultants Robert D. SchmiHcr - Georgia Tech Research Institute/Environ. Science Sc Tech. *Scott Schneider, CIH - Occupational Health Foundation 320 Project Committee 01992 NIBS Kenneth M. Sedor Real Estate Support Services, fig. 'James Sharps - Charles & Smith Companies Dennis D. Shelton - Technical Environmental Initiatives Reginald B. Simmons * Environmental Protection Systems William E, Sloan - Institute for Environmental Assessment Stephen Smiley - PBS Environmental, lac. Wil A. SpauJ, Fh.D. - Spaul Environmental, Inc. Ihomas H. Stephan - Northern Division, Naval Faculties Engineering Command Elia M Sterling - Theodor D. Sterling and Associates Ltd. Martin A. Stevens - Coa-Test, Inc. Kan M. Stewart R. J. Lee Group, Inc. Neal R. Sweeney * Sam, Allard Sc Bohannan, Inc. Casirner T. Szewezak - Navy Environmental Health Center DET 'William A Tippln, IV - EnviroControl, Inc. HL Jeff Turner, P.E. - Carpenter Turner Group, Inc. Richard W. Turpin - Williams Engineering Corp. Daniel R. Twilley - General Physics Corporation Robert C. Utesch, CIH - Argonae National Laboratory Carl R. V&nder Linden - Vander Linden and Assodates Kurt Varga * Ohio Asbestos Council, Inc. Leonard A. Vernon - Port Authority of NY Sc NJ Marc P. Vink - Fidelity Environmental Insurance Company Anthony F. Vuozzo - Asbestos Management Consultants, Inc. John F. Welch - Safe Buildings Alliance Judith A. Whelan - Whelan Assodates, Inc. Wynn t. White Wynn L. White Consulting Engineers, Inc. David L. Young - Lanier and Associates, Inc. Contractors Steve M. Hays, P.E., CIH, Gobbeli Hays Partners, Inc Prestos H. Quirk, AIA, Gobbell HaysPartners, Inc Bems &. Kay, Graphic Design Consultant NIBS Project Staff Alexander T. Shaw, Hi, Program Manager Pamela R. Williams, Manager - PuNications/Membership Records Baldev R. Sikfca, Administrative Assistant 321 Project Comnsflee 01992 NIBS CONSULTATIVE COUNCIL Gb&MBR? Hc^i C MacDonald, MaeDoarid Masonry Consultants, Falls Church, VA Vke OidmaL- Joseph O'Neil, American Council of Independent Laboratories, Washington, DC Secretary: Noel J. Raufaste, Jr.. National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD Eiv Safes. PtiD., Butidtog Engineering Architecture Research Center, New Jersey Institute of Technology. NewarkJG James Beyreis, PJL, Underwriters Laboratories. toe, Northbrook, 1L Francis W. Bichl, P.E., Bieht Engineering, toa, Menomonee Palls. W1 Junes DiLulgi. A1A, IMvcnal Designers and Coesohaats. Stiver Spring. MD G. Day Ding, School of Architecture A Environmental Design, California Polytechnic Institute. San Luis Obispo. CA Bari L. Flanagan, Alexandria. VA John C. Gerard, Ns&aal H Protection Association, Alexandria VA Wbayoe H. Kafiter, AlA, Washington, DC Steve M. Hays. P.E., C1H, Gobbell Hays Partners, lscn Nasbvflk, TN Artie Hesfet, fcttraatiooai Brotherhood of Beorical Waters, Washington, DC * t< ... Ward C. Hitching*, National Forest Products Association, Wa^mgton, DC William Hoffman, Quest Co, tec^ Bethesda, MD Donald M. Holmes, PH, Oapp & Holmes (insulting Engineer, Harrisburg. PA William R. Lawson. AlA. HTB, Inc., Washington. DC Ted S. Lundy, Tennessee Technical University, Center fa Manufacturing, CooksviSe, TN Henry J. Mader, HJ. Mader & Associates, Pittsburgh, PA Kenneth D. Mentzer, Mineral Insulation Maaufecturing Associ&ion, Alexandria. VA Lester A. ObsU Jobs S. McQttade Cc&psny. F6Jladelp4uA PA Thomas R. Rutherford, P.E, Directorate of Engineering and Construction, Office of Secretary of Defense, Falls Church, VA Kenneth M. Sedor, Real Estate Support Services, Inc., Minneapolis, MN Lloyd H. Siegel, FA1A, Office of Architecture & Engineering, Department of Veterans Affairs, Wsblogton, DC John H. Slaytcr, Newberry Building Systems Corp.. Newberry, MI Robert W. Spangler. Carnal of American Building Officials, Falls Church, VA Wtitiam Tasgye, Southern Budding Code Congress International, Inc., Birmingham. AL James A Thomas, ASTM, Philadelphia, PA William A Tlppin, !V, EoviroComrol, Inc., Alexandria, VX Jon'S. Traw,1*.E.,lnd. Conference Frank Walter. Manufactured Housing Institute, Artiagtoa, VA Leroy E Worfey, tori, Association of Bridge, Structural & Ornamental Uoowo&ers* Wasbtega**. DC H. Gletus Zlegenfuss, Pfc.D., American Welding Society. Miami. Ft Joel P. Zingeser, AlA. Building Technology, toc,, Silver Spring, MD BOARD OF DIRECTORS Chairmaa; Robert C. Gibson, PJL, President & CEO, Ciart, Ncxsen, Owen, Baxbieri & Gibson, P.C, Nofoik, VA Vict-Ch&irman: John C. CanestTO, P.E., Pleaseion, CA Secretary: Dr Caro) B. Meeks, Professor & Head, College of Family & Consumer Sciences, Utriv. Georgia, Athens, GA Treasurer* Robert W. Lisle, Chairman & CEO, Pamham Corporation, Dallas, TX MacDonald Becket, FAIA, Los Angeles, CA William M. Connolly, AJA, Director, Division of Housing & Development, State of New Jersey. Tranloo. Nf Peter G. Doyle, FAIA, President & CEO, LTB Interior Constructors, Inc, Houston, TX Wayne P. Ellis, HalcysvtiJe, PA Charles O. Everiy, P.E., Directs of Building and Zoning, County of Sarasota, Sarasota, FL Dianne Ingels, President, Dianne IngeU & AssociatedDElCO. Denver. CO William B. King, Direcior, Government Relations, Armstrong World Industries, Washington, DC Joseph G. O'Grady, President ASTM, Philadelphia, PA Harry A. Pryde, President and CEO, Pryte Corporation, Bellevue, WA E. W. Rogers, Vice President, Specialty Plastics, Construction Materials, New Ventures. Dow Chemical USA Midland, MI Chief Russell E, Sanders, Louisville Fire Department. Louisville. KY David C Smith, David C. Smith, Inc, McDowell, VA James L. Werner, Group Vice-President, Technical Services, Brand Environmental Services, Inc., Westchester, XL NIBS PROFESSIONAL STAFF David A, Harris, AiA. President Bruce E. Vogelsinger, RE., Vice-President of Planning and Councils John G. Lloyd, Vice-President of Finance and Administration Earle W. Kennett, Vice President of Construction Criteria Base James R. Smith, Executive Director. Building Seismic Safety Council William A. Brenner, AIA, Executive Director. Construction Metrication Council Philip Schneider, AIA, Director of Technical Programs Neil Sandler, Efirecior ofCommuriicafions Alexander T. Shaw, Hi, Prefect Manager 0. Allen Israelsen, Project Manager Layne Evans, Manager of CCB MarkKing Lillian Funk, Computer System Manager Kelly Sue McCullough, CCB Pre-Production Manager Ted Gryder, Comparer Programmer Alvnne Culler, Information Systems Specialist Teresa Scott, CCB Production Manager Patricia Broughton, CCB Production Assistant Pamela R. Williams, Manager, Publications & Membership Reccsds Diane T. Kruzykowskl, Manager, Office Services Clansf M. Heider, Technical Wrirer/Editor Gene C. Brewer, President Emeritus DearCustomer. T? is tfas &Kamwn wefe arrSved atttopggb a cc^eas^ . Ubn^'basedbaM^t&ten^sutmiQgoQaNIBSp^^caiuwaee. As*nesaibet,y&o would be eligible to participateactively or as fi reviewer on y NIBSproject ctsnmioet. V' Ow membersplay s key role ia telptag to orgaoffie and focs feeefforts ofti aa^OBidlMibiu^commu&ityiaaddfes^i^ critic^ p^iem&. Thresh membership end pnic^B, m 11p sl^ pedk^ ew bordfio tbe teguIttMy pracess. improve the matxftKSioaof fedlittte &e dev^ojsneac aod 4iMiwBgifln ftffgmaeftf cownicdwi gf*Jgrisand&gaflrfaw&- . Tbe iastiune, a tKjO'$ptmB*ett flon^ggRtorgSBtzartoii m&odted by anact of Cofigwss la 1974, is &e otfy organization ofie bod designed to boss togetherraemfeeis erf all segments of the cation's betiding aad boosing comm^Mties ip address conflicts and probkmsaadU}<^v%k^w<Ki2^soMk^ In addition totbis jwWkatioo, NIBS paWi&es Ok Asbestos Abatement and Management in Mod*dGuide Specifications *k with a whferange ofother lecbskai publications iot de betidiog industry. We also pubfe^BaiMing Sciences (a bt- monthly twwsleas6, smembership directory and tarndboc*, the Coastrsetion Criteria Bffse (aa riecuoaic ti&uhase ofdesign criteria aad indasffy iaftatnatioo)* an aonual report, .acatesdarof buiWtotconawntityeSvSeffltoantaBd we.... Theseactivities are tiesigiMdreedta&ce ftowof urflm^ice asd secbitical Issues and tiesga criteria. Simply cssspbw ibemembership application onthe.back of&fciracrand return theeppticatioawUbyoo payment tothe above address. WcmfiackBowtedgeTew. membership and send yoo more KSS teformstioB without delay. StiBCSitkfy NATTONALIKS72TUTE OFBUS-l>NG SOENCES TAKE ADVANTAGE OP ThS? PERd SAVE $30 ALSO AVAILABLE FROM NIBS ASBESTOS ABATEMENT AND MANAGEMENT IN BUILDINGS, MODEL GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS, SECOND EDITION Member Price: $115 Non-Member Pike: S145 This guide offers authoritative advke and guidance is thedesign and execution ofabasementofasbestoscont&inmg materials (ACM). It was revised in 1988 to include the latest developments is products, equipment, regulations, and procedures. In 1992, abatement of asbestos containing resilient flooring sections and an 80page Introduction and Instructions for Use were added. The new, comprehensive introduction provides information to fsdlhate a store effective me of tbe Model Guide, Tbis'documeat will save as n improved too! for design professionals, contractors, bedding ownas and others maintaining aod repairing, enclosing, epegyntating orremoving ACM. This consensus document refects theknowledge and experience of the nearly 100 members ofthe Institute's asbestos task force who assisted hi the developaew of the guide. This information is also available on 3 1/2" or 5i/4* floppy diskettes for use oo MS-DOS or PCDOS based micro-computers in 6 formats (sold below). Please note, the diskettes can sot be purchased separately. [485 Pages/1988] ftSocM Guide Specifications aitt Diskettes: WordPerfect, WordStar, ASCII, Multimate, Microsoft Word, Displaywrite 2/3. or Displaywrite 4 Member Price: $170 Non-Member Price: $195 Please specify wadprecesstBg4&nBaienddiskette size when ordering, national ccopilatifiB ofteduucaf protocols, practices, and prxederesoctestkig,Bbatanot,worfc2rpn*ectioQ,ck3i>up, and disposal of LBP in residential structures. The InterimGnMeBocs,p^^ous!ypuHishedtBOeApril 18, officialamendedvertion,withconectionstdeletionsmd errors,reformatted foreatie*reading,congrcbensioa,and reproduction. [580 Pages/19909 METHODS AND TECHNIQUES FOR REOUCWG RADON LEVELS WITHIN NEW BUILDINGS Member Price: $10 Non-Member Price: $12 This document contains guidelinesapplicable toreducing radoo levels m newoneand two-faatiy dwellings andother residential structures three stories or less in height Guidelines art provided oo sudt techniques as sub-slab depressurization, sealing of foundations, and reducing stecfceffecL DevelopedbyNIBS'RadonProjectCocimiiiee anderacoGperativc agreement with feeUS. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), tbeseguidelinesarebased largely ooradonmitigationexperiencesiasingle-toilyresidences andasmallcumberofschoolsandnon-cesideGtialbuildmgs. [32?ages/l990} METRIC GUIDE FOR FEDERAL CONSTRUCTION Member Price: $12 Non-MemberPrice: $15 HUD'S LEAD-BASED PAINT: INTERIM GUIDEUNES FOR HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND ABATEMENT IN PUBLIC AND INDIAN HOUSING Member Price: $45 Non-Member Price; $55 The original draft for these guideGms was prepared by NIBS*LeadBasedPafetPrqjeaCommitteeofdistinguished experts in the field of lead-based paint (LBP) under a contractwith the VS. Department ofHousing and Urban Development (HUD). This document represents the firs* Thisuniquepobticak* wasdesignedtohelpthecoostructionindustrycomply withnew federalmetricprocurement requirements. By September 30, 1992 agencies of the federal government are required to use themetric system ofmeasurement, totheextentfeasible, m anprocurement, grants, andbusiness-relatedactivities. TheMetricGuide was created by NIBS tinder the direction of public and privatemember*oftheInteragencyConstructionSubcom mittee. It is the only publication of its kind currently available to aid (he construction industry in malting ibis transition. The Metric Guide include*an introduction to metric, a primer on metric usage, instruction on metric document preparation, and guidance on metric manage ment and training. [34 Pages/1991| National Institute of . BUILDING SCIENCES i V GUIDANCE MANUAL, ASBE MAINTENANCE WORK PRA The diskette version of the NIBS' Asbestos O&M Work Practices wll snow the user to etft toe text for fine tuning O&M programs in response to special building conditions or specific program requirements. Additional O&M work practices which are currently to use may be incorporated easily. And, refine ments and work practice modifications may be developed as experience Is gained in each particular situation without retyping toe entire text The Guidance Manual is available,on computer cSskette for use on MS-DOS and PC-OOS based microcomputers in formats compatible with most wordprocessors. See available formats below. Order your diskette version of Guidance Manual, Asbestos Operations & MaintenanceWork Practices for only $75 ORDER FORM Heaw send me Guidance Mama!, Asbestos O&M Work Practices on Computer Diskettes. Available formats (dtetfcone) [)WordPerfect[] WordStar [] MicroSoft Word [J Muhamate Dispkywrite fj ASCII format.. - on {} 3 1/2"or [] 5 W diskettes. SHIP DISKETTES TO: Nam*_____________ Tide ................................................................ ............................ .... .................. v... Firm.Telephone {_$ Street Address_____________ __________________________________ _ Gty/Sme/ZJpcode.................................................................................................................... .................. Diskettes are not sold without the purchase ofa hardcopy. Ort^naJ order form mutt be used to obtain diskettes, O Payment enclosed h the amount of$75 for each set of diskette*. No, ofsets ordered; Q Please charge my order to: [) MasterCard [JVisa [} American Express Account No.]L_ Exp, Date Name as it appear* on card ___.________________________ ____ __________ _, Signature Date Make check payable to N.I.B.S. and mad completed form to: National Institute of Building Sciences, 1201 L Street, NW, Suite 400, Washington, DC 20005, Phone: 202-289-7800, Fax: 202-289-1092 ~~ -- -- _ --_ -- mm wm mm mm mm mm *